Project Team: Architectural, Structural ase Construction Manager Project Number 2422-09 Kantz, Binkley, Jones & Morris Architects, Inc. Lashlee Rich Construction, Inc. Civil Site Design Group Oliver-Rhoads and Associates Ine. Oliver-Rhoads and Associates Inc. Document Set \ ¢ )‘TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00030 00120 00200 00300 00350 00400 00450 00500 00510 00520 Advertisement For Bid Invitation to Bid Instructions to Bidders (AIA Document A701-1997 Edition) Supplementary Instructions to Bidders Additional Instructions to Bidders Bid Packages Bid Bond Form (AIA Document A310-1970 Edition) Labor and Material Bid Form Material Only Bid Form. Labor Only Bid Form CONTRACT FORMS 00530 Form of Agreements GENERAL CONDITIONS 00600 00800 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (AIA Document A201/Cma-1992 Edition) Supplementary Conditions CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 01100 01210 01230 01250 01251 01252 01270 01290 01300 01330 01400 01500 01600 01630 01631 01700 Summary of the Work Allowances Alternates Contract Modification Itemization Form Weather Delays Unit Prices Application for Payment ‘Administrative Requirements Submittals Quality Requirements ‘Temporary Facilities & Controls Products Requirements Substitutions Substitution Request Form. Execution Requirements ‘Comm, No.2422-09 te WOU AULVEHDNENENN F iB TC01740 1745 01770 01788 01815 Progress Cleaning Final Cleaning ( Bid Package #33) Close-out Procedures Project Record Documents Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Systems DIVISION? - SITE WORK 02050 02200 02211 02214 02215 02220 - 02260 02360 02370 02485 02500 02513 02516 0257 02721 02730 02810 02822 Site Demolition, Earthwork Controlled Blasting Proof Rolling ‘Base Course for Pavement Excavating and Backfilling for Service Utilites, Backfilling and Finished Grading ‘Termite Control Treatment Soil Erosion and Siltation Control Grass Seeding, Sodding, Sprigging, and Construction of Ball Fields Site Utilities Asphaltic Concrete Paving Site Conerete Work Pavement Marking ‘Storm Drainage Systems Sanitary Sewer System Intigation System Chain Link Fence and Gates DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE. 03100 03200 03300 03600 Concrete Formwork Concrete and Masonry Reinforcement Cast in Place Concrete ‘Non-Shrink Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 Brick and Block Work DIVISION 5- METALS 05100 05110 05300 05400 05401 05800 Structural Steet Shop Fabricated Metal Steel Roof Deck (Non-Acoustical) Steel Stud Framing Light Gauge Steel Pre-Engineered/ Manufactured Trusses Expansion Joints Covers Comm. No.2422-09 Awe Bpbargagaewnaunann Noes u wae awe To2DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 06200 Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry & Millwork DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOIS’ ON o7110 07191 07210 07220 07260 07600 07610 07620 07800 07840 07900 07915 ‘Mastic Dampproofing Water Repellent Sealer Building Insulation Uniform Thickness Roof Insulation ‘Vapor Barrier Flashing and Sheet Metal ° Metal Roofing ‘Thru-Wall Flashing Roofing Accessories Fire & Smoke Protection Sealants and Caulking Compression Seals DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS. 08100 08200 08305 08331 08710 08800 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Wood Doors Access Doors Counter Shutter Finish Hardware Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09250 09900 Gypsum Wallboard Assemblies Painting, DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10160 10222 10430 10520 10800 Plastic Toilet Partitions Brick Vents Door Signs Fire Extinguisher Cabinets, Toilet Room Accessories DIVISION 11-EOQUIPMENT 11980 Athletic Equipment Comm, No.2422-09 NVOAUNWEUE RENN e Boonen WeENeDIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS (not used) D 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13125 Permanent Aluminum Grandstand System (Home Side Football) 13125 ALT. Permanent Aluminum Grandstand System (Alternate # 1) 13126 Angle Frame Bleachers 13127 Prefabricated Press Box IVISION 14 - STEMS (not used) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15075 Mechanical Identification 15082 Piping Insulation 15086 Duct Insulation 15145 Plumbing Piping 15146 Plumbing Specialties 15186 Refrigerant Piping and Specialties 15410 Plumbing Fixtures 15430 Plumbing Equipment 15731 Small Split-System Heating and Cooling 15762 Terminal Heat Transfer Units 15810 Ducts 15820 Duct Accessories 15835 Power Ventilators 15850 Air Outlets and Inlets 15950 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16070 Hangers and Supports 16075 Electrical Identification 16123 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 16131 Conduit 16138 Boxes 16140 Wiring Devices 16155 Equipment Wiring 16272 Dry Type Transformers 16412 Enclosed Switches 16443 Panelboards 16510 Interior Luninaires 16520 Exterior Luminaires 16521 Sports Lighting 16721 Telephone Service, Pathways, and Wiring 16724 Field Sports Public Address System Comm. No.2422-09 ANNERNUNENEUBEN NE RONEN NNNONE EEL DOCUMENT 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Bids are Invited for Individual Trade (Bid) Packages for construction of Athletic Facilities at Peabody High School located in Trenton, Tennessee. Examine documents at Construction Manager's Office or Designer's Office. Obtain documents from Construction Manager as Indleated below. Bidders bidding $25,000.00 or more must be licensed per state lav. Five percent (5%) Bld Security wil be required on all Labor and Material Bids and Labor Only Bids in excess of $25,000.00. Successful Bidders on these Bid Packages will be required to furnish Performance! Payment Bonds, ‘Successful bidders wilt be required to furnish Performance / Payment Bonds Bids will be received on the following Bid Packages: (For complete description of Bid Packages, see Section 00400 — Bid Packages) Earthwork, Seeding & Sodding Termite Control Asplialt Paving Chain Link Fence Concrete Masonry Structural & Misc. Steel Rough Carpentry Final Carpentry & Millwork Roofing & Shoot Metal ‘Metal Doors, Wood Doors & Finish Expansion Joint Covers Nardware Counter Shutters Gtazing Firestopping & Caulking Gypsum Drywall Painting ‘Tolle Partitions Door Signs Athletic Equipment Fire Extinguishers Tollet Accessories ‘Aluminum Grandstand Bleachers Fire Protection Electrical Plumbing & HVAC. Project: Athletic Facilities at Peabody High School, Trenton, Tennessee Bids Rocelver Offices of Trenton Special School District 201 West 10" Street ‘Trenton, TN 38382 until: 2:00 P. M,, Local Time, on Thursday, April 15, 2010 Pre-Bid ‘There will be a non-mandatory Pre-Bid Conference at Peabody High School on Wednesday, March 31, 2010 at 10:00 A. M., local time, Plan Deposit Amount: $300.00 Make check made payable to Trenton Special School District Owner: Trenton Spegial Schoo! District 201 West 10" Street ‘Trenton, TN 38382 ‘Comm, No, 2422-09 000301 Advertisement for BidDesigner: Kaatz, Binkley, Jones and Morris Architects, Ine. 1008 Charlie Daniels Parkway. P.O, Box 743 Mt. Juliet, Tennessee 37122 Contact- Gary Kromer 615-754-5393 phone 615-754-5340 fax Construction Manager: Lashleo- Rich Construction, ne. (Contact for Plans, P.0.Box 483 Specifications & 1400 W. Main 2 Bid Documents) Humboldt, Tennessee 38343 Contact: Billy Hil Jr. 731-784-2461 phone 734-784-6483 fax. Plans and specifications can be viewed online @ www-hubeityblueprint.com Comm, No. 2422-09 0080.2 Advertisement for BidIbe Ree Le SECTION 00120 INVITATION To BID Sealed bids will be received by the Construction Manager, Lashlee-Rich, Inc, at the offce of Trenton Special School Disirct, 201 West 10% Street, Trenton, TN 38382, uni 200 PIM Local Time, Tuesday, April 15, 2010 for various Bid Packages, Document 00400, Bid Packages, for construction of Athlete Facilities at Peabody High Schoo! located in Trenton, Tennessee at which time and place they wil be publicly opened and read aloud, No bid will be received or accepted attr the above specified time forthe opening of bids. Such bids may 'be deemed invalid and returned unopened tothe Bidder. Drawings and Speciications and other Contract Documents may be examined at the office of Lashlee- Rich, Inc. P. 0. Box 483, 1100 W. Main, Humboldt, Tennessee; Kaatz, Binkley Jones & Morris Architects, Inc., 1008 ‘Charle Daniels Parkway, Mt, Juliet, Tennessee; F. W. Dodge Plan Room, Nashville, ‘Tennessee; Nashville Contractors Association, Nashville, Tennessee, West Tennessee Plan Room, 439 Arrways Blvd, Jackson, TN. and the Builder's Exchange, Memphis, TN. Copies of the Contract Documents (one (1) set maximum) may be obtained for bidding purposes by qualified Bidders et the office of Lashilee-Rich Construction, Ine, 1100 W. Mein, Humboldt, TN. 38348 Upon deposit ofa check for $300.00 made payable to Trenton Special School District. ‘The full amount ofthe deposit will be refunded to all bidders upon the return of the Drawings and Project ‘Manual to the Office of the Construction Manager in good condition within ten (10) days after the opening of bids Each Labor and Material or Labor Only Bid, in excess of $26,000.00, must be accompanied by a Bidders Bond executed by the Bidder and a surely company authorized to transact business in the State of ‘Tennessee in the sum of not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid as a guarantee that I the bid is accepted, the required sub-contract will be executed and the required performance and payment bonds furnished. ‘Said bond or check will be retuned to the unsuccessful bidders as soon as the contract has been ‘awarded, and the successful bidder as soon as he has execuled the sub-contract and furnished the necessary bonds. “The successful bidder for each Labor and Matoral or Labor Only Bid Package in excess of $25,000.00, wil bo required fo fumish a satstactory Performance Bond ané Payment Bond in the fll amount ofthe bid. "Such bond shall be fom a surety company authorized to transact business in the. Stato of Tennessee. Atloreysin Fact who sign ary bonds must fle wih each Instrument a certied and effective dated copy ofthe Power of Atom. All bidders must be licensed contractors as required by the Contractors Licensing Act of 1976, enacted by the General Assembly ofthe State of Tennessee on March 21, 1978, as curently amended, TOA 62-8- 149. “The Bidder’s name, license number, date of expiration of license, and leense classification must be Placed on the ouside ofthe envelope containing the bd; otherwise, by State Statute, the bid cannot be Opened or considered, All Labor and Material and Labor Only Bidders shall aach the Drug Free Work Place Affidavit (see Document 00200, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) to their Bid No bidder wil be permitted to withdraw his bid within 60 days after the date of opening of bids. “The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalties or to reject any or all bids, to evaluate accept any bid which, in its opinion, may be for the best interest ofthe Owner. ‘and to Comm. No, 2422-09 0120.1 Invitation to Bid'No sub-contract is given or Implied to the successful bidder untila written sub-contract is offered by the ‘Construction Manager and signed by all parties. ‘Successful bidders shall be required to comply with Public Chapter No. 687 / Senate Bil No. 2048 enacted by the General Assembly ofthe State of Tennessee which amends Tennessee Code Annotated, Section 49-6-413, celative to contracting with cerlain persons who may have contact with certain children, ‘enacted July 4, 2007. ‘As a convenionce for Bidders, Bids may be faxed to the Office of the Construction Manager, Lashles- Rich, Inc,, 1100 W. Main St, Humboldt, TN (731-784-6483). For faxed bids to be considered and delivered to the bid opening, they must be date stampod prior to 12:00 Noon, Thursday, ‘April 15, 2010 Faxed bids must also be accompanied by Bid Bonds and Drug-Free Workplace Affidavit Forms where applicable. ‘There will be a non-mandatory Pre-Bid Conference at Peabody High School on Wednesday, March 31, 2010 at 10:00 AM. Local Time. Comm, No. 2422-08 oo1202 Invitation to Bid@AIA Document A701” -.1997 "Insthiictions to Bidders ‘ADDONS AND DELETIONS: “The autor of is dociment hs ‘dd oman needed ors caglotn. The shor may also ‘ave raved the tet th egal ‘AA standard torn. An Aine and Deioions porta ros aed oman as we 33 ona ‘hasan orm tts arabe rom tho subor and chose reened.Averiea nein bo ‘magn is document esto ‘hee aor hs ed ‘eesssryinlomston and were ‘ho autor has ado orcad ‘eo Be ginal AA tt “ole document has Inport aga ‘tneegpences. Conetalon wih an ‘anor s encouraged wis ogpoc ‘ws compton cr modteafon as a we oa Seecees ae ieee eras hereon ae ake : By* jiker Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execation ofthe Contract, 24 ah ARTICLE DEFITIONS 14 Bidding Documents inlode the Bidding Requirements od the proposed Contract Docoments. The Bidding : ireriens consist of the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Insructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Docureats consist of the form of Agreement between the Ovaer and Contactor, Condition of te Contract (General, Supplementary and, §12 Definitions se forth in the General Conditions ofthe Contact for Construction, ATA Document A201, or in ‘ther Contzsct Docunicis are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 13 Addenda are waite or graphic instrument issved by he Architect proc tothe execution ofthe Contract which ‘modify of interpret the Bidding Docaments by additions, deletions, clarifications or conections. ‘§404 A Bd ind comple ant properly excevted proposal todo the Work forthe soms stipulated therein, submited cordance with the Bigdkig Documents. * G4S'Tie Base Bid is thesim tated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Didi Docuneps ast 29e, 0 which Work may beaded or fom whieh Work maybe dled fo sums tated ingAtgne BI sar" : fe a fui Gi Ml mann sine Bit eae edad tome anon AB Seiiae et cgeto soo dase! nt Dig Deemens S ened ‘§4.7-A Unit Prices rit stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or ‘Eevee oa pon tte Work a dese inthe Bidding Document. S48 Biter ea person of exity who submit a Bid and who meets the requlcements set forth i tb Bidding Docume. {549 A Sub-bidder ira person or entity who submits a bd © Bidder for materials, equipment or labor fora portion ofthe Work, AatioLe?: sooeR’sRerResentation’ ier by nking Be erent ta: Lr hard snd ene sands fe Bieding Documents or Contact Doeamets,te exent tht uch ‘lcmsenton cnn oe Wort for which the Bids sbmnted, for be orton of he Projet. any, bin. Tt eonepmesiy oe presently endergonstcton. {§24° he Bids rode in Cemplibndvith the Bidding Documents 824-7 Bish ithe site, become fair wis local conditions under which tbe Workis tobe. + sfoqwed ab ascot he Bide’ pesenal cbscrvatons wih te ragurements of he proposed Contact Docaienta es age ‘G24 The Bid i filed ypon the matesals, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documeats withovt ibsption ARTICLE BIDDING DOCUMENTS. §34.c0PES §§3.44 Bids niay obtain complete sets ofthe Bidding Documents from the iauing office designated inthe “Advesngment or invitation to Bid in te number and for the deposit sum, if any, sted therein. The deposit will be _efunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and etua the Bidding Documents in good condition within tn ‘ays ser teceipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged docoments wil be deducted fromthe ‘epost. A Bidder receiving a Contact award ray retin the Bidding Documents andthe Bidders deposit wll be selonded, “AA pecaent ST — 1a opp © R74, 18 TTT Toe Arran ta once AUT eee, WARS. Sosunt spre Capa Laan trator Treat: Unoarae ereaten aco fs Si Dement ‘Myer ey rsa severe i sn etapa lbs posse te meiner ent onan under TS ‘Slime s peel ome C9225 GOES or Or HITE Ys So OEE wea, asm)6 342 idsng Domest wl ot ised ety to Sub bdr mls specced in ke ‘Aeveeent oc tviatoe Bi erin plone nec ic 1 Blader atl we couplet ets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bis ‘Se ob rer cr stayin ening om ee fio tg ss 1314 The Owner and Architect may make copies of he Bidding Documents av uepose of obtaining Bids on th Wosk- No license organ of us is conferred by issuance of copies of he Bidding “Bosaments, 22 NTERPRETATION CORRECTION OF BONG DOCUMENTS 21 Te Bidder al rfl stl ad eonpar te DidingDocupents with exc ter, ad withthe Wark (@) A wien affidavit by the principal officer of a covered employer provided to a local goverment at the me such bid or contract is submitted stating that the ‘employer is in compliance with this section shall absolve the local government of al further responsibilty under this section and any liabitty arising from the employers compliance or fllure of compliance with the provisions of tis section. [Acts 2000, ch918, $§ 1,2] E. Successful bidders entering into @ contract with Trenton Special School District shall be required to comply with Public Chepter No. 587 / Senate Bil No. 2048 enacted by the General ‘Assembly of the State of Tennessee which amends Tennessee Code Annotated, Section 49- 5-413, relative to contracting with certain persons who may have contact with certain children, enacted July 4, 2007. 1.04 CLARIFICATION REGARDING VARIOUS PACKAGES ‘A. Refer to Section 00400 ~ id Packages for scope of work of each Bid Package. END OF ‘SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER, COMM. NO. 2422-09 0030.4 ‘Supplementary instructions to Bidders.STIGAT ‘Sub-Suface Investigation has been performed at the project ste and the report ofthe findings ofthis investigation are on file in the Designer's office, “This sub-surface report was obieined solely for design purposes and is not a part of the Contract Documents. The use and interpretation of this information for any other purpose wil be entirely the responsbiity ofthe using party. ‘The Owner is not responsible for variations in the sub-surface conditions. Bidders shall decide for themselves the character of the material o be encountered, Upon request by any bidder, the sub-surface report may be reviewed upon signing the following walver: “We acknowledge by the signature below that this sub-surface investigation and report were prepared for the Designer's use in the design of this facilty and will not be utiized as a basis for calculations in the preparation of our bid. The use and interpretation of this information for any other purposes wil be ently the responsibly ofthe using party." Name of Firm, Signed by, ates Tite: “This waiver must be signed by a person or persons authorized fo bind the Bidder to a contract. ‘COMM, NO, 2422-09 (0030.5 ‘Supplementary Instructions to BiddersDRUG-FREE WORKPLACE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF - . COUNTY OF ‘The undersigned, principal officer of an ‘employer of five (5) or mare employees contracting with County government {o provide constructon services, hereby states under oaih as Tolows: 4. The under signed is a principal officer of. {hereinafter refereed to as the *Company’), and is duly authorized to execute this Affidavit on behalf ofthe Company. 2. The Company submits this Afidavit pursuant to T.C.A. § 50-9-113, which requires each employer with no less than five (6) employees receiving pay who contracts with the state or any local government to provide construction services to submit an affidavit stating that such employer has a drug-free workplace program that complies with Title 60, Chapter 9, of the Tennessee Code Annotated, 3. The Company is in compliance with T.C.A. § 50-9113, Further affiant saith not. Principal Officer STATE OF. COUNTY OF | Before me personally appeared with whom lam personally ‘acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of slistactory evidence), and who acknowledged that such pperson executed the forgoing affidavit for the purposes therein contained. ‘Witness my hand and seal at office this. day of, 20, Notary Public ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 00300.6 ‘Supplementary Instructions to Bidders— ob be LL ee eae me DOCUMENT 00350 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ‘A. Work will consist of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary, to complete the construction of Athletic Facilities at Peabody High School, located in ‘Trenton, Tennessee B._ Bids willbe received on Bid Packages as indicated in Section 00400, Bid Packages 4.02 OWNER: A. Trenton Special Schoo! District 201 West 10" Street ‘Trenton, TN 38382 4.03 ARCHITECT: A. Kaalz, Binkley Jones & Mortis Architects, In., P.O. Box 713 1008 Charlie Daniels Pariway Mt Juliet, Tennessee 37122 4.04 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: A. Lashlee-Rich, Inc, P.O. Box 483 +1400 W. Main Humboldt, Tennessee 38343 4.05. CONTRACTOR / SUBCONTRACTOR CONTRACT FORMS: ‘A. When the term “Contractor, “Prime Contractor’, or “General Contractor’ is used in Division 1 — General Requirements, these terms refer to the Construction Manager, Lashlee-Rich, ine, The successful bidders on the Labor and Material Bid Packages and the Labor Only Bid Packages referred to under Section 00400 ~ Bid Packages will bo sub-contractors and will enter into a sub-contract with the-Construction Manager, soe Section #00530 ~ Forms of Agreement (Contract Forms), AIA Document A401, 2007 edition “The successful bidders forthe Material Only Bid Packages will be material suppliers ‘and will receive a Lashlee-Rich, Inc. Purchase Order Form, 4.06. RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS: ‘A. Sealed bids will be recelved by the Construction Manager, Lashlee-Rich, Inc. atthe office of Trenton Special School District, 201 West 10" Street, Trenton, TN 38382 until 2:00 P.M. local time, Thurday, Apri 15, 2010 for Various Bid packages, Document 100400, Bid Packages, for construction of a New Addition at Trenton Elementary ‘Schoo! located in Trenton, TN, at which ime and place they will be publicly opened and read aloud, ‘All bidders shell indicate on the outside of the bid envelope the number and name of the Bid Package contained therein. Use separate envelopes for each Bid Package. Use Comm. No. 2422-08 0350.1 ‘Additonal Instruction To Bidders.separate Drug-Free Workplace Affidavit forms and Bonds for each package if applicable 4.07 BID DOCUMENTS: ‘A. Copies of the Contract Documents may be obtained by depositing $200.00 with the Construction Manager, Lashlee-Rich, Ine., P. O. Box 483, 1100 W. Main St, Hiumbotot, TN 38343."Check should be made payable to Trenton Special Schoo! eae ‘The full amount of the deposit will be refunded to all bidders upon the return of the Pans and Spectictions in good condition within ten (10) days after the opening of bids. The full amount wil also be refunded to the successful bidder. 4.08 PARTIAL SETS OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. All bidders are cautioned to prepare bids for the various Bid Packages based on a thorough review of 2 complete set of plans and specications, The Construction Manager will not issue partial sots. The Arohitect, Engineer, Construction Manager or Owner do not accept responsibilty, for inaccuracies resulting from the use of anything except the complete set of contract documents. i 4.09. PREPARATION OF BID ‘A. Each bid must be submitted on the attached Bid Forms. All blank spaces for bid prices ‘must be filed in ink or typewritten in both works and figures. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope indicated below: 1. Addressed to: i ‘Trenton Spectal School District i 201 West 10" Sireet, Trenton, TN 38382 i 2. Identity the bid as: | “Bid Documents” ‘Athlotic Facilities at Peabody High School ‘Trenton, TN 3. Name and address of Bidder 4. Bidders License Number, Type, Limits, and Expiration Date, if applicable 1.40 FAXED BIDS ‘A. Asa convenience to bidders, the Construction Manager will recelve faxed bids at +#731-784-6483. For faxed bids to be considered, they must be on the Bid Form Included in the Specifications and must be date stamped no later than 12:00 Noon on Thursday, April 15, 2010. For bids requiring Bid Bonds andior Drug Froe Workplace Affidavits, these documents must be faxed with the bid. ‘Comm. No, 2422-08 00350.2 ‘Adkitional Instruction To Bidders,1.11, COMBINATION BIDS ‘A; Combination bids (bids on more than one (1) Bid Package) will be considered. Bidders ‘are urged to bid on each Bid Package relating to their areas of work. Nf bidders desire to submit combination bids, these bids must be on a separate Bid Form and submited in a separate bid envelope. If combination bids require Bid Bonds or Drug-Free Workplace Afidavit Forms, they must lso be submitted with the ‘combination bid, 112. E-MAIL BIDS ‘A. Bids by e-mail will not be accepted 1.13 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS: ‘A. All bidders are required to comply with Goneral Licensing Act of 1976, also known as ‘Tennessee House Bill No. 2180 and T. C. A. 62-6-119 of 1904 Bidders shall place their license number, expiration date therect, and fcense Classification for the work covered by the Bid on the envelope containing the Bid, if ‘applicable. 1.14 OWNER'S RIGHTS ‘A. The Owner may considr informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for opening of bide or authorized postponement thereot. Any bid recelved after the time and date specified shall not be considered. "No Bidder may withdraw a bid within sity (60) days alter the date of the opening, [The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to walve any informalities in the bidding and to choose the bidder that the Owner believes to be in ifs best interest 1.48 TRANSFER, SELL OR SUB-CONTRACT: ‘A No bidder shall transfer, sellor sub-contract major portions of their bid without the approval of the Construction Manager. No reasonable sub-contracting ‘of various Portions of the sub-contract willbe denied. 4.16 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE AFFIDAVIT ‘A. All Labor and Material and Labor Only Bidders shall attach the Drug Free Work Place Affidavit (see Document 00200, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) to their bid, 1.17 EXAMINATION OF SITE, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: ‘A. All Bidders are required to visit the site ofthe proposed work, examine and compare the arawings and specifications and become fully acquainted wth the existing IN THE FOLLOWING: FILLIN THE FOLLOWING: ‘Comm, No, 2422-08 0510.3 Material Only Bid Form(Legal Namie OF Corporation ‘Gials oF Incorporation) ‘Cignalire oF OFicer) Wie oF OTfcery (Date) WITNESS: (Type Name of Witness) {Signature of Witness) (Address of Witness) (Date) SEAL OF CORPORATION: (Legal Name of Bidding Firm) (Signature of Officer) (Tite of Officer) (Date) (Signature of bidder, including corporation oficer, must be wilnessed and proposal dated to be valid) ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 0510.4 Material Only Bid Formok ' J DOCUMENT 00520 LABOR ONLY BID FORM DATE: To: “Trenton Special School District 201 West 10" Street — Trenton, TN 38382 RE: BID FOR CONSTRUCTION- ATHLETIC FACILITIES at PEABODY HIGH SCHOOL, ‘TRENTON, TN. ‘The following comprises the proposal of Which isa {fm of eganizaion, ste propio, parnership. corporation Te) ‘organized and existing under the laws of the state of residence of company. “The undersigned, having familiarized (himset, themselves, itsel) withthe existing conditions of the building and with he drawings and specifications as prepared by Katz Binkley Jones and Moris Architects, inc., 1008 Charlie Daniels Parkway, Mt. Juliet, TN hereby proposes to furnish all supervision, {echnical personnel, labor, machinery, tools, services, appurtenances, equipment, including utlty and. {ransportaion services reguired to complets the individual Labor Only Bid Packages for Athletic Facilies at peabody igh Schoo located in Trenton, TN in accordance wih Dravings and Specieations as indicated below. BASE BID - BID PACKAGE # _ INCLUDING SECTIONS DOLLARS TID PRICE ASA LUMP SOR) Ga Words ‘worguesy’ BASE BID - BID PACKAGE #__ INCLUDING SECTIONS. a DOLLARS (BID PRICE ASA LUMP SUM) (hn Words) ‘erguaay ‘Comm, No. 2422-09 (00520.1 Labor Only Bid FormALTERNATE NO.1_(Altornate Home Side Football Grandstand) BID PACKAGE #__ INCLUDING SECTIONS. DOLLARS [Deduct from Base Bid _ (ALTERNATE NO. TBID PRICE SUM) (n Words) IATE NO.2_(Construction of includ work Le. grading sprigging, irigation, grandstand, ofc.) BID PACKAGE #___ INCLUDING SECTIONS. ——— DOLLARS: ‘Agate Base Bid (ALTERNATE NO. 2 BID PRICE SUM) (in Words) ADDENDUM: ‘Acknowledgment is made of the receipt of the following Addenda: (List here the Addenda and date recelved) ” 2 _ . STIPULATIONS, {In submiting the bids, the undersigned agrees: (1) Bids wit not be withdrawn within the petiod of sixty (60) calendar days folowing the ‘pening thereot. 2) notified of the acceptance of this bid, to execute a contract for the work and deliver 10 the Construction Manager the Performance and Payment Bond spectiod, within ten (10) ‘calendar days after such notification. (8) That the work included under the contract shall be completed in accordance with the Project Schedule. (4) That the right is reserved by the Owner to reject any or all bids and to waive any informaites in bids received, (5) That the Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and tpdeterine the low Bidder onthe basis of he sum ofthe Base Bid and Atornatos -accopt (8) __Nosub-contract is given or implied regarding the project until funding is appropriated and ‘he Construction Manager has offered a writen Contract to the Sub-Contractor and both parties have fully executed the Sub-Contract. No offer has been made fo the Trade Contractor (Subcontractor) until the aforementioned items have transpired. {7) _Allteference to Arbitration within the documents is hereby deleted with regard to this Project. Comm, No. 2422-09 005202 Labor Only Bid Form,(©) Biter apres to fur te ove sum al necessary exupment machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation and fabor necessary fo complete the. ‘consinuction of the Work in complete accordance with the shown, noted, described aiid Feasonable intended requirements of the Contract Documents with the definite understanding that no money wil be allowed for extra work, except as set forth in the Contract Documents. Trade Contractor (Subcontractor) generated change orders will not be accepted, = (©) Atachmons tobe incuded wih he Bid Form are the Bid Bon, applicable, andthe 2 Drug-Free Workplace Affidavit. * (10) The Bidder agrees that the Bid Documents have been thoroughly reviewed prior to submiting @ Bid and that discrepancies, confit, omar, ander omissions va ihe ‘documents have been brought othe atiention of the Owner, Owner's Agents, n Manager, Construction Manager's Agents, Designer, and/or Designer's Consultants and have been resolved prior to submission of bids. in the event that discrepancies, conflicts, errors, and/or omissions within the documents have not been Tesolved, the bidder acknowledges that cost allowances have been included in the bid for these tems. Trade Contractor (Subcontractor) generated change orders or requests for ‘additional compensation wil not be accepted by the Owner, Owner's Agents, Owner's Gent, Construction Manager, Construction Managers Agents, Designer, and/or Designer's Consultants with regard fo these items, [TIME OF COMPLETION ‘TIMES OF THE ESSENCE end awarded tie Contract the undersigned shall provi al ofthe labor, ‘materials and services required to complete the Work ofthis Project within the framework of the CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. -REQUISITES FOR ISSUING A SUB-CONTI ‘THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER: ‘A Subcontract wil not be issued until the Sub-Contractor has delivered to the Construction Manager Satisfactory prof of carriage ofall insurance required herein, a propery executed Contract Bonds pplcable, and a complete list of all sub sub-contractors and major material suppliers. ID ACCEPTANCI itwrtien notice of ce ofthis bid is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered to the undersigned.with sixty (60) consecutive calendar days after the date of opening of bids or any time after the sixty (60) day period: ‘and prior to the Contractor notifying the Owmer that this bid is withdrawn, tne undersigned wil, within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after the date of such malig, telegrephing, of delivery of such a notice, ‘execute and deliver @ contract and furnish Contract Bond, in accordance with the Contract Documents and bid acceptance. in case of fallure on the undersigned's part o perform as agreed above, the monies payable onthe check ‘9 Bid Bond accompanying this Proposal shall be paid into the funds of the Owner, as Iquidated damages for such fallure; otherwise, the check or Bid Bond shall be returned to the Bidder. Reames uth repose an apes onract yah he Contruion Manag ig A Document 01, “Standard Ferm of Agreoment Betwean Contractor and Sub Sonate 2009 eaton, to fumigh forthe above sum all necessary marl, equipment tol, apparatus. means of tanspotaton and abor necessary to complete the Concructon of he WORK inthis BD PACKAGE in comple ‘accordance wih the shown, noted, described, and reasonably nnded requrements of ihe CONTRACT Comm. No. 2422.09 0520.3 Labor Only Bid Foree DOCUMENTS with the definite understanding that no money will be allowed for extra work, except as set forth in the Contract Documents. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: ‘The undersigned hereby designates the adress to which he notice of acceptance may be mad, telegraphed or delivered: NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER: NAME AND ADDRESS OF FIRM: LICENSE NUMBER: ‘TELEPHONE NUMBER: FAX NUMBER: ‘CORPORATIONS ONLY FILL BIDDERS OTHER THAN CORPORATIONS. IN THE FOLLOWING: FILLIN THE FOLLOWING: ‘TegalNarie of Corporation (Legal Name of Bidding Firm) ‘Basle of Incorporation) (Signature of Officer) ‘Gignalure OF OFicer) (Tile of Officer) ile oF OFFicary (Date) (Date) ‘Comm, No. 2422-08 005204 Labor Only Bid FormLe aad LS WITNEss: (Type Name of Witness) (Signature of Witness) (Address of witness) (Date) ‘SEAL OF CORPORATION: (Signature of bidder, including corporation officer, must be witnessed and proposal dated to be valid) ‘Comin, No, 2422-09 0520.5 Labor Only Bid FormDOCUMENT 00530 | : FORMS OF AGREEMENT | ‘The Construction Manager, Lashiee-Rich, Inc. has entered into a contract with Trenton Special 4 ‘School District using @ Standard Form of Agreement between the Owner and Construction Manager where the Construction Manager is also the Constructor, American Institute of Architects, ALA, Document A121/CNe. J ‘The form of Agreement between the Constution Manager and Subcontractors wil be ALA. Document A404, Standard Form of Agreement between Contractor and Subcontractor ~ 2007 Edition END of SECTION L Ke ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 0530.1 Fors of Agreement\ BAIA Document A201/CMa” - 1992 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction where the Construction Manager is | NOT a Constructor S80). forthe following PROJECT: (mean ction or adres soos ap DELETIONS: “ 2 ‘Reauerote oan 2 ratn mn r Sr he sry Seon’ Sorwan eet ee ‘one dares ‘karla oma " Cats : : Wat wea Be : dd tn tw - acancomect ont otras : : TT ‘oo avant e 7 2 margin ofthis document indicates _ aay | a8 ecient + a : ‘the author hes added to oF deleted : “8 : rane ged Anton | ABLE ACES raneanahe : 3 a | enews Prowstons Latent otis . Stes enoudnrap ~onnen pyaar ang ‘conractoR "ADT RATION OFTHE CONTRACT SUBCONTRACTORS £ * CONSTRUCTION BY ONNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTORS 2 CHANGES INTHE WORK 5 Se : ‘PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1 HELE 10"-" PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 41 INSURANCE AND BONDS 412 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ‘13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS i 6.14: TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ‘Nik Documers ABOWOua™ — 7062. ht © 1932 by The Amaican Insite of Arches. Al rights rezarved. WARNING: This AJA Bacurnent « BS Rae aie er es tea treat tanta corsearnn kL Soo f E—_ mee ea WoEX ‘Acceptance of Nenconforming Work 5 7966,9.93. 123 ‘Acceptance of Work 9.66,9.82,993,9.10.1, 9.103 “Accese to Work 316,621,121 - ‘Accident Prevention 466,10 Acts and Omissions 321,322,332, 3128, 3:18, 466,462,479, 83.1, 10.14, 1025, 1342, 137, 14.1 * Addenda * 1,311 Additional Costs, Claims for 476,493,419, 61.1, 103 : Additional Inspections and Testing 4.6.10,982, 122.1, 135 ‘Additional Time, Claims for 416,478,4.79,832,103 2s _. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT : 333,4,94,95° 2) 8 ‘Advenisement or Invation eBid : Lu ‘ 1s Ansthede Bifst 4.620, 49.6 Allowances poe 38 ‘alkaek Tasrance: NBL ‘Application’ for Payment 469,731,92,93,94, 95.1,963,983,910., 9103, 9104, 1114, 4.24 provi. 12a 343, 34,303,124 trough 3.128, 318.3, 4612, 932,113.14, 13.42; Be ‘Avbittation : 45474 49,83.1;101 34139 41.310 Architect 44. Acchieo, did Ceitiieat Peat 465 “Architect, Definition of yee add 5. Architect, Bxtent of Authority 21, 3:126,456, 47.2, 52,63, 7.12, 72-1, 74,92, 93.1,94,9.5,9.63,982,9.83, 9.20.1, 9.103, 12.1, 1231, 135.1, 13.53, 143.2, 424 Architect, Limiutions of Authority and Responsibility So) © 333,3128, 312.11, 465,466, 46.10, 46:12, \% 46.17,46.19,4620, 472,521, 74, 9.64 .Achitec's Additional Servis and Expenses 24,982 113.11, 1221, 1224, 1352, 1353, M24 ‘Architects Administration ofthe Contract 45,476,471, 48,94, 95 Architects 2.4,1,35.1,3.103, 3.26, 3.128, 3.183,4.6.12 ~ ‘Aohitece' Authority to Reject Work 35.1, 46.10, 1212, 122.1 Architects Copyright 3 ‘Architects Decisions 4.6.10, 46.12,46.18, 46.19, 4.620.472, 475, 4 484,49,63,813,83.1,92,94,951,982,99.1, 10.1.2, 1352, 142, 142.4 ‘Archtet's Inspections 465,4616,415,943, 982,992,930, 135 Architects Instructions 46.10,4.612,74.1,943, 12.1, 1352 ‘Architect's Interpretations 46:18, 4619,47.7 Architects On-Site Observations 465,469,42.6,943,955.1,9.10.1, 135 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 112,321,322,333,35.1,3.73,3.11, 3128, 3.1211, 316,318,466, 467, 4.610, 46.12, 46.19, 52,622,734,982, 10:12, 10.14, 101.5, 1137, 14,135 Architects Relationship with Construction Manager 119,241,3126,3.128, 468, 46.10, 46.14, 46.16, 46.18,631,971,98, 991992, 9.10.,9.102, 9.103, 1224, 135.1, 1352, 1354, 1424 ‘Aschitet’s Relationship with Subcontractors 112,465,467, 46.10,53.1,963,9.64, 13.7 Architects Representations 9.43,95.1,9.10.1 Architects Site Visits 465,468,46.16,47.5,943,95.1,982,992, 9.104, 135 ‘Asbesios 10.12, 1013,1014 ‘Attomeye Fees 3.181, 9102, 10.14 ‘var of Sopa Conrcs Li ‘Avvard of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions ofthe Work “52. Basie Definitions MW Bidding Requirements LA, 117,521,114. ‘Boiler and Machinery Insurance 132 Bonds, Lien 9.102 ‘Bonds, Performance and Payment 73.64,9.03, 1139, 114 ‘Baran RI — Tes Coprat © Wy Te en z Tao a dhs ore WAPI Ts ANY Dont = ‘rowed Us copy Law so retin’ ane: Unotbrundrproaeton rdeinon a hs AIS Docsmet, eon prion a ‘Bayrenat seven htond ein anaes dw be poceced toe msi xe pssian vr ho on. Th een wa 1 Atta a 850 onal ante Cn ha TONGTEC meh ptonen AEN an areal emer) 2Certificates for 468,469,933,94,955,96.1,966,9.11,983, 9.104, 9.103, 137, 41.13, 1624 (Cerifieates of lnspection, Testing ox Approval 31211, 354 (Cenificates of tnsurance 932, 910.2:1L13" = _ Change Orders ALI, 241, 3824,3.111,46.13, 473,523, 71, 72,13.2,831,9311,9.103, 113.12, 134, 1139, 1212 * (Change Orders, Definition of 724 Changes TA _ GHANGES IN THE WORK 311, 4.6.13, 4614,7,83.1,93.1.1, 1013 Disputes AT,48,49,62.5,832,93.12,933,9.04,1014 (Ciaims and Timely Assertion of Clans 495 (Claims for Additional Cast 4.16, 4:77, 419, 6.1.1, 103 (Claims for Additional Time, $69,476,478 ;479,832 000) «Chal for Conctaled or Gnkown Coton 476 (Claims for Damages $18,479, 611,625,832;95121014 ms Sabject 1 Arbitration. 412484461 2 SE “Cleaning 38,63 CCoinmvencernent of the Work, Conitioas Relating to 212, 225,321,322,3:7.1,3.101 3.126,47.7, $2.1, 622,612, 822,92, 11.13, 1136, 114.1 ‘Commencement of the Work, Definition of a2 Communication, Owner to Architect 26 ‘Sommoneatons, Owner to Contraction Manager ‘Communications aciitating Contract Administration 39.1467,521 ‘Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.11, 315, 465,46.16,472,9.42,98,99.1, 9.10, 1135, 1222, 871 ‘COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 ‘Completion, Substantial 46:16, 4752, 81.1,213,823,98,99.1, 1222, BI Compliance with Laws 13,363,313, 44.1, 1022, 114, 113,132, 1351, 1852, 136, 14.11, 142.13 — Concealed or Unknown Conditions ams Conditions ofthe Contract 11,117,611 Consen, Waiten 13.41,3128,3.42,4:74.49.5,932,982,99.1, 91103, 9.103, 1012, 1013, 11.31, 113.14, 113.11, 132, 1342 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY OTHER, CONTRACTORS: 1146 ‘Goastrucion Change Directive, Definition of 734 Construction Change Directives 11.1, 463,74, 73, 93.11 Construction Manager 42 Construction Manages, and Building Permits 223 ‘Construction Manages, isis against 472 ‘Construction Manager, Communications through 467 Construction Manager, and Constraction Schedule 3.104,3.102 ‘Construction Manages, Definition of 421 Construction Manager, and Documents and Samples at the Site, 3d Construction Manager, Extent of Authority 3.126, 3.12843, 463, 46.11, 712,721,731, 831,921,93.1,94.1,943,9.82, 983,991, 121, 122.1, 1234, 1422, 1424 ‘Construction Manager, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 4.66,4610, 1342 Construction Manager, and Submitals 3103 ‘Construction Manager's Additional Services and Expenses 1221, 1224 ‘Construction Manager"s Administration ofthe Contract 46,94,95 Construction Manager's Approval 2441,3:103 CConstracsion Manager's Authority to Reject Work 4610, 1221 ‘Construction Manager’s Decisions nie, A Dsupe RUGS A, Copia aay Te isan mabe ol esc vigils roevod WARING: Tas KA Docs a freed y Copyright Ln ad eros Tra apron oc dribson os AlA* Decale 9 poronet Fay reautinseere cv andrea erin an wa rococo te meron stn paar nan tho tu he omanan ex Peasy 1 ‘Borat 16859 on Giv2008 under OneNote OH MN epee OLS, dt ae ‘artes exter)136,731,738,93.1, 941,95. Construction Manager's Inspections 46.10,943,982,9.92, 12.11 ‘Construction Manager's On-Site Observations 951 ‘Construction Managers Relationship wth Arcitect 112,468,460, 46.11, 4614, 4.616, 4618, 63.1, 92.1,942,943,951,9.61,963,982,983,99.1, 9.10.1, 9102,9.103, 11.13, 12.24 1354, 1352, 13:54, 14.22, 1424 Construction Menager’s Relationship with Contractor 321,322331,333, 351,373, 3101, 3.102, 1.3103, 3.11.1,3325, 3126,3.128, 3128,312.10, 31211, 3132, 3142, 3.152, 3.1641, 3171, 3181, 3183, 463,464,460, 4611, 52, 621,622, 742,721, 734,73.6,739,83.1,921931, 94.1, 9.42, 943,971,982, 99.1,9.10.1,9102,9.103, 10.14, 10.12, 1015, 1026,1137, 121, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354 * Construction Manager's Relationship with Owner 223,461,462, 1016 ‘Construction Managei’s Relationship with Other ‘Contractors and Owner's Ow Forces 463 ‘Construction Manages Relaonship with Subcontactors 46.10,53.1,963, 964 (Construction Manager's Representations © 943,95. Constructs Manager's Site Visits 944,951 ‘Consiraction Schedules, Coitrector’s 310,463,464, Contingent Asienment of Subcontract Geisinger Pomance 478. S (Cottract, Definition of Lia ‘ ‘CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OFTHE 417,540.34" : (Contract Administation. 333,49495. (Contract Award aid Hxecation, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10,5292, 11.13, 113.6, 1.4.1 ‘Contract Docaments; The 1A,12,7 ‘Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 13,225,53 (Coniract Documents, Definition of Ln ‘Contract Perfomance During Arbitration 474,493 Contact Sum 38,47.6,477,484,523,12,73,93,97,113.1, 1224, 123, 1424 Contract Sup, Definition of Sat ‘Contract Time 476, 4783,484,72.13,73, 821, 83.1,9., Bit (Contract Time, Definition of Blt CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 31, 612 ‘Contactr's Bid Aud Contractor's Construction Schedules 310 Contractor's Employees 332,342, 381,39, 3.18, 466,4610,8.12, 102, 103, 11.11, 14211 Contractor's Liability Insurance 14,113.15 ‘Contracoe's Relationship with Other Contractors and ‘Owner's Own Forces, 3.125, 3.142, 4.63, 467.1225 ‘Contracio:’s Relationship with Subcontractors 124,332, 31841, 3.182, 52, 53, 54,962, 113.7, 113814212 (Contractor's Relationship withthe Architect 112,321,322, 333,35.1,373,3101,3103, 3114, 3126,3:128, 3.129, 3.161, 318,466,467, 46:10, 4612, 46.19, 52,62.2,734,92,93.1,982, 9.103,10.12, 101.5,1026, 113.7, 124,135 (Contractoc's Relationship with the Construction Manager 11.2,321,322331,333,35.,373,374, 3104, 3102, 3,103, 311.1,3.125,3126, 3128, 3.129) 31211, 3182, 3.142,3.152, 3161, 3.17.1, 3181,3183,463, 464,466, 52,621,622, 712,724, 734,73.6,739,83.1,921,931,941, 942,943,971, 982,99.1,9.10.1,9.162,9.103, 1014.10.12, 101.5, 102.6, 113.7, 121, 135, 3352,1353, 1354 (Contracior’s Representations 1.22,35.1,3127, 62.2, 821,933 ‘Contractor's Responsibility for Those ‘Performing the Work 332,318,466, 10 ‘Contraccr's Review of Contract Documents 1.22, 32, 3:7 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 7 Contractor's Right to Tecminate the Contract ia Contractor's Submittals 3:10, 311,312, 4.6.12, 5.2.1, 523,73.6,92,933, 98.2,99.1,9.102,9.103, 10.12, 1142 Contractor's Superintendent 39, 1026 (Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures “inom a Ta. Gapian ey Ti Ain eis 3 an i igh ese. WRIGNG Tis ANY Docume [petit U8 Copy Lantana! ete, Unto repotucton oF dwt os AAs Deel ary poor ot B ‘Royce sone Ci oneal eval, dws prosesind te Be oan nent pari undertow Te dco es pte ‘AR cota 4 1co859 on RNS tor OS OUTED | wheh eapcnon SEDI, eel ls ensezrary 4124,33,34,466,822,823,10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11417, 1121, 13.15 (Coordination and Coretaton 122,124, 33.1,310,3.12.7, 621 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 13,225,311 Correction of Werk 23,24,32.1,461,982, 991, 121.2, 122,137.13 Cost, Definition of 136 Coes E 24,321,374, 382,3152,476,47.7,4781, 523,6.11,623, 63.1,7333,736,73.7,97,982, 9.102, 113.12,113.13, 1134, 11.39, 124, 122. 1224, 12255, 135,18" = CCotting and Patching” £34,626 5 Dirage to Conststn of Oumar or Oter Contracts 3.142, 62.4,9.5.15, 102.12, 1025, 103, 111, 113, 2s Damage to ine Werk «2 3,142, 99.1, 102.12, 1025,103,113 images, Chim for 3.18, 4169, 611,625, 832,95.12, 1014 ‘Damages for Delay 611,833, 95.16,9 ‘Date of Corumenceinent ofthe Work, Definition of 812 Date of Subsianiat Conipletion, Definition of 813 os Day, Definition of £814 Desisions ofthe Aichitect 46,47, 63,813,83.1, 92,94,95.1,982,994, 104.2, 13.52, 1423, 14.24 ‘Decisions ofthe Construction Mandir, 43,736,737, 738, 93.1941, 9887951 jond to Withhola Certification 95,97, 14113 ‘Defective oc Nonconfoiinig Work, Acceptance, ‘Rejection and Conésion of >, 23,24, 35.1, 461,4610,475;9.5, 982,991, 81025, 12,137.13" ‘Defective Work, Definition of 354 Definitions 1424.1, 34,351,312, 3.122, 3.123,41.1,421, 471,51, 611,721, 73.1,736,81,9.1,981 Delays and Rxtensions of Time 474,478.,4182, 6.1.1,623,72.1,7313,734, 735,738,739, 81.1,83, 103.1, 16L14 Dispates 47,48, 49,625,63,738,93.12 acumen and Sample the Sie oH ‘Drawings, Definition of ais Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ovmersip of, 114, 13,225,311,53 ‘Duty to Review Contract Documents end Field Conditions 32 fective Dato of Insurance 822, 1.12 332,342,381,39, 3.18.1, 3.182, 466,460, 812,102,103, 114.1, 14211 ‘Bquipment, Labor, Maras and 113, 1.16,34,35.1, 382, 312.2, 3.123, 3.2. BUDA, 313, 315.1, 46.12, 621,736,932,933, 113, 122.4, 141, 162.1, 1427 ‘Execution and Progsess ofthe Work 123,341,35.1,465,466,474,478, 622,713, 82,83, 95,991, 1023, 1024 Execution, Correlation and Intent ofthe Contract Documents 123371 Exteasions of Time 473,478,12.13,83,103.1 ‘Failure of Payment by Contractor 95.13, 14212 Fallue of Payment by Owner 477,97, M413 uty Work (See Defective or Noncanforning Work) ‘Final Completion and Final Payment 461, 46.16,472, 475,910, 11.12, 1113, 1135, 231,137 ‘Financial Arangements, Ownes's 221 Fire and Extended Coverage asuranco 1.14, 1135, 1137 (GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Lae Gowanes (See Waray and Wars) Hazardous Materials, 10.1, 10.2.4 eatification of Contract Documents 12 ‘entificaion of Subcontractors and Supplies: S21 Indemnification 3.17,3.18,9.102, 10.14, 113.1.2,1137 Information and Services Required of the Owner 242,22,474,626,932,964,964,983,992, 9.103, 10.14, 112, 113, 135., 1352 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 479 etions 333,334,371, 465,466, 4616,476,943, 982,992,910, ‘RA Became RAC — ER Capi © TS Tm Awan aos oR ATS acne autre ‘led ys. Soph Lm aod ton ‘tare a e853 on 7200 der Os No 1MTHONS | woh ens on RETO te ee a a ETc HS Dosa| Rh = | Instructions to Bidders aa “nsrctions tothe Contactor 3814613, 5.217, 1241,1352 Insurance 419,61.1,73.64,932,982, 99.1, Insarance, Boiler and Machinery 1132 Insurance, Contractor's Liablty ML 113.113 “Tnswance, Effective Date of 822,112, Tnsarance, Less of Use 1302, 1. 932, 13.14 INSURANCE AND BONDS at Insorance Companies, Consitio Pastial Occupancy 994,113.11 Insurance Companies, Seuléient with 41310 : [eat of the Contact Docuaests 123,324, 4610, 4.612, 46.19, 46.20,74 interest BS. Interpretation 125,14,15,441, 471,51, 612,814 Interpretations, Weiten ae 4618,4.619, 477 fe ‘Foinde and Consolidation of Cairns Required 495 Judginent on Bil Award ADT AIA AIT i Tabor. and Materials; Equipment. 113,11.6,34,35.1,3.2, 3122, 3123,3.127, “34241, 3.15, 335.1,462 621, 736,932,943, 1224, 14.1.2; 1421, 1423: LaborDispates aan ‘Laws and Regulations 13,36,37,3:13,411,495,497,99.1,1022, 11H, 113, 1341344, 13.5, 1352, 136 Lens 212;472,4751,822,933,9.102 ‘Limitation om Consolidation or Joinder 495 ‘Limitations, Sites of . 4942, 1236, 18.7 Limitations of Authority 334,4.6.12,4617,5.22,524,74, 113.10 Limitations of Liability 23,321,35.,3:73,3.128, 31211, 317,318, 46:10, 46.12, 46:19, 622,943, 9.64, 9.104, 10.1.4, 1025, 11.12, 1121, 1137, 1342, 1352 Limitations of Time, General 221,224,321, 373,382, 3.10,3.125,315., 46.1, 46.12, 4618, 472,473, 474,475,479, 4642,521,523,624, 734,74, 82,92,95, 9.62, 98, 9.10, 1113, 1131, 11.32, 135, 11.36, 1221, 1322, 135,137, 43 Limitations of Tie, Specific 242, 22.1, 24,310, 3.11,3.15.1, 46.1, 4.638, 47, 48,49,53,54,735,739,82, 931,933,941, 96.1, 9.7,982,9:102, 1113, 13.36, 113.10, 11.3:11, 1222, 12:24, 1226, 13.7, 141, 1422, Loss of Use Insurance 33 ‘Maxerial Suppliers 131,3:121,467,46.0,521,933,9312,933, 943,965,9.104 ‘Materials, Hazardous 101, 10.24 ‘Mattias, Labor, Equipment and 113, 116,344, 35.1, 382,312,323, 3127, 34211, 313,315. 46.12, 62.1, 736,932,933, 1224, 1612, 1421, 1423 ‘Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Constoction 33:1, 466,462,943 ‘Minor Changes inthe Work 414, 46.13,477, 71,74 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS B Modifications, Definition of LL ‘Modifications to the Contact LL, 11.2,373,3.11,412, 461,523, 7, 83.41.97 ‘Mutnal Responsibility 62 ‘Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 123 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 23.,4752,952,982, 2,131.13 ‘Notice 23,24, 32.1, 322,313,374, 39,3128,3.129, 3.17, 4.7,48.4,49,521,53,54.11,822,941, 915.1,971,910, 101.2, 1026, 11.1.3, 113, 1222, 12.24, 133,1351,1352,14 ‘Notice, Written 23,24, 39,3.128,31294,7, 484, 49, 521,53, SAL1,822,9.4.1,95.1,9:7, 9.10, 10.12, 1026, 11.13,113, 1222, 1224, 133, 1352, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections 1353, 1352 [Notice to Proceed 322 Notices, Permits Fees and 223,317,313, 73.64, 1022 ‘mnDscanen ROVCMSM tu Capp © 1 by Tw nok baa af ohne Agha eecwed WARRING. THe AR Doce Fetched by 5. Copy Low pa ierndon! Teme Unaueridrepodston or aouon of ie Ae Bocomene or any pode te ‘Seyret ovr ond ral pena, an ils ross Yo tran eras poste un hes Scone ee est by ‘Ata 9:50 oC D9 wt vr Na sOOCH Stef wh eg nT, ons eueecrary) 6a Observations, Architect's On-Site 465,469, 46.10,476,944,95.1,9.101, 12.1.1, BS ‘Observations, Constrection Manager's On-Site 944,121 ‘Observations, Contractor's 122,322 ceupancy 9.66,981,99, 13.11 ‘Ox-Site Inspections by te Architect 465,4516,4.76,944,982,992,9.10.1 ‘On-Site Observations by the Architect 465,459,47.6,944,951,9.10.1, 135 ‘On-Site Observations bythe Construction Manager 944,95. Orders, Written 23,359,477, 143) Other Contracts and Centactors 1143142, 467, 495,6,113.7, 1212, 1225 owner £23, 11.39;12.1, 122, 1352, Smex Definition of 24 ‘Owner, Information’ and Services Required of the 2.12,22,462,4.64, 6,9, 10.14, 10.16, 112, 113, TB54,1115, 1813” Owner's Authority °°381,521,5.24,541,7311,822,93.1,932, 11.44, 1224, 1352, 149, 143.1 vps Finacial Copeity 221,115: ee 433% “Ohwner’s Relationship wit Subitartors TARSAL 541,964! ‘Owners Right to Carry Out the Wok 2A, 1224, 142.22 Grier Rito Cae ‘Orners ight to Pest Costco wth Own Forces and fo Award Other Contracts a ‘Owner's Right to Stop the Work 23,477 (Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 43 wat Right Teint tbe Contact ‘Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, ‘Specifications and Other Documents LLL, 13,225,53 ‘Partial Occupancy or Use 9.68,99, 13.11 Patching, Cutting and 314,626 ‘Patents, Royalties amd 37 ‘Payment, Applications for 469,92,93,94,95.1,98.3,9.10.1, 9.103, 9.104, 24 Payment, Certificates for 469, 4616,933,94,95,9.6.1,966,9.7.1,983, 9.10.1, 9.103, 137,141.13, 14.24 Payment, Failure of 47.7,9513,97,9.102, 41.1.3, 1421.2 Payment, inal 46.1,4616,47.2,475,940, 11.12, 11.13,1135, 34 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7364, 9.103, 1139, 114 Payments, Progress 474,93,96,983,9.103, 13.6, 1423 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 914 ‘Payments to Subcontractors 5.42,95.13,962,9.63,9.64, 113.8 142.12 PCB 1012, 1013,10.14 Pesforrance Bond and Payment Bond 73.64,9103, 1.39, 114 ‘Permits, Fees and Notices 223,37,3.13,73.64, 1022 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 0 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.1.2, 10.13, 10.14 rodcs Data, Definition of 322 ‘Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 311,312,427 Progress and Completion 465,474.82 Progress Payments 474,93,96,983,9.103, 13.6, ¥923 Project, Definition ofthe La ‘Project Manual, Deftition of the uy Project Mannals 225 Project Representatives 4617 Property Insurance 1025, 03 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 0 1 ‘Regulations and Laws 13,36,37,3.13,411,49.7, 1022, 111, 13,13, 134, 135.1, 1352, 136,16 jection of Work 3.5.1, 46.10, 122. ‘aap pi © yh Ain ig red WONG Tis WA ic rn ra a otc by US, Copyright Law and eration! ‘ay eats sac nd cro pene, 2d wiv procscte fw resonant pote mae hl. The Seumar was oad us teoredcton or debuion iis AAS Docent ray Porton o, [crn ot 085 on Gaan0 wer Os Na 007 1 WE eps on AEH, ast me emezror) 7_ 3123 3 3446.12 eres \ Samples atthe Site, Documents and Releases of Waivers and Liens 9.102 ‘Representations 122,35.1,3127,622, 82.1,933,943,95.1, 9.82, 9.104 ‘Representatives 211, 3.411,39,4.1.1, 4641, 4617, 5.1.1, 512, 132.1 Revohution of Claims and Disputes 48,49 “Responsibility for Those Perfoming the Work 333,466,62,10 >, ‘Retainage 93.1,962,983,99:1,9.102,9.103 Review of Contract Documents and Field (Conditions by Contractor“ 122,32,3.73,332.7 Review of Contaétor’s Submitals by Owner, Constmetion Manager and Architect 3:0-1,3.103,3.11,3.12, 46.12. 46.16, 521,523, 92,982 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Saraples Rights apd Remedies 112,23,24,351,3.152, 4610, 47.6,49,53, 61, 63,734, 831,954,97, 1025, 103, 1222, 12.24, Baia? Royals and Patents © Bi ales and Noth for Arbitration 492 Safety of Persons and Property. 102 nee gt Safety Precautions aid Progeinig. AS6AGIQIOE Supls Deion of Samples Stop Drawings, Prodact Dia nd eo ee. Schedule of Values 92,931 ‘ ‘Schedules, Coésiuction 310 ‘Separate Cintacts and Contractors iia Shop Drawings, Désnition of 321 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Saxnples 31,302, 4611, 46.12, 465 Site, Use of 343, 6.11, 62.1 ‘Site Inspections 122,334,465, 4, Site Visi, Architect's 465, 469,476,94, 951,982, 9.92,9.101, 135 16,476,982, 104,135 Special Inspections and Testing 4610, 1221, 135 ‘Specifications, Definition of the 146 ‘Specifications, The 14.1, 116,117, 124, 13,3.11 ‘State of Emitaions 492, 12.26, 137 ‘Stopping the Work 23,479: 101.2, 103,141 Stored Maceriais 621,932, 1021.2, 113.14, 122.4 ‘Subeontacor, Definition of saa ‘SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractor, Work by 124,332,3121,466,46.10, 53,54 ‘Subcontractual Relations 53,54,93112,9.62, 963,964, 102.1, 1137, M38, 141, 1413,16212 ‘Submits 13,323, 310, 3.1, 3.12, 46.12,52.1,523,736, 92,93:1,982,99.1,9.02,9.103, 1.13 Subrogation, Waivers of 6411,1135,1137 Substantial Completion 46.6, 81.1,8.13,82.3, 98,991, 122.1, 1222, By ‘Substantial Completion, Definition of 9a. ‘Substitution of Subcontractors 323,524 ‘Substitution of Architect 44 ‘Substttion of Construction Manager 44 ‘Substitutions of Materials 351 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of| 312 ‘Subeutfsce Conditions 418 Successors and Assigns 32, ‘Superintendent 39,1026 ‘Supervision and Construction Procedures 124, 33,34, 466,474,624, 713,734, 82, 83.1, 10,12, 14 Surety 481,484, 5412,9:102,9103, 1422 ‘Surety, Consent of 9.102, 9.103 Surveys 222,383 ‘Suspension by the Owner for Convenience ‘rete US. copy and ternstoe! Hes: Ontbaredrpecdarionodostean ofc igs rane, WANE: Ts B® Bacon etn ny portant ‘Ray reut in saver hl and cil pone, dwt bo proses terse xo posse vr far Th eee os de ‘Rech 1053 en 0a 1200 er OserNosDOCTHONE 1 wich ees SNES as etl es ” ence) 8hs tit, 43 Unie Prices 4 ‘Wrinen Orders ‘Sospension of the Wook 714,7332 477,542, 41.14,143 Use of Documents _ ‘Suspension ot Termination of the Contract, 111,13,225,3127,53, 471, 541.1,14 Use of Ste ‘Taxes. 343,611, 62.1 36,7354 ‘Values, Schednle of ‘Termination by the Contractor 92,934 a Ma ‘Waiver of Claims: Final Payment “Termination by the Owner for Cause 475,491,903 5411142 ‘Waiver of Csims by the Architect — “Termivation ofthe Architect 1342 ‘Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.104, 1137, 1342 - ‘Waiver of Caims by the Owner 475,491,993, 9.103, 113.3, 135,113, 1342 Waiver of Liens - ‘TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE, 9.102 CONTRACT ‘Waivers of Subrogation 4 i 611,135,137 ‘Tesis‘and Kaspostions —* Warranty and Warranties 3.33, 4610,46.16,943, 122,135 35,4616,47.5, 933,982, 9.9.1, 1222, 13, _ TIME: te ‘Weather Delays wie 4782 ‘Timé, Delays ana Wetessions of ‘When Arbitration Mzy Be Demanded ATBTZYS3 oo oy 494 ‘Time Lint, Speci ‘Work, Defsition of "212,225,24,3.10, 46.18, 47,48.1,483,484, 113 ‘Waiten Consent 13.1,3128,3.142, 414,495,932,982, 99.1, 9103, 9.103, 10.22, 103,113, 113.14, 13.11, 132, 1342 ‘Waiten inepretations 46.18, 4619, 47.7 Written Notice 23,24,39, 3.128, 3.129,4.7.1,416,479,4.84, 49:41,521,53, 541,822, 94,9.51,9.7, 9:10, 10.12, 1026, 11.13, 113, 12.2.2, 124,133, 1352, 25,39,479,822, 1139, 121,122, 1352, 431 ‘an beceery aa Tk pan Oy Te emia Faia Ac Aigiamned WERDER Deca Proc Us copyigh Lm nd rata eins rer ordaen tee i ‘Syren saver and mia patos an wl be prose ed oe mania xe oer not tela Ts docinon was orc DY ‘ce 1859 an a 209 vor One Ese wae ene on REBSO, et oe Dost oan pron a eeuarern,pe ARTICLE GENERAL PROVISIONS 14 BASIC DEFNTIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS “The Coutract Documents consist ofthe Agreement between Owe end Contactor (beiaher the Apseemen), Condon of te Contac (Gener, Supplementary sod other Condoms), Dravings, Specifications, addenda Jssued prior wo exeeation ofthe Contact ther documented inthe Agreement and Modification issued after © execantn ofthe Contact A Modifications (1) a wen ameavzent tothe Conzact signed by both pare, (2) & “OS Change Orde, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (6) a wten ocr fora miner change in the Work sued by » the Architect Unless specially eaumetated in the Agreement, he Couract Documents dono Snclue oe documents soc as bidding requvements(advertisesbet or inviaton tobi, Inswuctions to Bidder, smple forms, {he Contactar’ bid or potion of addenda relating to bidding equzement). 4.4.2 THECONTRACT ‘The Contract Documents form the Contact foc Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated ™ agreement between te partes here and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either writen » ak oral. The Contract my be amended or modified only by a Modification, The Contract Docameats sll not be ‘construed io ereate contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the ‘Construction Manager and Contrctor, (3) between the Architect and Construction Manager, (4) between the Owner and 2 Subcontractor or Sab-subcontacter or (5) between auy persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Consiriction Manager and Architect shall, bowever, be ented to pecformance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract iiended to facilitate performance of ec dues. S443 THE WORK ‘The tem "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or ~ petally competed, and includes all ther labor, materials, equipment and services provided orto be provided by ‘the Contractor to fil he Contractor's obigtions. The Work may consttate the wile or apart ofthe Project. 144TH PRouEcT ‘The Projects the total cansruction of which the Work performed under the Contact Documents may be the whole cor part and which my include constaction by other Contractors and by the Owner's own foresinchuding persons eles unde tpt cones tainted by be Conszcton Mange 14.5 THE DRAWINGS. ‘i “The Drawings ace the graphic ah pcirial portions ofthe Contract Docoments, wherever located and whenever ‘ssved, showing the design, Jocadon and dimensions ofthe Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, ‘etal, stele and diagrams. § 1.18 THE SPECIFICATIONS “5°, 7S ‘The Specifications a that poitio ofthe Contract Documents consisting ofthe writen requirements for mtezials, equipment, construction systems, tzndards and workmanship forth Work, and performance of elated services. §4:4.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL = ‘The Project Manval is the vom usually assembled forthe Work which may include the bidding requirements, _ sample forms, Conditions ofthe Contact and Specifications §§ 4.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT § 4.24 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided inthe Agreement. If ether {the Owner or Contactor or both do not signal the Contract Documents, the Architect shall dentify such unsigned Documents upon request. he S28) $4.22 Execution ofthe Contract by the Contractor is a representation thatthe Contractor has visite the ste, ‘become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is © be performed and comelated personal, | ebservations with requirements ofthe Contract Documents, ‘ '§423 The intent ofthe Contract Documents isto include all tems necessary foc the proper execution and completion ofthe Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what s requized by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance bythe Contractor sell be required ony tothe extent | wn, ibaa evan ae eine sea epee ae oS Aa aaa RET A ee t ‘oy reat a ener Cond cinnl eae, snd witb roared. enum oe possi we eau es Sxraun wasps 10 : 1 BBG ee onan wa serves maces oNSEaS ena ee —=consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. §.24 Organization ofthe Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and aangement of Drawings shall not ‘contra the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent. of Work to be performed by any trade. '§ 4.25 Unless otherwise tated inthe Contract Docuneats, words which bave wellknown technical or construction Indy meanings are used inthe Contract Docomens in accordance with such recognized meanings. {$3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS. § 13.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments ofthe Architect's service though which the Work to be executed bythe Contractor is decribed. The Contracie may ‘eiin one conirctrecad set, Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or ‘equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Deavings, Specifications and other docoments prepared by ‘he Architect nd unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the anor of them aod wall eain all ‘common Jaw, statutory snd other reserved rights, in addition tote copytight. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably eccounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of ‘the Work The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepare by the Architect, and copes thereof ‘furnished to the Contractor, are for use soley with respect to this Project. They are motto be used by the Contactor ‘or any Subcontractor, Sib-subeontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for addition to this Project ouside the scope ofthe Work without the specif weiten consent ofthe Over and Architect. The ‘Contactor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontrsctos and material or equipment suppliers are granted aFinited Beease to ‘use and feprode applicable portions of the Drawings, Speciications and other documents prepared by the Architect approptisteto and for use inthe execution oftheir Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made ‘under this icense shal bear the'tatutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by te Architect, Submital or dsteibuton to meet offical seglatry requiremens o for other ‘purposes in connection with this Project snot tobe construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. § 1.4 CAPITALIZATION § 4.4 Terms capitalized ia these General Conditions include those which are 1) specifically defined, (2) the tides ‘of numbered articles or (3) the titles of olce documents published by the Ametican Instat of Architects, §4SINTERPRETATION S .-” “$4.51 Inthe interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such a5 "ll" and “any* and anicles such as "the" and “ai,"fut he fact theta modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in anothet i no intended to affect the intecpettin of ether statement. S ARTICLE OWNER §2ADEFINMION £22 {§2141 The Owner i the person r entity identifcd as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the (Contract Docaments af singilat in number. The term "Owner" means the Ovmer or the Oumer’s authorized representative, {$22 The Owner upoi reasonable writen request shal frush othe Contractor in writing information whichis Recessary and relevant forthe Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's len rights. uch ‘information shall inclade a correct statement of the record legal te tothe property on which the Projects located, ‘snally refered to asthe site, and the Ovmer’s interest therein atthe time of execution ofthe Agreement znd, within five days after any change, information of such chang in tide recorded or mrecorded {§22INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. ‘§221 The Owner shal, atthe request ofthe Contactar, pros to execution ofthe Agreement and promptly from ‘me to time thereafter, fish tothe Contractor reasonable evidence that nancial arrangements have been made to {ull the Ovmer’s obligations under the Contract. (Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the Agreement orto commence the Work} ‘RnDccarnt RIGA — 1692. Capra Gy Te win att awOC: Aig reserved WARING: Ti KIS Document ‘oteadby US. Copy Lon aetna ean, Unotoried rpraducono toon os AMY Doren ony poon ah 44 ‘RSrrenth severe ond criminal erica and wl be poset i nae posse wn ha, Ts dinero rao Oy ‘area ar at 00 ur Gs sO wh enpes on S27 el ene qeowmy{§222 The Owner shal furnish surveys describing physical charactecstics, legal Kmitations and wlity locations for 2 the ste ofthe Project, and a legal description of the st © §2.23 Bxoept for peat and fees which are the responsibility ofthe Contractor under the Contract Docursens, the <4» Oumer shal secure and pay for necessary approvals easements assessments and charges required for constrocion, O° se or occupancy of permanent structres or for permanent changes in existing feiles. Unless oterwise provided “+ ' under the Contract Documents the Owner, through the Construction Manages, shall secure and pay forthe building va, Perit, © S55" §2.2A Information or services under the Oumer’s control shall be farnished bythe Owner with reasonable _romptness to avoid delay in ondely progress of the Work. {§ 2:28 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor willbe forished, fie of charge suck copies of Drawings and Project Mannals as are reasonably necessary fo execaton ofthe Work. {§ 2.26 The Owner shall forward all communication othe Contractor through the Construction Manager and stall. ‘contemporancotsly provide the same commnictios to the Architect zi ne © °§22.7 The finegoing are in addition to other duties snd responsibilities ofthe Owner enmerated herein and i © especially hse in seapecto Article 6 (Construction by Owner orby Other Contactre), Article 9 (Payment ad (Completion) and Article 11 (insurance and Bonds). = e {§23 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK {§23,1 If the Contractor fails to comect Work which snot in accordance with the equiements ofthe Contract , ms ‘Documents a8 reqited by Section 12.2 or persistently fails to cary out Work in accordance with the Contact je Documents, the Owner, by writen order signed personally or by an agent specifically so expowered by the Owner “i witing, may onder the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, unl te ezuse for such order has been climinated; however the right ofthe Owner to stop the Werk shal not give rise to a duty on the pat of the Owner to ‘exercise his ight forthe benefit ofthe Contrector or any other person or entity. {§ 24 OWNER’S RIGHT TO.GARRY OUT THE WORK § 24.1 Ifthe Contractor defaults neglects to cary out the Werk n scoordance with the Contract Documents and {ails withina seven-day period after receipt of waitea notice from the Owner to commence and continue corection © of such default or neglect wil diligence and promptness, the Over may aller such seven-day period give the, “Contractor a second tte notice to correct such deficiencies within a secoad seven-day period. Ifthe Contractor ‘within soch second seven-day period ‘fer receipt of such second notice fils o commence and continve o corsect ‘any deficiencies, the Ovmer sou, without prejudice to other reacties the Owner may have, comec such ‘deficiencies. In such cae an appropiate Change Order shll be issued dedocting from payments then or thereafter 5 du the Contactor te cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation forthe Construction Manager's and Acitec’s end ther respective consultants” addtional services and expenses made necessary by suc default, ‘neglect or fine, Such action by the Ovmer and amounts charged tothe Contractor are both subject option ‘approval ofthe Architect after consolation withthe Construction Manager. If payments then ot Iereafter de the (Contractor are not sufcint to cover sch amount Contractor hall pay the diflerence tothe Owner. ‘ARTICLE CONTRACTOR §§ 3.4 DEFINTION § 3.4.1 The Contactor isthe person or entity identified as such inthe Agreement and is referred to throughout this ‘Agreement aif singular in aomber, The tet "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contactors sulhorized representative, § 3.1.2 The pura tera "Contractors" refers to persons or entities who perfoum constuction under Conditions of the ‘Contact that ae administered by the Constction Manager, and that are identical or subseantally similar to these Conditions. inn, ADoser Ruin Copy ety The Rta wae aac A igs waved, WARING Ti AA” Become ‘otaced US. Coppi ia a tersatorl Vege aurea epodacon or Gatinaat is AlNe Dowie er anppaonst 4 ‘Ray ret neve andro paint wil ob pret oem extort past nor hw. Ts Scurry WS0553 on a0 cer Noo | wh exes SEDEION Sere i Serna evrecenr,| {§ 22 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR {§324 Tho Coniractor call carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with eachother and with {information furnished by the Owner pursuant Section 2.2.2 and shal at once report tothe Construction Manager and Archilet errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be isle tothe Owner, ‘Constrection Manager or Architect for damage resulting fiom errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract ocaments unless the Contractor recognized sach exer, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Construction Manager and Architect. Ifthe Contactor performs any consrction activity knowing itinvelves ‘arocognized ero, inconsistency or omission inthe Contract Doctsments without such notice tothe Constaction ‘Manager and Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate esponsibility for such performance and shal bear ‘an appropriate amoont ofthe attsbutable costs for correction. {§322 The Contractor shall take field measurements and veify Held conditions and shall carefully compare such, {eld measurements and condiGoas and otber information known othe Contractor with the Contact Documents before commencing sctivties. Erors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported 1 the Construction © Manager and Architect once. {§323 The Contractor shail perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved ‘pursuant to Section 3.12... '§ 3:3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES {§.21 The Contactor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill nd attention, The ‘Contractor stall be solely responsible for and have contro over construction means, methods, wechniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Wosk under this Contract, subject to overall coordination of ‘the Construction Manager as provided in Sections 46.3 and 4.6.4. ©: §242 Tie Contato shall be zsponsibl tothe Owe frat and omissions of he Contraco’ employees, Ssizonmactor and tcc gets and employes snd othe persons performing portions ofthe Work une cotract withthe Conc {§33.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance withthe Contract ‘Docameats either by activites or duties ofthe Constactien Manager or Arcitect in ther administration of the ‘Contractor by rests, inspections or spprovals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. +, §334 The Contract shall inspect portions ofthe Project elated to the Contractor's Work inorder to deterine = tse portos ae in prope codon rei sbseoent Work / §4aLABOR AND MATERIALS"), /- § BA1 Unless otherwise provided inthe Contract Documents, the Contacte shall provide and pay for bor, ‘ateils, equipment, tools, constriction equipment and machinery, water, beat lites, transportation, and other ‘= faites and services necessary for proper exection and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent ‘and whether ar not incorporated orto be incorporated in the Werk. {$542 The Contractor shall eiforoe sist eiscipine and good order among the Contractor's employees and other {> estns cariying out the Contract. The Contractor shall net pent employment of unfit persons or persons not sliledintaks asighed to them, S35 WARRANTY {§854 The Contractor wazants to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect that matecials and equipment fumished under the Contract wil be of good quality and new unless otherwioe required or permitted by the Contract ‘Docaments thatthe Work wl be free ftom defects not iaherent inthe quality required or permitted, and thatthe ‘Work will conform with the requirements ofthe Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not property approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's ‘warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tea under normal usage. required ‘by tbe Construction Manager oc Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as tothe kind and quality of matecials and equipment. ‘RA Decrpert RDS RS, Cori © EE Th Amarante a Nails is eso WARRING: Tis Docu ‘Fromcndby US. Coppi La ane trator Veda: Uneeteredrpracon ef deineon oie Ase boost rary porsonaly 4g ‘Eayrcatin cover Skane pos an le posceaet tema cae posse ear tha. Ti Scio pce oy ‘ates 1859 009 we Ore NTE whch wekren SABES crise vrewenmR ae §36 TAXES '§364The Contractor shall poy sales, consumer, use and similar taxes forthe Work or portions thereof provided by ‘he Contractor which ae legally enacted when bids are recived or negations. conciuded, whether oc not Yet cffective or merely schedaled to go into eect. {§3:7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 587A Unless otherwise provided inthe Contract Docoments, the Owner shall secure and pay forthe building peat ‘od the Contactor sal Secare and yay forall other permits and goverment fers, ceases and inspections _noessary for proper executor and completion ofthe Work which ae customarily secured ater execation ofthe ‘Contract and which are legally equred when bids are recelved or negotiations concluded. ‘$842 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, onfinances, rales and regulations and layfal onder of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. ‘§:473 lis not the Contractors responsibilty to ascertain thatthe Contact Documents are in secordance with ‘plicable law, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rales aid regulations. However, ifthe Contractor observes, ‘hat portions ofthe Contact Documents are at variance therewith the Contractor shall prompdy nosy the Constivetion Manager, Architect and Owner in wing, and necessary changes shll be accomplished by appropeat© ‘Modification {§ 3741 the Contacte performs Work knowing itto be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes and ile and regulations without such noice tothe Construction Manager, Architect and Owner, the Contractor sll, assume fll responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attibutabe costs. ‘§A8 ALLOWANCES ‘GBA The Contactor shall include inthe Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. ems ® coveted by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by sach persons o entities asthe Owner may ect, ‘but the Contractor shall nt be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor rakes reasonable * objection: : {$8482 Unless othervze povided inthe Contact Documents: — “J materials and equipment under an allowance shal be selected promply by the Owner to avoid delay iate Works 2° allowances stall cover the oe tothe Contactor of metal and equipment delivered athe ste and Fy {2 allege tne, ess sppicable trade discouns, ‘5. Conracor’s cos for unloading and handling ts ste, lbor,iacallaton cots, overhead, profit and ‘ther expenses comzmpated fr stated allowance aout hal be incoded inthe Contact Sm #2 “notin the allowances Whenever cis re more than ores than allowances, tbe Contact Som shall be adjusted accordingly ‘by Change Order‘The amount of the Change Order shal reflec (1) the ference between actual 5 ‘cats and the allowances undec Seti 3.822 an (2) changes in Contact's costs der Sstion Saag! §§ 39 SUPERINTENDENT. §39.4 The Contractor shall employ a competent superntendest and necessary eslstans who shal be in attendance lhe Project ste during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and asslgnineot is subject othe prior sights ofthe surety, if any, obligated under bond relating othe Contact. §5A2 Ifthe Workchas Deen suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractoe's compensation shall be equitably adjusted, ‘ARTICLES CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTORS {$6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION WITH OWN FORCES AND TO AWARD OTHER CONTRACTS. {$614 The Owner reserves the right to perform constuction or operations related tothe Project with the Owner's ‘ow fores, which incude persons or entities under separate conrets not administered by the Constracton . Manager. The Owner farther reserves the right to award otber contacts in connection with otter portions fhe. ‘Project or other constoction or operations onthe ste under Conitions of the Contract deatcal or substantially ‘Similar to these including those portion related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. Ifthe Contractor class that Aelay o addtional costs involved becanse of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as ‘rovided elsewhere in the Contact Documents, 005. Gepyiah 0b Toscan ais of ic Al igh rcarved WANG: Ths ANS Docume ‘roctoby 8: Coppa an anatortrontoe, Uontersedrepetctn or eon ie AY Daca oan orton Reyes emi pels, od wil bs poset oh mama ett poaibe wr tolan. Ti oar eae pansy ‘AR carn 10085 cn 772009 tna Ons HOSTHON | wich omer en BIC, 2 ae a. :{$64.2 When the Owner performs constrcion or operations withthe Owaet’s own forces including persons or entities under separate contracts not administered by the Consrction Manager, the Owner sall provide for : coordination of such forces withthe Werk of the Contrsctor, who shall cooperate with them. i © §64.3 Unless otherwise provided inthe Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction ar operations ie related to the Project withthe Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject othe same obligations and to have the same rights which apply othe Contract under the Conditions ofthe Contract, including, without, ‘exelnding otecs, those stated i this Article 6 and in Aticles 3, 10, 11 and 12. {§ 82 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY {§62.1 The Contractor shal afford the Owner’s own forces, Construction Manager and other Contactors reasonable 25) > oppostunity for intwodaction and storage oftheir materials and equipment and perfocmance of thei activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contrector’s constrction and operations wih theirs as required by the Contract Documents {§6.2.2 If part ofthe Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon constriction or operations by ‘the Oviner’s own forees or other Contractors, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion ofthe Wark, promptly epart tothe Construction Manager and Architect apparent discrepancies ot defeesin such other > Constroction that would render i suitable for such proper execution and ells Filue of the Contactor soto report shall consttate an acknowledgment that the Owner's own forces or other Contactos” completed or partially ‘completed constuction i it and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, exzept as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 62:3 Cons cond by delays orby inmproperyimed acts or deere costreton sal be borne bythe party responsible refer. §824'The Conirector shal promptly remedy damage wrongflly caused by the Contractor to completed ‘construction o partially completed construction orto property ofthe Ownet or other Contactors as povided in Section 1025. 56.26 Claims ad other disputes end maters in question between the Contactor and other Contractors shall be Subject othe provisions of Section 4.7 peovided the other Contractors have reciprocal obligations, 2 §626 The Over ail other Contactors shall ave the same responsibilities for cuting and patching as are Seserbed forthe Contractor in Section 3.14. {§63 OWNERS RIGHT.TO CLEAN UP 63.1 If a cope atises among the Contractor, othec Contractors and the Owner a othe responsibilty under their respective Sontacts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area fce from waste materiel and rubbish 25, described in ection 3.15, the Ownet nay cleanup and allocate the cost amang those responsible asthe ‘Construction Manager, in consultation with the Architect, dgecmines tobe just. ARTICLE CHANGESIN THE WORK §7ACHANGES 57.4.4 Changi in the Work may be accomplished after execution ofthe Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change inthe Work, subject to the Timitatons stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere ia the Contract Documents. §7.4.2 A Changs Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Construction Manager, Architect ad ‘Contractor; a Consiraction Change Direstive requires agreement by the Owner, Construction Manaper and Architect and ray of may not be agreed toby the Contractor, an order fora minor change inthe Weck may be issued by the Architect aloe, §§7.1.3 Changes inthe Work shal be pecformoed onder applicable provisions ofthe Contract Documents ad > Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive ‘or order fora minor change isthe Work. za a Say eee ee eT oy Bageeician uta cawontnetsacnteasn memes =onro ee meen{9714 unit pices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed vpon, and if quantites originally. ‘contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such ‘uit prions to quantities of Work proposed wall canse substantial inequity tothe Owner or Contractor, the applicable ‘nit proes shall be equltsbly adjusted. . $72 CHANGE ORDERS °° 9724 A Change Order isa written instrament prepared by the Construction Manager and signed by the Owe, ‘Construction Manager, Architect an’ Contractor, tating their agreement upon al ofthe following: J achangoin the Work: be ‘2 * the amount ofthe adjostmeot inthe Contract Sum, ifany, and os ‘3 the extent of the adjusumentin the Contact Time, if ny. {§7.22 Methods used in determining adjustments tothe Contract Sam may include those ised in Section 7.3.3. {§73 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES '§734 A Construction Change Disective is a witen onder prepared by the Construction Manager and signed by the (Owner, Construction Manager and Architect, dzecting a change in the Work and stating a proposed bass for ‘adjusment, if any in the Contract Sum or Contract Tine, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change ‘Direstve,withoot invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Wock within the general scope ofthe Contact consisting of eons, deletion or ter revisions, the Contact Sum and Contact Tine beng adjusted accordingly, £ {§732 A Construction Change Directive shall be used inthe absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change % (Coren tet Fe 2. | “7331 he Constneson Change Directive provides fr an adjusunent to the Contract Sam, the adjustment chal be B based on oe ofthe folowing methods: ae A mutual ceeptanc of slump sum properly itemized end supported by sufficient substantiating data to . emit evaation: <5 “102° 2° gnitprices stated in the Cosract Documents cr subsequently agred upon: ‘3 costo he determined in a manex agreed upon by the pares and aroutally acceptable fxed ot EE petentae fessor LES A'S asqrovied in Section 73.6, * § 1.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor sball promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved aud advise the Consructon Manager am Arcee of the Cauractr’s agreement or "sgreement wi he method f ny, provided he Consracion Changs Drove for determining the proposed adjust te Contract Su Gone Time. {$7.5 A Construction Change Directive signe by th Contractor indicates the agreement ofthe Contractor ‘heteiih, including agjustment in Cootact Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such 32%, agreerent shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. s "§ 738 the Conactor doe’ it respond promptly or disagrecs with the method for ajstmentin the Contract Som, PE ‘he method andthe aéjosment shall be determined bythe Constrcion Manage on the bass of reasonable 2/5 expendites and savings of thas peefoning the Work atstbuabl the change, including, incase ofan increase {nthe Contact Sum a feasonable allowance fr overhead and pot. Ia such ese, nd also under Seaion 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall ep and present in such fom asthe Constrcion Manager may prescribe, an temized accountng together wit propriate sopporing dt. Unless oervise provided in he Contact Documents, costs ‘or the purposes of this Secion 73.6 shall bo limited to tho folowing + 9S. 8 AL" cont of labor, inching socal secu, ld age and unemployment insurance, fingo benfits 5 required by epjsment or custom, and workers compensation surance, 2 tot of materials, supplies snd eqaipment, including cost of ranporaton, whether ocorpoated or consumed; 3 rental oss of machinery and equipment, exchsive of band tools, Wiehe rene fom the Contactor oroshers, | inn, SADecanar AION 7952 Cony © ana by Tw Aiea abe of eines: gia esaved, WANG Tis AA Bocas | oct. Cops od arnt rte, anand apc oon ta A Bec oy porn ‘yesh sev iran roa pena, nd wl prosneted oe rum est posable nda nl, Ths csr was res 1 Birt e288 Gabo wa Os OOS whee eh 08 sb eta _ web ro 25oie wt, ° §asaThe eam’ 4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fs, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Works and 5 _sctiooal costs of supervision and fed office personnel directly attribtablean the change. {§7.3.7 Pending final determination of costo the Owner, amounts notin dispute may be inchuded in Applications for Payment. The amount of ered tobe allowed by the Contactor to the Owner fora deletion or change which results ‘ina net decrease i the Contract Sora shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Constraction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Wosk or substitutions ae involved in a change, the allowance for overhead ‘and profit hal be igned on the basis of net increase, any, with respect to hat change. {97.88 fhe Oumer aid Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for etermining it, the adjustment or the method shall be refered to the Construction Mansgec for detenninaton, {§73.9 When the Owner and Contractor apsee withthe determination made by the Constrection Manager concerning > the adjustments inthe Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upen the adjustments, such agreement sll be effective immediately issued through the Coatrucion Manager and shal be recorded by ‘reparation and execution of an approprite Change Order : {§7AiMINOR CHANGES IN.THE WORK 9744 The Architect wll have authority to onder minor changes inthe Work rot involving adjustment in the ‘Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contact Documents. Such changes shall be effected by writen order issued through the Constracton Manager and shall be binding on the Owoer and Contactor. The Contractor shall cary out such writen orders promply, ARTICLES TIME 84 DEFINITIONS § 84.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time isthe period of ime, including amborized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Comgletion of te Work. § 84.2 The date of conneacement ofthe Works the dats established inthe Agreement. The date shall not be Postponed by the flue to at ofthe Contactor or of persons or entities for whom the Contactor is responsible. $8.12 The dat of Siti Corpse de ceed by the Acie in cordance wit Sesion 98. is used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically ‘defined, . {§8:2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: {§8.24 Time hmits sted inthe Contact Documents ar ofthe essence of the Contract. By execiting the Agreement ‘he Contactor confi thatthe Contact Tie is areasonable pod fo pecorming the Work §8.22'The Contractr shallot imowingly, except by agreement or instruction ofthe Owner in wating, prematurely ‘Commence operations on te site or elsewhare pir tothe effective date of insaance required by Article L1 to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of te Work shall not be changed bythe effective date of ‘sch insurance, Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the (Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing nt less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the ‘Work io permit the timely Sling of mortgages, mechanic's Hens and other security interests, § 8.23 The Contractor shall proceed expeitiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion ‘within the Contract Time. {§83 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME §8341 the Couractoris delayed at any ime in progress ofthe Work by an actor neglect ofthe Ownes's ova, orees, Construction Manager, Architect, any ofthe other Contractors or an exployee of any of thera, or by changes ‘ordered inthe Work, or by labor dispotes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casbates or other causes ‘beyond the Contactar’ contro, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending zrbitation, or by other causes which ‘RR Dara RD aio TW. Copy © Tay Te vein ada ois: Agha rsrved ARON: Tis A Bosal ‘tec by 0.3. Copyright Lam 2d nematoal Treat nara repredscon c estima tg Ase Docc any poo ‘tay eth eeee end nina ponies, en wale possstedo fe mua ete pens undo om, Tar scans psy ‘insane 559m a 09 Lee Ora OOH Eh ans on IC, ene ee oe eosonera7) 26oat. 1 the Architect, based on the recommendtion of the Construction Manager, determines may justify delay, ten the (Contract Time shall be extended by Change Onder for such reasonable ime as the Architect may determine. {$83.2 Claims relating wo time shall be made in accordance with applicable provislons of Section 4.7 {§83.3 This Secion 8.3 doesnot preciade recovery of damages for delay by ether party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION .§ 31 CONTRACT SUM": {$914 The Contract Sum is stated inthe Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, isthe total amount - “payable by the Owner tothe Contractor fr performance ofthe Work under the Contract Docurcent. §9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES. {§9.2A Before the frst Application foc Payment, the Contractor shall submit othe Architect, through the (Construction Manager, a schedule of values allocated to various portins of tbe Work, prepared in such form and supported by such deta to substantiate is socaracy asthe Constrction Manager and Architect may require. This schedule, nless objected t bythe Construction Manager or Architect, shall be ued at a basis for reviewing the (Contractor's Applications for Payment. {§93 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT §93:1 At east fitcen days before the date established foreach progress payment, the Contractor shall submit the ‘Construction Manager an itemized Application for Peyment for Work competed in accordance withthe schedule of ‘values. Such aplication shall be notarized, if required, and sopported by such éatasobstantatng the Contractor's ‘ight to payment as te Owvaer, Construction Manager or Architoct may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontactors and material suppliers, and reflecting reainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §9344 Such applicatians may include requests for payment on account of changes ia the Work which have been roperiy authorized by Construction Change Directives bat not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.4.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to payto __ 3 Subcontractor or material supplier because ofa dispute or other reason, “$93.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of raterials and ‘equipmest delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance ‘by the Owner, payipent may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the eit ta location _agieed upon in wrtiog, Payment for mateals and equipment stored on or off these chall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contract with procedaressatisfctory to the Owner to establish the Owner’ et such mitesils and ot otherwise protect the Ovmer’s interest, nd shall nelode applicable insurance, storage “End teannportion obese for such atria and eiment sored of the ste. {$93.3 The Contractor warrants tht tte wo all Work covered by an Application for Payment wil pass to the Ownes ‘no later than the time of payment. The Contractor furthee warrant that upon submit ofan Application for ‘Payment all Work for which Cetieates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received fromthe ~ ‘Owner shal tothe best ofthe Contractor's knowledge, information and belie, be fice and clear of lens, claims, seourity interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, nteril suppliers, or oe: person ox ‘entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating tothe Work. {§94 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 5941 The Constroction Manager will assemble Project Applicaton for Payment by combining the Contactor’: ‘applications with similar applications for progress payments from ote Contractors and, after eetfying the amounts ‘dus on such applications, forward them tothe Areitect within seven days. {$9.42 Within seven days after the Architect's receipt ofthe Project Application for Payment, the Construction ‘Manager and Architect will either issue tothe Owmer a Project Cerificate for Payment, wih a copy to the ‘Contractor, for such amount as the Construction Miansger and Architect determine is properly due, or notify the ‘Contractor and Owner in writing ofthe Construction Manager's and Architects reasons for withbolding "RRBs TIGR To. Copyright OTR y Thm finan ruts a heecs fvighsesed WARNE: Tis AA” Bacon (otcied 9 U. Copy sw and eratonl Tess: Unutnrzedrmedacan of aiacn of Gls AA Dosen cay pont fay reot nave lend peeiin aha wtb posers hammer oc wee ‘Been 45 on 0 wc Ortho 1OMETION | wich cops on eae IE °ie cortifietion in whole or in part a provided in Seetion 95.1 Such notification will be forwarded to the Contractor by the Construction Manager. ee ee {14tlme ctecpee ceoe etesDi i rmmtrm observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment submitted by the Contractor, that the Seren a ene ee cate nea re Soiree oe ate bee capil iene mt nan eter ee een, rear cae oh opera tee ame rg 2a, me ai en sar ce Architect, The issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment or a Project Certificate for Payment will further cs Rae i cr cree tree ara aia hm he “gh gurmaaramem le ere et ete snc to | Se gs eee eerie ee cee rere seo As ce ote aco eg 2 es wer ee ren en [SR een een me seme ge gee Sei ire miem eStores cee {§85 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION. § 954 The Constrction Manager oc Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold Certificate for =. Paymeatin whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary o protect the Owner, if inthe Construction 418 ‘Managir's or Architect's opinion te representations tothe Owner equired by Section 94.3 cannot be made Ifthe ‘Constracion Manager of Arehitecis unable to certify payment inthe amount ofthe Application, the Consietion ‘Manager or Architect will notify tbe Contractor and Ovmer as provided in Section 94.2. 1f the Contacte, CConstration Manager and Architect cannat age on a revised smount, the Construction Manager and Architect will promplly fue a Cerificate for Payment forthe amount for which the Construction Manager and Architect are able {make doch representations tothe Owner. The Construction Manager or Architect may algo decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whee or & ‘art ofa Crtfeate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary inthe Constration ‘Managers or Architedt’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: A detective, Work not emedieds ‘2+. third party claims filed or reasonable ovidenc indicating probable ling of such claims; {aie of the Contractor to rake payments properly to Subcontractors or fo labor, mterils or -4,_”“Teasonable evidbéthat the Work cannot be completed for tbe unpaid balance of the Contact Sum; damage tothe Over ot nother cometary, “6 Sreasonable evidence thatthe Work wil not be competed within the Contract Time and that the "ped balance woul nthe lego cove actor gine damage fort ancy dl, ge 2 pets alo cary out he Workin accordance wit the Contract Dstt. dtoj sees {§8.52 When the above reasons for withholling certification are removed, cetification will be made for amounts : eeviously withheld, {ogee Se C i . {$96 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ali ‘89.64 After the Construction Manager and Architect have issued a Project Cstficate for Payment, the Owner shall ! ‘make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Construction Manager and Architect. a ® §96.2'The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, on of the ‘mount psd to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors portion of the Work, the amount to which suid ‘Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually sesined from payments tothe Contractor om account of such Subecntractor’s portion ofthe Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, requir each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-sebeontractos in ssilar manner. ee 1 im, Aaa ee Taa Canree be pean APE TNNS MEAT Doce a ‘rent son chitand cma perae a wo prossuned wie masa sxe peeson mere ten Tes Scmnotone pears by 7B ‘i 1 RRetn 5 nO 150 tre: Odes NOONE OH. whe cece or SERED sr ft ee antes entrar)§96.3 The Construction Manager wil, om equst, furnish t a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding ‘percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor snd ation taken thereon by the Owner, (Construction Manager and Architect on account of portions of the Wark done by such Subcontacto, §96.4 Neither the Owmer, Construction Manager nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay o to see tothe payment of moaey toa Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. {§96.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9,62, 9.63 and 964. $95.8 A Contificae for Payment, a progress payment or patil or entire use or occupancy ofthe Project bythe : “Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work notin accordance with the Contract Docaments. &* 0 g8.7 FAURE OF PAYMENT EB {§9.7 I, trough no faut ofthe Contractor, 1) the Construction Manager and Architect do not esue & Project | [of “SS © Ceniticate for Payment within fourteen day ater the Construction Manager's receipt ofthe Contractor's Application for Payment or 2) tbe Ownec does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the dae established ia the Contract Docaments te amount certified by the Constvetion Manager and Architect or awarded by arbitration, ‘then the Contractor may, upon seven additonal days’ write notes tothe Owner, Consiuction Manager aod Architect, stop the Work until payment of the ammount owing has been received, Te Couract Time ehall be ‘extended appropriately andthe Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs cof shut-down, delay and start-up, which shal be accomplished as provided in Article 7. {§88 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION $84 Sobetmial Completion sth stage nthe progres of tho Work when the Work designated portion text 5s sufficiently compete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can oscupy oruilize the Work for St intended use §882 When.he Contractor considers thatthe Work, ora portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept ‘separately, is substantially complet, the Contractor and Construction Manager shall oltly prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive ist of ftams to be completed or comected The Contractor ehall proceed promptly to complete and comect iter on the list Failure to include an tem on such ist doesnot aller the responsibility ofthe Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contact Docunents. Upon receit ofthe list, the Architect, _assited by the Construction Manage, will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion ‘hereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not inched on the List, “hich is notin accordance ith the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contrector shal, before issvance “of the Cerificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notiestion by the Arctitect. The -, Contractor shall then submit a iequest for another inspection by the Architect, assisted by the Construction Manager, 1 deternine Substantial Completion. When the Work o designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the ‘Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which stall establish the dete of Substantiat ‘Completion, shall esabish responsibilities ofthe Owner and Contractor for security, maintensnc, heat, uilitie, laims for damages becase of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; ee 3 chims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than 4 J J 4 J the Contractor's employees; claims for damages insure by usual persona injury Taility coverage which ae sustained (1) by a personas a result of an offense directly or ndizecly related to employment of such person bythe Contractor, or (2) by another person; inn, NADeEara ROVERS ™ aE Capp Sy Thm Fran ews Rigs esened WARING! Ts AA Dosa io ‘pote by Us copy Law andro! rene, Uaceraed repodacon tron of ig Ae Docume oy pareonat gp ‘yr corn ct ral poets tn lb poste oe msn. pase ne anc re ey 1 eget on os ro hase wh eps MASE ele feesae 5 —clsims foe damages, other than to the Work itself, becanse of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of ue resulting therefrom; : 8 aime fox damages because of bodily injury, death of a person oe property damage arising out of ‘verti, maintenance or use ofa motor vehicle; and 7 claims involving contractual Bablity insurance applicable to the Contractors obligations under - ‘Seation 3.18. {§ 14.412 The insurance required by Section 11.11 shall be written for not less than limits of Failty specified inthe = ‘Contract Documents or equired by law, whichover coverage is greater. Coverages, whether wstten on an occurence or elims-made bass, shall be msintained without nteruption from date of commencement of the Work ‘uni date of inl payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained afr final payment. § 14.4.3 Contificates of insurance acceptable tothe Owner shall be submited tothe Construction Manages for ‘eansmital tothe Over with a copy to the Architect prior to commencement of the Work. These certifcates and the {ngurance policies require by this Section 1.1 shall contin a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire ntl t lest 30 days" poe writen notice has been given tothe Owner. If any ofthe focegoing insurance caverages azerequized to remain in fore afer final payment and are reatonably . ‘available, an addtional certificate evidencing contimnation of suck coverage shall be submitted with the final “Applicaton for Payment as zequired by Secon 9.10.2, Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable prompéness in accordance with the Coatractor’s information and belief. 25:11. ONER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE 412.4 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing tnd maintaining the Owner’s usual ability insurance. ‘Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance fr self protection against claims which may ‘rise from operations under the Contract. The Contracte shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Ovmer’s liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. {$1 PROPERTY INSURANCE $4131 Untes otherwise provided, the Owner shal purchase and maim, na company or compares lawfully _ auborized todo bosinesin he jiston a which te Project is lcste, propery insurance in the amount ofthe inet Contact Sum a well as subsequent modifications thereto forthe entire Work atthe sie on replacement cost, ‘ss witbot volutarydedactbles. Such popet insurance shal be meitained,uslssotnewise provided inthe Contract Documents or otierwse agreed in writing by al persons an< ene who ae beneficiais of ach {gan unl Gaal peymea: has boea mae ss provided n Section 9.10 wt no person or ety oer than tbe © Oimer basa nsurablentesestin the propery requiedby tis Secon 113 to be covered, whichoveris easier. "his nsurans shall include interests ofthe Owne, the Contactor, Suboatactors and Sub-sobconractorsin the Woke * $113.44 Proper Ssuanc chal bs on an alsik” policy form and sal insure agains te pei of fre and ‘iteaded coverage and physical lose or ane acting, witoxtdupiation of coverage, het, vandalism, milicious misc, eoliapt, fsework, temporary buildings and debris removal inching demolition osasioned ‘by enforcerent of any applicable legal esurments, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architects «Serves and expenses required a axes of soc insured los, Coverage for oler pei shall not be required unless stherwise provided in he Contec Docuneas. § 11.84.2 If the Oomer does not intend to purchase such propety insurance required by the Contact and with all of ‘he coverages inthe amouet described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prio o ‘commencement of the Wark. The Contractor may then effec insurance which wil protect the interests ofthe ‘Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order th cos thereof ‘hall be charged tothe Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the fale or nepect ofthe Owner to purchase ot maintain insurance as described above, without 9o notifying the Coatractr, then the Owner shall beat all reasonable costs propesly attributable thereto. § 11:13 Ifthe propery insurance requires miniamum deductibles and such deductibles are identified inthe Contract ‘Documents the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. Ifthe Owner of insurex ‘ncreases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified orf the Owner elects to purchase this nn, TADS STEN TE Cap ANCO TED, Te aa aan TRING ARG wanna RINT a Daca oedosby US copy ian itetaton ches Gnd epacines detbeion cris MA bosom cea poRanets,, 3g Eovreca ene efond ca peace ts poneee ean cet parse ts Tec wa posed 1‘ Midclwae 16059 on ata went Ona GOTT woh ete ona2S0, aie osa Sermo omar)insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not ‘covered because of soch increased or volontry deductibles. 113.44 Uniess otherwise provided inthe Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the ‘Work stored off the st ater written approval ofthe Owner atthe value eatablished inthe approval, and aso portions ofthe Work in transit, {§113.4.8 The insurance required by this Section 11.3 is notintended to cover machinery, tools or equipment owned << ortented by the Contractor which ae utilized in the performance of the Work but not incorporated ito the permanent improvemens, The Contractor shal, tthe Contracos’s own expense, provide ineurance coverage for | owned or rented machinery tools or equipment which shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.3.7. $11.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. ‘The Owner shall purchase and maintsn boiler and machinery insurance S$ sequired by.the Comraet Documents or by law, which sal specifically cover such insured objects daring Snstalltion and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shal include interests ofthe Owner, Construction ‘Manages, Contraco, Sebeonractrs and Sub subcontractors inthe Work, and the Owes and Contactor shall be aed neueds, « § 122 Lose of Ue Insurance, The Owner, atthe Owner's oon, my prchase and maintain uch nsrace as ‘ill neore the Owner against loss of use ofthe Owner's property duet fire or other hazards, however caused. The (Owner waives all rights of. action against the Contractor for loss of use ofthe Owner's property, inching. consequential loses de to fie oz other hazards however caused. § 113.4 IF te Coitractor requesis in wating that insurance fr rsks ther than those descibed heeein or fr ther ‘pedal bazards be include inthe property insurance policy, the Owner stall, possible, include such insnrance, ‘and the cost thereof shall be chirged to the Contractor by appropiate Change Ocdet. «$115.51 dusing th Project construction period the Owner insures properties rel or personal or bot, adjoining or adjacent to the site by propery insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after inal “payment propety insicance isto be provided onthe completed Project ough a policy o policies eer than those. 2 SE" 2 insuring the Project during the constmction perio, the Owner shall waive all sighs in accordance withthe terms of Eee ‘Section 113.7 for darnages caused by Bie or other perils covered by this separate property insurance, Al separate policies shal provide this waiver of subrogation by endocsement oc otherwise. 11.6 Before an exposure to Ios say occur, the Over shall ile with the Contractor 2 copy of each policy that nels insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable », Canitions, defitions, excusing iid endorsements related to this Project. Bach policy shll contain provision tate policy wil not cine ealowed exp wales 30 dy pr wate oie a en ven © ‘the Contract: se 7 $1137 Waivers of Subigtion, The Owner and Contracor waive al sights against eachother and agains the (Construction Mange Archie, Owner's other Contractors and owm forces described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcootrtors; consultants, agents and exoployees of any of them, for damages caused by fire or af ‘other perils othe extent covered by property insurance obtsined pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property ears ‘ngurance applicable tothe Work, except suc rights asthe Owner and Contactor may have tothe proceede of toch ingorance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appopeite, hall zequite ofthe Construction ‘Manager, Construction Manager’ consultants, Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner's separate contractors descrbed in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontactors, agents and employees of atyof ther, by sppropriate agreements, wien where lgally required for validity, sirilar waivers cach a favor of other partes ‘enumerated herein, The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement ox otherwise. A waiver cof subrogation shal be effective as toa person or entity even though that percon or entity would otherwise have a 2) daty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, didnot pay the insurance premium dizecly or indiredy, and ‘whether or notte person cr entity had an insurable inverest in the property damaged, § 1138 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shal be adjusted by the Owner as Fiduciary and made ayable to the Owner as fiduciary forthe insureds o their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgages clause nd of Section 113.10. The Contractor shall pty Subcoatractors their jst shares of “Ai bacarc REIGNS. Cop 2b i Anema ol ac Aight: eared WARDING: Tie ANS Docume ‘eit fcc by Us opt Law nd ernstona eos Unease often ns As Dovanent or ary pation ct, oprah enero co pects wits rancid te ion a poe tes Te Scones peso 1 Wri 09559 00 TNO wr OU No PONE I was os oN EIT oRC me le Urns . carer) 38{ngurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropsiate agreements, writen where legally required for ‘validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subconractors i similar manne. {$113.9 1f required in writing by partyin inmrest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon oocurence ofan insured Toss, {ve bond for proper performance ofthe Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against i proceeds received as duciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so recsived, which the ‘Owner shall dissibute in accordance with uch agreement as the partes in interest may reach, orn accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedre shall be as provided in Section 4.9. If ater such Joss no other 1p special agreement is made, replacement of damaged propety shall be covered by appropriate Change Ordes. 113.40 The Owmer as fiduciary shall bave power to adjust and settle a Joss with insurers unless one ofthe pastes in Interest call object in writing within five days after oocarence of loss to the Owoer’s exercise ofthis power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shal be chosen as provided in Section 4.9. The Owner as fiduciary chal in thst case, ‘make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of euch arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is requted, he arbitrators wil direct such distibotion. §113.11 Partial occupancy or use in acconlance with Section 99 shall not commence until the insurance company ‘oc companies providing property insurance have cousented to such partial occupancy or use by endorserbent or cthervise. The Owner andthe Contractor shall tke reasonable steps to obtain cossent ofthe insurance company or ‘companies and shal, without muta writen consent, take no action with respect to partial occupency or use that ‘would cause cancelation lapse or reduction of insurancs. 541.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 51144 The Owner shall have the sight to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of {he Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically {required inthe Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. “2 §1142 Upon the request of any person or etity appearing to be a potensal beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, te Contrstor sll promptly fumish acopy ofthe bonds or shal permit copy to be made, ARTICLE 12.UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 5121 UNCOVERING OF WORK 2 §121.1 Ifa portion of the Work g covered contrary tothe Construction Manager's or Architect's requestor 10 eguisements specifically expressed i the Contract Documents it mus, if requzed in writing by ether, be «aueoered fot their observation and be replaced atthe Contractor's expense without change inthe Contract Time, “591242 IF a portion ofthe Work hia beba covered which the Constracton Manager or Architect has nt specifically | requested to observe prior ints being covered, the Constrction Manager or Architect may request to see such Wotk nd it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work sin accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of ‘uncovering and replacement shall, by appropsite Change Order, be charged tothe Owner. Ifsuch Work is mot ia accordance with the Conzact Document, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the conition was cased by the ‘Owner or one ofthe other Contictos in which event the Owner shal be responsible for payment of such costs. “522 CORRECTION OF WORK 22 °° G422.4 The Contractor call promptly comost Work rejected by the Construction Manager or Architect or filing to ‘ooform to the requirements ofthe Confract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or net fabricated, stalled or completed, The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting soch rected Work, including additional sting and inspections and compensation for the Construction Manages and ‘Architects services and expenses made necessary thereby. {§12.2.21, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion ofthe Work o designated portion thereaf, or lfer the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.91, or by terms of an applicable special ‘warranty required by the Contract Documents, any ofthe Works found to be notin accordance with the ‘requirements ofthe Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of writen notice from {the Ovmer todo so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a writen acceptance of such condition. ‘This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work fist performed after Substartal Sa Rae a aa ROR TET EE ee a ee Ema een eae rare ats eam eee eae | Bgerecannsismestarsawbina taesonmaneeme meanest ee wy 95Lee nt, NADeninan ASbnGuRe se Goma ' ‘Completion by the period of ime between Substantial Completion and the actal performance ofthe Work. This ‘obligation under this Section 12.22 shall survive aceptancs ofthe Work under the Contact and termination of the ‘Contract. The Cumer shall give such notice promptly aftr discovery of the condition. {$122.8 The Contracter shall emove from the ste portions ofthe Woek which are notin accordance with the Fequiemeats ofthe Contract Documents and sce neither earrcted by the Contactor nor accepted by the Owacr. 1122.41 he Contactor fils to comect nonconforming Work within reasonable time, the Owner may coret it in ‘ccordance wilh Section 24, 3f the Contactor does not proceed with camectan of svch nonconforming Work within ‘reasonable time fixed by waiten notice from th Architect seued through the Construction Manager, the Owner “may remove it and store the slvable material or equipment at the Contractor's expense. Ifthe Contactor does not ay costs of such removel and storage within ten days afer writen notice, the Owner may upon ten addtional days" ‘written notice sell sach materials and equipment at anctin a at private sale and shall acount forthe proceeds thereof, after dedueting costs and damages hat should have been boze by the Contactr, including compensation forthe Construction Manager's and Architects services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of ‘sale do sot cover costs which the Contactor should have borne, the Contract Sum sll be educed by the «deficiency. I payments then or thereafter doe the Contactor are not sufficient wo cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to tbe Owner. {§122.5 The Contactor shal bear the cost of comecting destroyed or damaged constuction, whether completed or erially completed, of the Owner or othe: Contractors caused by the Contractor's corection or removal of Work ‘which is notin accordance with the requirements ofthe Contract Documents, '§1226 Nothing contained inthis Section 122 shall be construed to establish a peiod of imitation with respect 10 ‘ther obligations which the Contractor might have under te Contract Documents, Estblichiment ofthe time pesiod +, of one year as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to corect the ‘Work, and has 20 relaonship to th ime within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be Sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's Tiailty with respect tothe Contractor's obligations other than specifically to comect the Werk. §§123 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK | § 12341 Ifthe Owner prefers o accept Work which s notin accordance with the requitemeats ofthe Contract Documents, tie Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and conection, in which case the Contact Sum. ‘wll be reduced as appropriate end egutabe, Such adjustment shall be fected whether or not final payment has ‘been mde $ "ARTICLE 13_ MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 25 $401 GOVERNING LAW 2 ‘SoS $1844 The Contac shale govensd by the law ofthe place whee the Projets located, {§182 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. {& $1324 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, thir partners, successors, assigns and Jegal _ representatives tothe ter pty hereto pater, sce gn and legal epesntalives of sch ter ‘ary in eepct 6 covem, agreement obligations conned io he Contact Docent. Nee party oe Contract ig the Contract sa whole witht wetea consent ofthe ther If eter party amps to make sech an asigmen withoot such cones, ht party thal neverthels rein gall response fr obgatont ‘er the Contact §133 WITTEN NOTICE {8133.4 Wrinen noice shall be deemed to have been dly served if delivered in person tothe individual ora member ‘of the frm or entity ort an officer of the corporation fr which it was intended, orif delivered ator sent by registered or certified mal tothe last busines address known to the party giving noice, {§ 12-4, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES {$434 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and rrsedies available thereunder shall bein addition to and nota Imitation of dis, bigaions, ighs and remedies otherwise imposed or available bylaw. i rn rate 5 ese ihe wonved WARN HAY Doce ote 08 pig anna nae retirement aro en ‘Roy retin severe onde peels on wits poses oa nm cts sania adhe a. Ta coma wa eed ‘er ona TED wt Orso TOF with ene en BEAD tn a ee jeowery yy 98nn, § 8.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Construction Manager, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a ‘Waiver of right or duty afforded them under the Contract na shall such action or failure to act conse approval of or acquiescence ina breach thereunder, exoept as may be specially agreed i writing. 4§ 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 18.5 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions ofthe Work required bythe Contract Docaments or by law, ‘ordinances, les, regulations or orders of public authorities having jrsdcton shall be made at an appropiate ime, ‘Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrzngements for such tess, inspections and approvals with en Independent testing laboratory or ety acceptable tothe Owner, or withthe sppropcate public authority, and shall ‘bear all elated costs of tests, inspections and approvals, The Contractor shall give the Coostrucion Manager and. Architect timely notice of whea and where tess and inspections are to be made so the Construction Manager and “Architect may observe such procedares. The Oumer shll bear costs of test, inspections or approvels which donot ‘become requirements until after bids are zeceived ar negotiations concluded. {$12.52 I the Constrocion Manager, Architect, Owmex or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that [portions ofthe Work require addtional testing, inspection or approval nat included under Section 135.1, the Construction Manager and Architect wil, upon written autborization fom the Owner, instract the Contractor to _make artangements for such aditional testing, inspection or epproval by an entity aocepable tothe Owner, and the ‘Contractor shal give timely notice to tbe Construction Manager and Architect of when and where tests and inspections ae to be made so the Construction Manager and Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner sll bear such costs except as provided in Setion 135.3. §18.53 If sock procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Soctions 13.5.1 snd 13.5.2 revel failure of th portions ofthe Work to comply with requirements established by the Contact Documens, the Contractor shall bear all eosts made necessary by such failure inloing those of repeated procedures and compensation for the ‘Constraction Maager’s and Architect's services and expenses. {$19.54 Required centifiuts of testing, inspection or approval shal, unless otherwie required by the Contract ‘Documents, be secured by the Contractor and prompily delivered to the Construction Manager for transmit] tothe “Architect 1918.55 If he Constrcton Manager or Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the CContret Documents, the Contraction Manger or Architect wil do so promptly and, where pratcable, atthe oma placeaftesting. § 13.58 Tests or inspections coidéted pursuant othe Contact Documents shall be made promptly to avoid ‘wuressonablé delay in the Week. ac, /-<7 3.6 nrreRest {§ 18.1 Payments doé and impaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interes from the date paymeat is due at such rate asthe parties may apie upon in writing o, ia he abeence thereof, atthe egal ate prevailing fom time to time a the place where the Project is located. {§ 19. COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD $197.4 As beoween the Owner and Contacto: ‘A Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or flues to act oceuing prior tothe relevent date of ‘Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations hall commence to rua aad aay alleged ‘ease of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all evens nt later than such date of ‘Substantial Completion; 2° Between Substantial Completion and Final Csificate for Payment. As to acts or fihues to act ‘occurring subsequeat tothe relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issunce ofthe final (Cestfcae for Payment, any applicable saute of imitations hall commence to ran and any alleged cause of action shall be doemed to have accrued in ay and all evens not later than the dat of issuance of th final Certfcate for Payment; and 3 After Final Cerificate for Payment. Asto acts or failures to act occuring afer the relevant date of issuance ofthe fnal Cenfcate for Payment, any applicable statute of tnitations shall commence to "RA Devine TIC — od Copy OVO y Tha arn waa of rc igh weaved, WAPWIN: Tc AAP Dap ProtcteyU epyr Law ad craonal reer rotors produto of datnton ts AN Dace at portant ‘Ray eal ear rani pects and wl os rosa oe mine exert psa un ra Th cco warps by ‘eta 18:3 on 509 waar Orr Na sbaaT Font wees on SAN all el orice censnarryyeee 1 J ee eee a ‘anand any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to ave accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any actor failure to act by the Contractrpartvant to any waranty provided under ‘Section 3.5, the date of any conection ofthe Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Seton 12.2, othe date of ecu commission of any oter actor allure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §§144 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR $1414 The Contact may emit th Contact the Wocki sipped for a period of 30 days tough no set or {alt ofthe Contactor ora Subcontractor, Sob-sabcontractor or their agents or employees cr any other persons eorming portion ofthe Wet under onc with he Cots fay of te allowing reason: {issuance ofan order of a cout or other public authority having jurstiction; 2 mactotpoenmeot chr etarson fon onrpcy, ming mate rave; <2: 3° because the Construction Manager or Architect has not issued a Cextficste for Payment and hat not : ‘notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.2, or ‘becanse the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time sated in the Contract Documents; (4. ifrepeated suspensions, delays or ioteroptions bythe Owner as described in Section 14:3 constsnn {athe aggzogate more than 100 percent ofthe total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less; or 8 the Owner bas fale to famish othe Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as quire by Section 22.1 {$144.21 be ofthe above reasas exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days! written votice tothe (Oimer, Construction Manager and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work ‘executed and foc proven loss with respect to tnaterials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, ‘cling reasonable overhead, profit and damages, {§44.13 Ifthe Works stopped for a period of 60 days through no actor fault ofthe Contractor ora Subcontractor of their agents or employees a ny other persons performing postions ofthe Work under contract with the Contractor ‘because the Over hes persistently failed to full the Owne’s obligations under the Contact Documents with respect to mates important othe propress ofthe Work, the Cotrecor may, upon seven additional days’ writen ‘notes tthe Over, Construction Manager and Architect, tertinate the Contract and recover fom the Owner as provided in Section 14.12. {§42 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 51424 The Ove may termina the Contr ifthe Comat: ety epi reftor ofa spy cough rope i wore or proper {ils tome pen Scbenaacts for mata x brn accordance wih he expecve greomen's between te Contactor andthe Subcontractors; patiently disregards laws, ordinances, oles, reguktions or orders ofa public authority having Jsisdiction;or ‘A>. ‘otherwise is ily of substantia} breach of provision ofthe Contract Documents. + *§142.2 When aty ofthe abovo reasons exist, the Owner, after consitation with the Construction Manger, nd bey ‘pon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to ary ober rights or remedies ofthe Owner and after giving the Contactor and the Contractors suey, if ny, seven days" > ‘witen notice, terminate employment ofthe Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: “A take possession ofthe site snd of all raterals, equipment, ool, and constuction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor, 2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section S.A; and (3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deom expeont. {§1423 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one ofthe reason tated in Sootion 14.2.1, the Contractor shall i ‘ot be eatted to receive further payment until the Work sfnished. ton, HADSEinat AGRUCRGW TH Gop Ty Te Amen anol clive igh reared WARRING: Ths KA Documents { Init fred by 8. Copy Le sa itergtonn Vel Unutarendepodartono debaons hs ANE Document ay portant, 1 Riera on ano ae Gna Na Souter mn eges on MDD, fl et ese, tries eon) ‘Bay restn sue cl ondtnina penoon te! wise jreuseuag ee maa erent paren under tb ow: Th Samet wa poy 38Es 142.41 tho unpaid balance ofthe Contact Sum exceeds cot f ishing the Work, cluding compensation for ‘he Constuction Managers und Archie's srvices and expenac Dade ncesoar thereby, sch exces shall be sid tothe Contractor. If ich costs exceed te unpaid balance, the Contractor shal ay the dffercace othe Owner. “hse mount 10 be pad tothe Contractor or Owner, athe case smay be, shall, upon application, be certified bythe “Achieetfterconsltion with he Constucon Manger and thi obigaonforpayment shal survive termination of the Comsat {$143 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 4§ 1434 The Owmer may, without cane, order the Conractorin writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in ‘whole or in par for such pesiod of ime asthe Owner may determine. 4§1432 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of pecformance of the Contract, including profit onthe “creased cost of pecormance,cansed by suspension, delay or atervpion. No adjustment eballbe made tothe extent that peformunce is, was or would have been o suspended, delayed or nterruped by another cause or which tbe Contractors responsbls; or 2 thet an equitable adjusoent is made or denied under mother provision ofthis Contract. ©9143. Adjustments made in he cost of performatte roay have a manually agreed fixed or percentage fee. ‘in Docu [PAIS 0R Copy RED; The Ranten rsh of ancl iia erved. WSRENG: This AN Bont ‘Pociedby US. Copy am and artnet Uneeradopeausione einen oe AN Doesnt Prin ‘isco Tec 0 T09 te Orc Na WOTTON | mnh omen mans we af ee Cerne oo eeweztory fad tiinl eral, wil be rosrsng oe ror xr pai una Solow Th oem var pacDOCUMENT 00800 ‘SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ee ee | 1.01 GENERAL ‘A. The following amendments modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Contract for Consiruction (AIA Document A201, 2007), hereinafter | referred to as the General Conditions. Where any part of the General Conditions is ‘modified or voided by these amendments the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. 4] 1.02 SUPPLEMENTS TO ARTICLES. i A. Attcle 1 ~ General Provisions, 1. Add the following Sub-peragraphs 1.1.8, & 1.1.10, atthe end of Paragraph 1.1 - Basie Definitions, } 1.1.9 The term “product” includes materials, systems, and equipment, 4.1.10 Words throughout the documents such as “instal, “provide, furnish’, and “supply” shall be construed as meaning complete, constructing, furnishing, instaling, unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, fnishing, protecting, adjusting, and cleaning or similar ‘equirements unless otherwise modified by additional information Intent of Contract Documents = 2. Add the foiowing Sub-paragraphs 4.24, 1.2.5, 12.8 & 1.27 at the end of Paragraph 1.2 - Corelation and Intent ofthe Contract Documents 1.24 if there is any conflict, discrepancy, error, and/or omission within or : ‘between any of the Contract Documents involving the quality or quantity of Work t ‘equired, it's the intention of the Contract that the Work of highest quality or ‘greatest quantity shown or specified shall be furnished, unless such conflict, discrepancy, error, and/or omission shall have been brought to the Designer's ‘attention and clarfed by addendum prior tothe opening of bids. In the event that discrepancies, conficts, errors, and omissions within the documents have not been resolved, the Contractor acknowledges that cost allowances for these items have been included in their bid. The Contractor acknowledges that their bd Includes complete, fully functional and workable systems, properly coordinated 28 required with other portions of the work. eae Le ke 1.28 Whether or not the word “al” is used in the specifications, coverage is Intended to be complete, except where partial coverage is specifically and expressly noted. In all cases where an item is referred to in the singular number, | itis intended thatthe reference shall apply to as many such items as are required 4 to complote the work. 4.2.6 Requests for change orders or additional compensation for items as | ‘elated to paragraph 1.2 - Execution, Correlation and Intent, shall not be 7 ‘accepted by the Owner, Owners Agents, Owner's Client, Designer, and lor Designer's Consuitans. ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 00800.4 ‘Supplementary Conditionson 4.2.7 Requirements described in individual sections of Division 1 ~ General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of Division 2 through Division 16. B. Article 2- Owner Drawings Furnished to Contractor 4. InParagraph 2.2 - Information and Services Required of the Owner, delete Sub- paragraph 2.2.5 in its entirely, Insert the following in its place. 2.2.5 The Contractor wil be furnished, free of charge, copies of the drawings ‘and specifications retumed from the bidding process. Additional copies of the drawings and specifications shall be obtained by the Contractor at the cost of reproduction. ll drawings and specifications furnished to the Contractor shall be ‘subject to the provisions of Paragraph 1.5, Ownership and Use of Drawings, ‘Specifications, and other Instruments of Service. 2. Add sub-paragraph 2.2.6 to article 2.2 ~ Information and Services Required of the Owner 228 The drawings and specifications funlshed to the Contractor for bidding ‘and construction purposes are wiitten in the English language. Units of measure Ulized in the documents are the UK or US Imperial system of measurement. ‘Should the Contractor require conversion of the information contained within the documents. to another language or measurement system, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the services required to perform the Conversion of language andior measurements and bear the associated cost tated to such conversion. ©. Article 3- Contractor Revlew of Contract Documents 4. In Paragraph 3.2 — Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor, refer to Sub-paragraph 3.2.1 and delete the language of the second sentence of this paragraph in its entirety. Insert the folowing language forthe. second sentence: “Should discrepancies or conficts in the requirements of the drawings and specifications be discovered after the work has started, the Contractor shall report such discrepancies or confcts to the Designer immediately and no work affected thereby shall be started, or if started, shal be stopped immediately unt the Contractor and the Designer agree upon clarification of the discrepancy or conf." 2. tn Paragraph 3.2 ~ Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor, refer to Sub-paragraph 3.2.4 and delete the third sentence in its entirety. ‘COMM. NO. 2422-08 0800.2 Supplementary Condifonsa te Ld Ld emits, Fees, and Notices 3.1n. Paragraph 3.7 - Permits, Fees, and Notices add the following sub-sub paragraphs to Subparagraph 3.7.1: 8.7.1.4 “The Contractor shall obtain @ Certificate of Occupancy from the ‘Authority Having Jurisdiction and the State Fire Marshal's Office for each phase ‘of the project as its completed and ready for occupancy and shall deliver such certificates to the Owner. ‘The Contractor shall submit a Notice of Intent for a general NPDES Permit with the Tennessee Environmental and Conservation Department, Division of Poltion Control, 6th Floor, L & C Annex, 401 Church ‘Steet, Nashivile, 37243." 37.4.2. Thoroughly research the requirements ofthe various ulliy providers for wale, ewer, 92s, propane, electric, lelephone, ef. with regard to permits and ‘ees requite fo this project. Contractor shall include all permits and fees in the cost of Base Bid work. Uilly providers shall be Authoriies Having Jurisdiction including, bu not inited to, Local Usiy Discs, City Municipalities, County Authorities, Electic Cooperatives, etc. Permits and fees shall include, but not be liited to Buiting permit fees, Inspection fees, tap fees, connection fees, meter box fees, sewer capaci fees, road bond fees, et, ‘Superintendent 4, In Paragraph 3.9 - Superintendent, add the words “and Project Manager" to the tile ofthis paragraph. 5. Refer to Sub-paragraphs 3.9, .9.2, and 3.9.3 add the folowing: ‘2. Wherever the word ‘superintendent’ appears within these paragraphs, delete the word “superintendent” and add the words “superintendent and project ‘manager inits place 6. Add the following sub-subparagraph 3.9.1.1 to Paragraph 3.9.1 3.9.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to select the Project Manager and the ‘Superintendent for this project. ‘Shop Drawings 7. Add the following Sub-paragraph 3.12.14 at the end of Paragraph 3.12 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples: < ...°8.42.11 Additional provisions pertaining to shop drawings and samples are inchided in Division 1, General Requirements, D. Atticle §- Subcontractors ‘Sub-contractual Relations 41. Add the following Subparagraphs 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 at the end of Paragraph 5.3 - ‘Sub-contractual Relations: 53.2 The Contractor shall be directly responsible forall of the Work included inthe Contract, whether performed by his own forces or by his subcontractors. Excopt in exireme emergencies, all instructions, clarifications, and approvals wi COMM. NO. 2422-09 0080.3 ‘Supplementary Conditions.be given by the Designer to subcontractors only thru the Contractor and all shop drawings, ‘samples and correspondence from the subcontractors. shall be ‘submitted to the Designer through. the Contractor. 5.3.3 _ Insofar as it does not affect the qualty of workmanship or materials, the Contractor shal settle all questions of responsbilty aising among his various subcontractors and shall determine the extent of Work and responsibilty of each of the subcontractors. E. Article 7 - Changes In The Work 3. Refer to Paragraph 7.1 — General, and add the following Sub-paragraph 7.1.4 at the end of his paragraph. 7.14 In order to facitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all Proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials, and subcontracts on a form simiar to the ltemization Form bound in the Project Manual. Where major cost items involve Subcontracts, they shall also be ttemized. In no case wi a change involving over $500.00 be approved without such iemization. Contractor or Subcontracior quoting extra work to be Performed by their own forces shall be limited to 10% overhead and 5% profit Contractor or Subcontractors quoting extra work 10 be performed by their respective Subcontractors of sub-subcontractor shall be limited to 5% profit on the amount cue Subcontractor or sub-subcontractor. Where changes inchde adkiions and deletions resuling in a net additonal cost, overhead and prof shall be calculated on the net increase between additions and deletions. Where changes inchide additions and deletions resulting in © net decrease cost, ‘overhead and proft shall not be allowed and the adjustment in the contractors {ee shall be amount ofthe decrease without veriead and prof 4, Refer to Paragraph 7.3 ~ Consinction Change Directives, Sub-paragraph 7.3.8, in the second Ine, folowing the word “cost and before the word "a", insert the words “without allowance for overhead and prot. F. Article 8- Time ‘Time for Completion '5. Refer to Paragraph 8.2 — Progress and Completion, and add the folowing Sub- paragraph 8.2.4 at the end of this paragraph. 8.2.4 Work shall commence on the date to be speciied in a written Notice To Proceed to the Contractor and shall progress with @ proper and suticient force of ‘workmen and ample supply of materials and equipment to complete the Contract within the time mit stipulated in the Bid Form. The Contractor further agrees to accept the conditions for liquidated damages in the amount set forth in the Contract Documents for each calendar day in the excess ofthe allotted time for ‘Substantial Completion, or any approved extension thereof, the parties agreeing that the amount of damages resulting from delay would be uncertain and dificult {o prove, and further agreeing that such liquidated damages set forth in the Owner ~ Contractor Agreement are a reasonable estimato of those damages ‘which would result from a delay. ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 0800.4 ‘Supplementary Conditions,L Extensions of Time 6._ Refer to Paragraph 8.3 — Delays and Extension of Tim, and add the folowing Sub-paragraph 8.3.4 atthe end of this paragraph. _— 8.3.4 Extensions of time for inclement westher wil be reviewed in accordance with Section 01252 — Weather Delays G. Atticle 9 - Payments and Completion Payments 1. Refer to Paragraph 9.3 — Applications for Payments, subparagraph 9.3.1, and ‘add the following subparagraph at the end ofthis subparagraphs 9.3.1.1. Until the work is Substantially Complete, the Owner will pay ninety-five percent (95%) of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress Payments 2. Refer to Paragraph 9.6 ~ Progress Payments, and add the following sentence at ‘the end of Subparagraph 9.6.1: “Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, the Owner will make progress payments to the Contractor on or about the 1th day of each calendar month on ‘the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of the work performed during the preceding calendar month. In preparing estimates, materials delivered to and properly stored on the site shall be given consideration.” 3. Refer to Paragraph 96 — Progress Payments, and add the following ‘subparagraph 9.6.8 9.68 Upon commencement of the Work, if requested by the Contractor, an escrow account shall be established in a financial institution chosen by’ the Contractor and approved by the Owner. The escrow agreement shall provide that the financial institution will act as escrow agent, will pay interest on funds deposited in such account in accordance with provisions of the escrow agreement and will disburse funds from the account upon the direction of the ‘Owner as set forth below. Compensation to the escrow agent for establishing ‘and maintaining the escrow account shalt be paid-from Interest acerved to the escrow account. 9.6.8.1 As each progress payment is made, the retainage with respect to that payment shall be deposited by the Owner in the escrow account. 96.82 The interest eamed on funds in the account shall accrue for the benefit ofthe Contractor until the completion date named in the Contract fr the expiration of any authorized extension of such date. Interest ‘eamed after such date shall acorue for the benefit of the Owner. Cost of ‘compensation to the escrow agent paid out of interest earned shall be ‘bome by the Contractor. {9.6.8.3 When the Contractor has fulfilled all of the requirements of the Contract providing for reduction of retained funds, the escrow agent shall release to the Contractor one-haif of the accrued funds but none of the interest thereon. When the Work has been issued a final Certificate for Payment, the escrow agent shall pay to the Contractor the full amount of ‘COMM. NO. 2422.09 0800.5, ‘Supplementary Conditions‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 008008 ‘funds remaining in the account, including net balance of the interest paid ‘o the Contractor, but less any interest that may have accrued for tho benefit of the Owner, which shall be paid to the Owner. 96.8.4 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, fital completion thereof is materially delayed thru no fault of the Contractor, the escrow ‘agent shall make payment to the Contractor as provided in ‘Subparagraph 8.10.3. 4. Refer to Paragraph 9.7 ~ Failure of Payment, Sub-paragraph 9.7.1, change the Word “seven fo read "ten" throughout this subparagraph ‘Substantial Completion 5._ Refer to Paragraph 9.8 — Substantial Completion, Sub-paragraph 9.8.5, inthe third tne change the word shal to read “may? Final Payment 6. In Subparagraph 9.10.2, n the eighth tne, delete the words “it required by the ‘Owner’, and atthe end of the Subparagraph add the following sentence: ‘Contractor's affidavit of release of liens and a waiver and release of len from ‘each subcontractor and material supplier shall be submitted. Liquidated Damages 7. Add the following Paragraph 9.11 — Liquidated Damages to Article 9. 941 Liquidated Damages 9.11.4. ‘The contractor and the Contractor's surety, i any, shall be lable for and shall pay the Owner the sums stipulated as quidated damages in the Bid Form {or each calender day of delay until the Works substantially complete Hi. Article 11 ~ Insurance and Bonds Contractor's Liability Insurance 4. In Subperagraph 11.1.1 in the second tine, following the word “the” and before the word “sucht, delete the words “jurisciction in which the project is located” end ingert the words “State of Tennessee and to which the Owner has no reasonable objections". Limits of Contractor's Liability Insurance 2._ Refer to Subparagraph 11.1.2 and add the folowing Clause 11.1.21 11.1.2.1. The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not tess than the folowing limits, or greater if required by law. These insurance requirements and limits shall apply to the Construction Manager and the Trade Contractorsy Subcontractors. ‘Supplementary ConditionsCOMM. No. 2422-09 ‘Workmen's Compensation: (1) State: Cetiicate of Coverage per State Requirement (2) Employers Liabiity: Certificate of Coverage Comprehensive General Liabilty (including Premises - Operations; Independent Contractor's Protection; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage}: (1) Boal Injury: $300,000 per person Each Occurrence: 600,000 ‘Annual Aggregate: 4,000,000 2) Property Damage 100,000, Each Occurrence: 300,000 ‘Annual Aggregate: 4,000,000 (8) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one year after final payment. (4) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide x, ¢, and u coverage, and coverage for any special hazards such as biesting Contractual Labiy: (1) Bostly nay: 1,000,000 ech Occurence 1,000,000 2) Property Damage: 4,000,000 Each Ooourrence: 4,000,000 ‘Annual Aggregate: 200000 with 4,000,000 umbrtia Personal injury with Employment Exelusion deleted: (1) Annual Aggregate: 1,000,000 Comprehensive Automobile Liability: (1) Body tury: 4,000,000 Each Person: 4,000,000 Each occurrence: 1,000,000, (2) Property Damage: 41,000,000 Each Occurrence: 4,000,000, Excoss Liability: (1) Aggregate: 4,000,000 0800.7 ‘Supplementary ConditionsCertticates of Insurance 3. Refer to Subparagraph 11.1 — Contractor's Liabilly Insurance, ond add the following clauses 11.1.5 & 11.1.6 to this subparagraph: 41.4.5. The Contractor shall furnish one copy each of Certfcates of Insurance herein required for each copy of the Agreement which shall specifically set forth ‘evidence of all coverage required by subparagraphs 11.1.1, 11.1.2, 11.1.8, and 41.1.8 The form of the Certificate shal be AIA Document’ G705, Certificate of Insurance, or a form equal to tin completeness. The Contractor shal furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequenly issued amending coverage or limits. 41.1.7 The Owner, Trenton Special School District and the Construction Manger, Lashlee-Rich, Ine. shall be names as alonal insured, Property insurance 4, Notused Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond 5. Refer to Paragraph 11.4 ~ Performance and Payment Bond, and delete ‘Subparagraph 11.4.1 in its entirety. Insert the following in its place. 11.41 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be obtain through the Contractors usual sourca and the cost thereof shall be included the Contract Sum. The amount of each bond shall be equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum. 41.4.1.1 The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date the Agreement is entered into, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds wil be furnished. 14.4.1. The Contractor shall require the ettomey-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy ‘of the power of altorney, Article 12 — Uncovering and Correction of Work Correction of Work 4. Refer to Subparagraph 12.22 ~ Afer Substantial Compton, and add the folowing Clause 122.214 to subparagraph 122.2 1: 12.2.2.1.1 In paragraph 12.22.14 above, “not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents" shall be subject to the interpretation of the Owner and Designer, To this end, the Contractor shall make repairs to items of Work that are deficient, whether structural or aesthetic in nature. The Owner ‘and Designer reserve the right to quantily the extent of the “repair” to items ofthe Work. Such items shall include but are not limited to: cracks in masonry or gypsum board walls; consistency of mortar joints; resilient floor coverings COMM, NO. 2422-00 008008 ‘Supplementary Conditions,displaying “pimples’, “waves" or ‘curling’; porous concrete masonry units; adjustment of door’ hardware; adjustment of equipment, fixures, and / of —~ furnishings incorporated into the Work; “leve?" of floor slabs; expansion and contraction of wood floors; ete. J. Article 14 Termination or Suspension of the Contract ‘1. Make the following changes to Paragraph 14.2 - Termination By the Owner for Cause: 142.1.1 Delete the word “repeatediy” at the beginning of the sentence, {42.1.3 Delete the word “repeatedly” at the beginning of the sentence, 142.14 Delete the word “substantia” in this sentence K. Article 15 — Claims and Disputes 1, In Paragraph 15.1.5 ~ Claims for Additonal Time, refer to Sub-paragraph 15.1.52 and add the folowing sentence at the end of his paragraph: “Extensions of time for inclement weather wil be reviewed in accordance: with Section 01252 - Weather Delays” 2. In Paragraph 15.1.6 ~ Claims For Consequential Damages, in the frst sentence, ‘2dd the words "and Designer" after the word "Owner" and before the word “waiver, Arbitration 3, Delete Paragraph 15.4 - Arbitration entirely and delete all references to arbitration elsewhere in the General Conditions, including, but not limited to, referencing in Subparagraphs 8.3.1, 11.3.10, 16.4.1, 15.4.1.1, 16.4.2, and 15.4.3 Consolidation or Joinder 4. Refer fo paragraphs 15.4.4.1, 15.442, & 164.43 and everywhere the word “arbitration” appears replace the word “arbitration” with the words “mediation andlor dispute resolution” END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 (00800.9 ‘Supplementary Conditionshee a PART4 14 12 13 SECTION 01100 ‘SUMMARY OF THE WORK GENERAL PROJECT WORK INCLUDED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ‘A. All work to construct Athletic Facies at Peabody High School, located in Trenton, Tennessee, 25 specified herein and shown on the accompanying drawings. The Work shall bbe constructed complete and ready for occupancy, except for the tems specifically excluded Jn "Work Not in Contract". Incidental work Included (but not fimited to) 1. Verifcation of conect facaion of electical receptacles, telephone outlets, computer cute, and sinilar outets to su furniture, equipment, and casework arrangement. 2. Verifcation of cortect location of plumbing and HVAC services and waste lines to sult ‘equipment and casework arrangement 3. Installation of condut, outlet boxes with fished covers and terminal cabinets for telephone system. 4,_‘Site improvements indicated Earthwork (including bu nt limited to) Clearing and Grubbing sits as necessary Demolition ofall existing improvements except where noted othervise Removing, adjusting, andor salvaging existing wliies and improvements as required to complete project. kExcavate and stockpile topsol and usable fil maorat ‘Compaction of underlying surface, Undercut as necessary Locate and furnish any roquired borrow material Replace topsoi as required Construct and backfil storm sewer system, Construct ties ‘2. Provide safo temporary closures on water ne stubs to withstand water pressures if the line is pressurized 40. Construct curd and gutter. ‘1. Consict subgrade, base pavement, striping, and all components of pavement 412. Traffe contrl and barricades to maintain traffic during construction 413. instalation of erosion and sediment control measures including grassing “4, Miscellaneous other Work and incidental Work 416. Coordinate and perform any uly relocations due to confess Sexege eps WORK NOT INCLUDED ‘A. The following items of work wilt be provided by the Owner or by others under separate contracts: ‘All movable future and furnishings, draperies and blinds. Not used, ‘Administrative Office furnishings and equipment. ‘Telephone / Computer equipment and wiring. Playing field equipment other than equipment indicated on drawings. ‘Any tems noted on the drawings as "N.C." or ‘Not in Contract". CONTRACTS. ‘A. The Contract between Construction Manager and the Subcontractor (Trade Contractor) shall be AIA Document A401-1997, Comm. No. 2472-08 o100.1 ‘Summary of Work14 15 48 47 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE CONTRACT A. AIA.A201/CMa — 1992 Edition, General Conditions. B. Document 00800 Supplementary Conditions C._ Division 4 within this Project Manual = CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISE ‘A. Before construction is started, the Trade Contractor shall confer with the Construction ‘Manager and the Owmer and arrange for avalabe trucking and storage space for the delivery ‘of material, storage space for materials and equipment, and parking space for his workmen. BB. Construction operations and storage of materials and equipment shall be restricted to areas Of the ste mutualy agreed upon and in such a manner as not to block access offre fighting ‘equipment to the building . Construction vehicular trafic and the operation of constuction equipment such as cranes, bulldozers, and other similar equipment shal bo carefuly supervised and controled to avoid damage to existing utes and faites which are to remain in place. D. Maintenance of Traffic: 4. Interfere as ite as possible wit fcity traf, roadway trafic, and other consntion. 2 Maintain vehicular trafic at all times and provide traffic control devices. during construction in conformance with all requirements of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Latest Edton, (MUTCD) and to the satisfaction ofthe Owner. 3. Fumish and install temporary or permanent traffic signs and markings as necessary to maintain traffic in conformance with the MUTCD and the requirements of all Federal, State and Local laws and ordinances. ‘a. Wth the approval of the Authority Having Jurtsdion, existing tratfic control signs may be relocated by the Contractor provided temporary traffic signs are maintained unt the relocated cign is installed. 4. Aiow no interference with trafic except as approved In advance by the Owner ‘OWNER OCCUPANCY - ‘A. Paitial Owner Occupancy: The Owmer reserves the right fo place and install equipment as necessary in completed areas ofthe Bulging and to occupy such completed areas prior 0 ‘substantial completion, provided that such occupancy does not substantially interfere with ‘competion of the work. Such piacing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute ‘ccoptance ofthe work or any part ofthe work. PERMITS AND FEES ‘A. Refer to Supplemental General Conditions, paragraph 1.02 Supplements to Articles, paragraph “C" Article 3— Contractor, Item 4, with regard to investigation of requirements of the various utity providers for water, sewer, gas, propane, electro, telephone, et. with regard to permits and fees required for this project 'B. The Construction Manager wil funish the building permit and any related local plan review foes. Any other license, permis, of fees required will be the responsibly ofthe Bidder responsible forthe trade requiring the icense, fee, or permit. C. Allinspection fees and rerinspection fees, ifnecessary, wil be the responsibilty of the Trade Contato Subconractr whose work requires an nspcton fom lel couny, or stale authorities, PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Comm, No, 2422-08 011002 ‘Summary of Work.me a mw ‘SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES PART 1GENERAL: 14 12 13 SUMMARY Include in the Contract Sum ail allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Designate in the construction progress schedule the delivery rales for products specified under each allowance. ALLOWANCE FOR PRODUCTS ‘A. The amount of each allowance includes: 1. The cost of the product to the Trade Contractor, less any applicable trade discounts. 2. Delivery to the site, 3. Labor required under the allowance, only when labor is specified to be included in the allowance, 4. Applicable taxes. {In addition to the amount of each allowance, include in the Contract Sum the Trade Contractor's costs for: 41. Handling atthe site; including unloading, uncrating and storage. 2. Protection from the elements and from damage, ‘3. Labor for installation and finishing, except where labor is specified to be a part of the allowance. 4. Other expenses required to complete the instalation. 5. Trade Contractors and subcontractors overhead and profit. 8. Premiums for bonds and insurance, permit fees and directly attributable costs of ‘supervision and field office personnel. SELECTION OF PRODUCTS UNDER ALLOWANCES A. Trade Contractor's duties: 41. Assist the Construction Manager, Designer, and Owner in determining qualified suppliers or installers, 2. Obtain bids from suppliers and installers when requested by the Construction Manager and Designer. ‘8. Make appropriate recommendations for consideration of the Construction Manager &nd Designer. Comm, No, 2422-09 ot2t0. Allowances:ol A. Notify the Construction Manager and Designer promptly of ‘Any ressonable objections Trade Contractor may have against any supplier, or party ‘under consideration for installation. ‘Any effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by selections under consideration, Any instance where the stated allowance is insufficient to cover the intended scope ‘of work. During construction, the Trade Contractor shall notify the Construction ‘Manager and Designer promptly should the actual cost of work or the anticipated ‘cost of work approach the limit ofthe allowance. 1.4 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS ‘A. Upon completion of the work, the Trade Contractor shell credit his final estimate in the ‘amount of any unused portion of this amount via appropriate Change Order. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES: ‘A. ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCES: PART2 PARTS. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 Allowance Amount of Alowance Responsibly Contingency $75,000.00 Construction Manager Testing & Inspecton $25,000.00 Construction Manager Brick Refer to Section 04200 Bid Package #8 ‘Temporary Fencing and Barricades $7,500.00 Final Cleanup $6,000.00 Construction Manger Construction Manger PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION on2t02 Allowances:SECTION 01230 ALTERNATESIALTERNATIVES PART 1GENERAL 4.01 SUMMARY ‘A. This Section identifies each Alamate by letter or number designation and descibes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Werk, only when that Altemate is made a part of the Work by specific provisions in the Owmer-Contractor Agreement. B. Sections of the specifications that relate to each Alternate shall stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to achieve the Work stipulated under each Alternate. ©. The Contractor stall coordinate pertinent related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the work under each Alternate, and to provide the complete construction required by the Contract Documents. 4.02, SUBMITTAL ‘A. Each Bidder shall submit a proposal on the following described altemates in the spaces provided In the Bid Form. Work under Alternates shall conform to ll applicable requirements Of the drawings and epeciicalions except as specifically modified by the respective alternates. 1.03. SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. ALTERNATE *t It Aternate "1" is accepted, project shall Include the Altemate Home Side Football Grandstand, B. ALTERNATE 2", ‘Alternate “2" is accepted, project shall include construction of soccer fled including all associated work Le. grading, sprigging, irigation, grandstand, etc. PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION (Comm. No, 2422-08 012304 Attemates| | SECTION 01250, - CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS PART {GENERAL 44 FORMS A. Change Order Form: ‘AIA Document G701 B._Itemization Form: ltemization Form (attached at the back ofthis section) 1.2. DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT 13 14 ‘A. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation ofthe quotation. B.. Utize the attached itemization Form. Provide the following Information In addtion to the Form: 4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds 2. Overhead and Profit ‘3. Change in Contract Time with justcation ‘4. Credit for deletions from Contract, with similar documentation ©. Changes on Time and Material basis : ‘1. Support each claim for addtional costs and for work done on a time and material basis, \ith the following information: a. Origin and date of claim b. Time records and wage rates © Invoices, and receipts for products, equipment and subcontracts CHANGE PROCEDURES: ‘A. The Designer, thru the Construction Manager, will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by AIA AZO1/CMa, 11992 Edition, by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710 'B. The Designer, thru the Construction Manager, may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and ‘Specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any ‘overtime work required and the period of ime during which the requested price will be considered valid. Trade Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within & working days. (©. The Trade Contractor may propose a change by submitting 2 request for change to the Designer, thru the Construction Manager, describing the proposed change and is full effect ‘on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect of the Contract Summ, and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Refer to Section 01830 regarding ‘Substitutions. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE ‘A. Designer, thru the Construction Manager, may issue a document instructing the Trade Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change. Order. B. The Document wil describe changes in the Work. Trade Contractor shall notify the Designer, ‘thru the Construction Manager, promotly if a change in Coniract Time or Contract Price Is anticipated, Comm. No. 2422-08 01250.1 Contract Modification| i 15 16 17 18 19 . Prompty execute the change in Work, D. Identify the Change Directive as a separate tne tem on the Application for Payment. LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER ‘A. Lump Sum Change Orders shall be based on the Proposal Request and Trade Contractor's Jump sum quotation of Trade Contractors request for a Change order as approved by the ‘Omer, Construction Manager, and Designer. UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER ‘A. For unit prices and quantities included at the time of bid, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis, 1B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which were not included at the time of bid, ‘execute the Work under a Construction Change Directive. ‘©. Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time shal be calculated as specified for Time and ‘Material Change Order. TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER ‘A. Submit an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within the time: limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Designer, and Construction Manager will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. Determination shall be based on {ull nformation required for evaluation of proposed changes and full information required to ‘substantiate costs for changes in the Work, CC. Maintain detailed records of work for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate ‘costs for changes in the Work. EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS ‘A. The Construction Manager wil issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in ‘the Conditions of the Contract. INCORPORATION OF CHANGES ‘A. Promplly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each ‘authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. 8. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, . Promptly record changes in Project Record Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PARTS EXECUTION (NOT USED) Comm. No. 2422-08 012502 END OF SECTION Contract Modification| Be [e ITEMIZATION FORM ARCHITECT: DATE. - CONTRACTOR: QUOTATION No. = goprme DESCRIPTION MATERIAL EQUIPMENT TABOR Unit_[Cost [Quan [Total [Hrs [Rate [Total [Firs [Rate | Total SUBTOTALS, PAGE TOTAL Comm. No. 2422-08 1251.1 IMemization Form| | | i | lL. ee SECTION 01252 WEATHER DELAYS PART 4 GENERAL 4.01 EXTENSIONS OF CONTRACT TIME ‘A. Ifthe basis exists for an extension of time in accordance with paragraph 8:3 — 1.02 4.08 Delays and Extension of Time of the General Conditions, an extension of ime on the basis of weather may be granted only forthe number of Weather Delay Days ‘excess of the number of days listed as the Standard Baseline for that month. ‘STANDARD BASELINE FOR AVERAGE CLIMATIC RANGE A Based upon weather data available form the National Oceanic and Atmospheric ‘Administration the Designer has determined a Standard Baseline of average ‘matic range forthe State of Tennessee, ‘Standard Baseline shall be regarded as the normal and anticipatable number of ‘calendar days for each month during which construction activity shall be ‘expected to be preventod and suspended by cause of adverse weather. ‘Suspension of construction activity for the number of days each month as sted In the Standard Baseline is included in the Work and is not eligible for extension of Contract Time. Standard Baseline is as folows: Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2 8 7 7 6 7 6 4 6 6B OM ADVERSE WEATHER and WEATHER DELAY DAYS. A ‘Adverse Weather is defined asthe occurrence of one or more of the following Conaltions which prevents exterior consiructon actly or access to the site within twenty four (24) hours: ‘precipitation (Can, snow, orice) in excess of one-enth inch 0.10") figuid measure, temperatures which do not rise above $2 degrees F by 10:00 a.m. {temperatures which do not rise above that specified for the day's ‘construction actly by 10:00 a.m, ifany i specified. sustained wind in excess fr twenty-five (25) mph. standing snow in excess of one inch (1.007) ‘Adverse Weather may include, if approprile,"dry-out” or “mud” days: 1. fori days above the standard baseline; 2, only ifthere is a hindrance to site access or stework, such as excavation, back, and footings; and, 3. atarate no grealer that 1 make-up day for each day or consecutive days ‘frain beyond the standard baseline that toal 1.0 inch or more, quid measure, uniess speciicaly recommended otherwise by the Designer. ‘AWeather Delay Day may be counted if adverse weather prevents work on the project fr fy percent (50%) or more ofthe conlraclors schedulod workday, including e weekend day or holiday Contractor has scheduled construction activity tht day. (On projects involving re-rofing, roof demotion or cther demolition work on ‘occupied buildings which mast be maintained in a watertight condition, additional ‘weather factors may be considered, such 2s weather forecasts of rain chances exceeding 40%, time of day of rain, et, Comm. No. 2422-08 012521 ‘Weather Delays,1.04 DOCUMENTATION AND SUBMITTALS A B. c. ‘Submit daily jobsite work logs showing which and to what extent construction. ‘activities have been affected by weather on a monthly basis. ‘Submit actual weather data to support claim for time extension obtained from ‘nearest NOAA weather station or other independently verified source approved by Designer at beginning of project. - Use Standard Baseline data provided in this Section when documenting actual ‘delays due to weather in excess of the average climatic range. (Organize claim and documentation to facilitate evaluation on a basis of calendar ‘month periods, and submit in accordance with the procedures for Ciaims csstablshed in Paragraph 4.3 of the Conditions. I an extension of the Contract Time is appropriate, it shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the General Conditions and the applicable General Requirements, PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Comin, No. 2422-09 012522 Weather Delays:‘SECTION 01270 UNIT PRICES PART 4GENERAL: 1.01 SUMMARY ‘A. Provide unit prices for products or items of work as requested within this Project Manual. 1.02 Refer to individual sections. Unit Prices shall be fair representations ofthe cost to provide the hems of work requested. Unit Prices requested within the Bid Form shall be the basis of payment for the following: 4. extra work requested by the Owner 2. extra work resulting ftom conditions encountered during construction exceeding the provisions within the construction documents 3. extra work resulting from conditions encountered during construction exceeding that ‘which is normally or reasonably expected in the prosecution of the Work. ‘At the request of the Construction Manager or Designer, provide unit prices for products or items of work not requested at the time of bid. Unit Prices shall be fair representations of the ‘cost fo provide the items of work requested. . Unit Prices shall be mutvaly agreed upon by the Owner and the Trade Contractor. UNIT PRICES FOR PRODUCTS ‘A. The amount of each unit price includes: ‘1. The cost ofthe product to the Trade Contractor, ess any applicable trade discounts, 2. Delivery to the site, 3. Applicable taxes. B._ In addition to the amount of each unit price, include in the unit price the Trade Contractors ‘costs for 41. Handing atthe ste netusing unloatng, unrating and storage. Protection from the elements and from damage. Labor fr istalation and fishing. - eS (Other expenses required to complete the installation ‘Trade Contractor's and subcontracio's overhead and profit. 6. Promiums for bonds and insurance, permit fees and directly attributable costs of ‘supervision and feld office personnel. Comm. No. 2422-08 o1270.4 Unit Prices:| 403 UNITPRICES FOR ITEMS OF WORK ‘A. The amount of each unitprice includes: 4. The cos ofthe product othe Trade Contractor, less any applicable trade discounts, 2. Delivery tothe ste, 3. Applicable taxes. 'B. In addition to the amount of each unit price, include in the unit price the Trade Contractors costs for: 1. Handing athe ste; including unloading, uneratng and storage. 2. Protection from the elements and rom damage. 3. Labor for prosecuting the work 4. Other expenses required fo complete the instalation. 5. ‘Trade Contractor's and subcontractors overhead and prof. 6. Premiums for bonds and insurance, permit fees and directly atibutable costs of supervision and field office personnel 1.04 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS ‘A. Refer to provisions of the General Conditions. PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Comm. No, 2422-09 ot2702 Unit Prices| snes | ae { PART 1GENERAL 7 4.01 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Lm ‘A. The form for application shali be AIA Documents G702/CMa ~ 1992 Edtion, Application and. Certification and G703 Continuation Sheet. B Submittals: 1. Schedule of Values shall be submitted thru the Construction Manager to the Designer for review and approval prior to the first Application for Payment. Bee 2. Appcalions for Payment shal be submited thru the Construction Manager to the Designer in accordance with the Schedule established by Concitons of the Contr? and ‘Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. ‘3. Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall submit to the Construction Manager, three (3) ‘copies of each Application with three (3) copies of an updated shop drawing log. . The Continuation Sheets forthe application shall be itemized with the line items and values of the Schedule of Values accepted by the Designer. Refer to Section 01330 ~ Submittals for ‘additional requirements regarding Schedule of Values. . List each authorized Change Order as and extension on continuation sheet, listing Change (Order number end dollar amount as for an original item of Work. . The Construction Manager will be responsible for Shop Drawing and Visitor Logs with each Applicaton (refer to Section 01300 — Administrative Requirements). Certificate for payment to the Owner, with @ copy to the Construction Manager. \ || F, When the Designer finds the Application properly completed and correct, he wil transmit the i i ©. Prepare the Application fr Final Payment per Section 01770 ~ Closeout Procedures ! | PART2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PARTS — EXECECUTION (NOT USD) END OF SECTION ‘Comm, No. 2422-09 1290.1 Application for PaymentSECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, PART 1GENERAL 4.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Notlater than 20 days from the date of commencement, using the Project, 1.02 1.03 COMM NO. 2422-09 0130.1 ‘Manual Table of Contents as a guide, the Trade Contractor shall provide to the ‘Owner thru the Construction Manager and Designer, the names of persons or ‘entities proposed as suppliers, vendors and manufacturers for products required {or the Project and the names ofthe installing subcontractor or sub- ‘subcontractor. Persons or entities proposed by the Trade Contractor and to whom the Owner Construction Manager, and Designer have made no reasonable objection shall be used on Work for which they were proposed and shall not be chenged except ‘with written consent of the Owner, Construction Manager, and Design COORDINATION A B ‘Subcontractors 1. Its the responsitiliy of the Trade Contractor to coordinate the work of his subsontractors. To this end the Trade Contractor shall require that the subcontractors examine and familiarize themselves with the architectural and structural drawings as well 2s the mechanical and electical drawings and that they frequently consult with each other and all other trades so that the work can be properly coordinated. 2, The Trade Contractor shall carefully check the work of his subcontractors in order to deliver to the Owner the Contract Work complete and properly installed in conformance with the Contract Drawings. Other Contractors 1. The Owner may let separate contracts for work to be performed in the same ‘areas as work under the Contract. Each Trade Contractor shall cooperate with ‘such separate contractors to prevent conflicts where their respective work Interfaces. SUPERVISION ‘A. Each Trade Contractor shall provide supervision, miscellaneous labor, dimensional B layout and dimensional controls, temporary construction, and temporary storage as ‘equited for timely completion ofthe project ‘The Owner reserves the right to select the Project Manager and the Superintendent for this project. C. The Trade Contractor's project management personnel shall be subject to the gualifcations, responsibilities, and approvals set forth below, 1. Project Manager and Superintendent shall be experienced in supervision of construction work of the magnitude and general character ofthis project prior to his employment on this project. a. The Project Manager and Superintendent shall be fluent in the English tanguage and shall be able fo speak, read, and write English 2. Their identity, experience, record, and other qualifying data shall be submited to the Designer for approval Administrative Requirementsj 1.05 1.08 1.07 1.08 1.09 3, Project Manager and Superintendent shall remain on the project unti final acceptance ofthe work unless otherwise approved by the Designer. 4, Altemate Project Manager and Superintendent shal not be substitited atthe job ‘without approval of the Designer unless that Project Manager and / or ‘Superintendent i terminated from employment by the Contractor ‘6. If the Project Manager and / or Superintendent's performance is unacceptable, as determined by the Designer, the Owner shall have the right to request the Project Manager and / or Superintendent be replaced with an alternate ‘superintendent acceptable to the Designer. D. Trade Contractors superintendent shall devote his full ime to this project and shell ‘maintain his office on the ob site. He shall ditect, coordinate and supervise all work under this contract and shall inspect all materials delivered tothe project. E. Subcontractors shall provide, whenever any of this work is in progress, a qualified ‘and competent full ime project foremanisuperintondent whose duties shall include the coordination of his work, the means, methods, techniques, and procedures necessary to complete the Work. RECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ‘A. Prior to beginning work under the Contract, each Trade Contractor, together with representatives of his major subcontractors, shalt meet with’ the Oumer's representatives and the Construction Manager to discuss scheduling the work, procedures, use of sito and other matters portaining to construction administration. Loss ‘A. Shop Drawing: 1. The Consiruction Manager shall maintain a Shop Drawing Log identified with project Name showing the fie of each submittal, date of submittal, date returned, ‘and status. Submit copies of this Shop Drawing Log with each pay request. B. Vistor 4. The Construction Manager shall maintain a log in the field fice to record visits by the Designer, his consultants and all offcial observers. This log shall become the official record of all job visits end shall show: Date, Time of arrival, and departure, individual's name, and company represented. Submit a copy of this Jog with each pay request indicating Project Name, and period covered by the log. SAFETY ‘A. Each Trade Contractor shall make frequent review of safety of the work area and shall be directly responsible for the procurement of materials and the supervision of safely ofthe work area to include all reports required, ‘SEQUENCING OF WORK ‘A. The Construction Manager shall coordinate the construction sequencing and staging. ‘CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ‘A. All Bidders are advised thatthe date Construction Schedule forthe project is noted in ‘Section 03500 ~ Additional Instructions to Bidders and shell consider this Schedule when calculating their bids and when calculating manpower requirements and materials deliveries. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Refer fo Section 01630 for requirements regarding substitutions. COMM NO, 2422-09 100.2 Administrative RequirementsB, Refer to Section 01770 for requirements regarding ciose out procedures, ._ Refer to Section 01700 for requirements regarding cleaning, PART 2 PRODUCTS: (notused) PART 3 EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION ‘Comm NO. 2422-08 013003 Administrative RequirementsSECTION 01320 — SUBMITTALS. PART 4 GENERAL 4.01 PROCEDURES ‘A. The Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall deliver submittals only through the Construction Manager. Address submittals as follows: Lashlee-Rich, Inc. ‘At: Billy Hil J, Project Manager P.O, Box 483 1400 W. Main Humboldt, Tennessee 38943 Transmit Gach item with a Designer accepted ransmital form indicating the folowing informaton: Project Name and Location, Designer Job Number, Construction Manager Trade Contractor / Subcontractor, Major Supple, Pertinent Drawing Sheet and Detail Number, Project Manual Section Number, Date and numberof submittal, ©. Submitals which lack required ideniication information will be retumed to Trade ‘Contractor Subcontractor with no action taken. No extensions in Contract Time will be ranted due to delays caused by Trade Contracior / Subcontractor’ fallue to folow procedure . Provide blank space on each submital for Trade Contractor /- Subcontractor, Construction Manager, and Designer stamps. E. Afier Designers review of submittal revise and resubmit as required, identiying changes made since previous submittal F. Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples, in iene fo allow not less than two weeks for processing by the Designer, plus an aukitional week for mechanical and electial drawings, oneae ep 4.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ‘A. The Schedule of Values spectied in Subparagraph 9.2.1 of the General Conditions shall be divided into not e5s than one line item for each section of the specifications except Division 1 sections. The Schedule of Values shall contain a line item for each Allowance "bull into the Project. B, Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703 . As construction progresses revise schedule to lst change orders with each application for payment as soparate line tems. 4.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ‘A. Submit in accordance with Section 01290, ‘COMM. NO. 2422.09 013304 ‘Submittalst t | | t | 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES A B cr Refer to the General Conditions for general provisions pertaining to shop drawings, product data and samples. ‘All samples shall have a label or tag containing the required information firmly affixed thereto, ‘Shop drawings _submitied without evidence that they have been reviewed by the Contractor, a5 specified in the General Conditions, or without proper identification as specified herein, wil be retumed to the Contractor without action by the Designer and shal be properly resubmitted, [Not less than six copies of shop drawings and product data for mechanical and electrical work and not less than five copies of shop drawings for other work shall be submitted to the Designer for review and a like number of such submittals requiring corrections shall be resubrnitied until final review. Additional copies of reviewed shop drawings shall be funished as required for coordination of the work of the various trades. : Note: The ‘Trade Contractor / Subcontractor may, at his option, submit to the Construction Manager one (1) reproduce transparency and one blueline or blackline Print of each shop drawing for the inital submital. The Designer will indicate the action faken and note corrections on the reproducible transparency and return it to the ‘Construction Manager. The Construction Manager will retum ito the Trade Contractor 1/Subcontractor. if marked "Reviewed With No Exceptions Taken” or "Reviewed With Exceptions As Noted’, the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall furnish the number of prints as hereinbefore required, of which he shall retin three and send the remaining prints to the Construction Manager. If marked olher than approved, the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall revise the drawings as noted and then submit the number of prints as hereinbefore required fo the Construction Manager and Designer for final review ~ if correctly revised, the Designer will stamp "Reviewed With No Exceptions Taken" and retum three prints to the Construction Manager, ‘Shop drawings, product data and samples will be required for items listed hereinafter in the various sections of the specifications. The Designer reserves the right to request ‘samples of proposed substitutions for materials or equipment specified, whether or not ‘samples of the materials and equiprnent specified are called for. In checking shop drawings, the Designer will not check dimension, quantities, electrical characteristics of equipment, detals es stictly set forth in tho specifications, nor ‘coordination of work between various trades, these being the responsbilly of the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor. The Designer may cal attention to obvious discrepancies between the shop drawings and the Contract Drawings and Specifications concerning ‘such items as dimensions and quantities but shall assume no responsiblity for the ‘accuracy thereof. ‘The stamps of the Designer on returned shop drawings shall be interpreted as follows: (1) REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN: No Corrections, Proceed with the work. @) REVIEWED WITH EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED: May proceed with work as Corrected. Shop drawings bearing this stamp must be revised and resubmitted for final review, () REVISE AND RESUBMIT: No work shown shall be fabricated or furnished until shop drawings have been revised and resubmitted for further checking or review. (4) REJECTED: ‘Work shown is not in accordance with Contract requirements and is Tejected. Make new submittals, COMM. NO, 2422-09 013302 Submittals1.05 4.08 1.07 1.08 1.09 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES, ‘A. When specified in individual sections of the Project. Manual, submit- manufacturer's Certficate to Designer for review, in quanties specified in paragraph 1.04 above. BB. Indicate material or project conforms to or exceeds Specified requirements, Submit supporting reference date, afidavits and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent of previous test results on materiel or product but must be acceptable to Designer. ‘TRADE CONTRACTOR / SUBCONTRACTOR REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS. ‘A. Reviow submitials for compliance with the contract documents prior to transmittal; determine and verify field measurements, feld construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers and conformance of ‘submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Coordinate submittals with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents, . Sign or inal each sheet of shop drawings and product data and each sample label to Certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents, Notify Designer in writing at time of submittal, of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. D. Do not fabricate products of begin work requiring submittals until retum of submittal with Designer acceptance. E. When the phrase "by others” appears on 2 shop drawing, the Trade Contractor ‘Subcontractor shall indicate on the shop drawing whom is to furnish the material or ‘operation so noted, before submiting the drawing, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ‘A. When required by the Owner, Construction Manager, and Designer, submit a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, Kdentitying frst work day or each week B. Submit schedule within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement for coordination with Owner's requirements. . Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version, Provide nerralive report to define problem areas, anticipated detays and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed action and its effect including the effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. RECORD DRAWINGS ‘A. Refer to Section 01788 — Project Record Documents with reference to requirements Pertaining to record drawings CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS ‘A. Seo Section 0170 hereinafter for submittals and procedures required for contract close-out. PART 2 PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION COMM. NO. 2422-09 013303, ‘SubmittalsaL SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 4.02 QUALITY CONTROL: GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce work of specified qual B, Al manufactured articles, material and equipment shal be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance withthe ‘manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Any confcts between such ‘manufacturer’ instructions and recommendations and the specifications shall be brought fo the atfention ofthe Construction Manager and the Designer and the procedures reconciled before proceeding with the work C. Perform work by qualified skied mechanics to produce workmanship of specified quality. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality of the Work except whore more stringent tolerances, codes or spectiod requirements indicate higher standards ‘or more precise workroanship. , Maintain fekt measurements per shop drawings or as otherwise instructed by the manufacturer. F. Seoure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand the stresses encountered ©. Tolerances: 4. Comply with manufacturer's tolerances. Should manufacture’ tolerances confet with Contract Documents, request carifeation from Designer thru the Construction Manager, prior to proceeding with work. 2, Adjust products to appropriate dimensions. Place products in proper positon prior to securing in place. 3. Monitor construction to produce acceptable work, Tolerances shail be non- cumulative. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Codes: 1. Work shall conform to the requirements of the following: (this list is provided as a ‘convenience to the Coniractor and is nt to be considered: all inctusive-of codes and reguiations that may apply) 2. 2006 Edition ofthe Intemational Building Code, with local amendments b. 2003 Edition of the National Fire Safety Code including NFPA-101, Life Safety Code © Intemational Energy Conservation Code, 2006 exton. d.-_ North Carolina Handicapped Code, latest edition ©. Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks, ANSIA17.1b, latest edition, §. Boller and Untfred Pressure Vessol Inspection Law, latest edton g. Environmental Protection Agency and the Tennessee Public Health Department, latest rules and regulations 2. Plumbing and gas piping work shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Mechanical, Plumbing, and Gas Codes, latest revisions or the Intemational Mechanical’ Code, International Fuel Gas Code, 2008 edition; and the International Plumbing Code, whichever is more stringent ‘COMM. NO. 2422.09 014001 Quaity Requirements.i ‘3. Electrical work shall conform to the requirements ofthe National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70 Current Editon and the Slate of Tennessee Department of ‘Commerce and Insurance, Division of Fire Prevention, Tennessee Chapter 0780- 24, Electrical Installations or the Intemational Electrical Code, 2002 editions “whichever is more stringent 4. Heating, Ventiating, and Alr conditioning work shall conform to requirements of NFPA No, 908, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating ‘Systems of the Intemational Fuel Gas Code, 2006 edition, whichever is more stringent. B. Code Standards: 1. Fire doors shall conform to requirements of NFPA No. 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. Wood Fire doors shall also conform to requirements of test procedure UBC Standard 7-2 (97) Part 1 & 2 2 Heating, ventilating and air conditioning work shall conform to requirements of NFPA No. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventating Systems. ._ Regulations: 1 Electrical work shall conform to appicable reguations ofthe State of Tennessee, Department of Insurance, Division of Fite Prevention; and to applicable regulations of the local uty company. 2. Public water work shall meet ail requirements ofthe authority having jurisdiction 3. Waterline base under roadways. and adjacent construction shall mect all requirements ofthe State of Tennessee Department of Transportation 4. Woter wels and Geothermal wells shall meet all requitements of the State of Tennessee Water Wel Driller Act Material and Testing Standards: 41. Components of the work shall conform to requirements of American Scely for Testing and materials (ASTM) standards, American National Standards Intute (ANS!) standards, and trade association standards, as fisted in the various olher ‘sections ofthe Project Manual 2. Any material or other work specified by reference to the number, symbol, oF tle of a specific standard, such as American National Standards ‘institute (ANSI!) ‘Standard, a Federal Speciicaton, a rade association standard, or other similar standard, shall conform tothe requirements inthe latest revision thereof and any ‘amendment or supplement thereto in effect on the dato of the drawings and specifications, except as limited fo type, class or grade, or as modified in such reference, 3. The standards referred to, except as modified in individual sections of the Project ‘Manual, shall have full foree-and effect as-though recited for the reason thatathe manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their Tequirements. The Designer will furnish, upon request, information as to how ‘copies of the standards referred to may be obtained. 4. Where material or work is specified by reference to conform to standards such as listed in sub-paragraphs 1 and 2 above, or to codes, laws and regulations, but ‘specific provisions of the Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications exceed the requirements of such references, the Contract drawings and Specifications shall govern. 5. Decisions heretofore made conceming the equivalence or equality of materials, supplies, and equipment furnished for or incorporated in other projects, ‘completed or under construction, for Trenton Special Schoo! District andlor Keatz, Binkley Jones and Moris Architects. Inc., shall not be considered as precedents of criteia and shall have no bearing or influence on the question of ‘equivalent, equal, or comparable materials, supplies, and equipment for the Contract project ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 1400.2 Quality Requirements1.03 TESTING LABORATORY A. Generat: 1. The Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory approved by the Designer to perforin specified ‘services and testing. “The employment of the laboratory shall In no way relieve ‘Trade Contractor J Subcontractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract 2. The Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall coordinate and pay, if required, for inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or approvals of public authorities as required by the Contract Documents. B. Qualifications: c. D. E 4. The lab shall meet “Recommended Requirements for independent Laboratory Qualification’, published by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and Basic requirements of ASTM E 329 "Standard Specification for Agencies ‘Engaged in the Testing and for inspection of Materials Used in Construction’, 2. The laboratory shall be authorized to operate inthe State of Tennessee. 3, The Testing Laboratory shall submit copies of all tests to the Owner, the Designer, the Construction Manager, and the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor invoNed with the report of inspection of facities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of standards during the most recent tour of inspection wth the memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection 4. ‘The Construction Manager wil submit copies to the Designer for approval Duties: 1. The lab shall perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials ‘and metheds of constuction and prom submit five copies ofthe writen report of each test and inspection to the Designer. Limitation of Authority 41. The laboratory is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents, approve or accept any portion of the ‘Work, of perform any duties of the Contractor. Trade Contractor / Subcontractors Responsibility with regard to Testing Laboratories 4. Fumish copies of Products Test reports to the Owner, the Designer, the Construction Manager, and the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor involved. 2. Fumish incidental labor and facies to facilitate inspections and tests and for storage and curing of test samples. 3 Natty the lab suteenty in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnet and scheduing oFtests. 4, Moko arrangements wth lab and pay for adaional samples and tests required for Trade Contractor / Subcontractor 's conwerience, 5. Monitor the laboratory's time charged against the testing allowance such thatthe allowance is not exceeded. This requirement shell not adversely affect the laboratory in performance of ts dues. 1.04 TESTS A. Tests required establishing compliance with the Contract requirements for quality B c control shall be made by an independent testing agency selected by the Owner. Representatives of the testing agency shail have access to the work at all tmes. The ‘Trade Contractor ! Subcontractor shall provide facies for such access and samples _35 necessary so that the testing agency may properly perform its function. ‘The cost of all testing related to the density of compaction of fil and backfill (Bid Package #1 ~ Earthwork) shall be the responsibilty of the Construction Manager. ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 014003 Quality Requirements4.05 1.08 107 ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 1400.4 D. All testing related to concrete work (Bid Package #5 — Concrete) shall be the responsibly of the Construction Manager. E._ Other tests: “. See provisions of the General Conditions and Supplemental Conditions regarding tests required by governing authorities. 2. See provisions of Division 15 and 18 for tests required for mechanical and ‘electrical work. ‘& Testing for Plumbing and HVAC (Bid Package #20) by the plumbing HVAC subcontractor performing the work b. Testing or Electrical (Bid Package #21) by the electrical subcontractor performing the work F. The cost of te intial services of the testing agency shall be paid by the Construction Manager lsted in paragraph 1.04, sub-paragraph “C" above, When the initial tests Indicate noncompliance with the Contract requirements, any subsequent retesting ‘occasioned by noncompliance shall be performed by the same testing agency and the cost thereof shall be bome by the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor. G. The cost of testing related to structural stee! and miscellaneous steel (Bid Package 4#7 ~ Structural and Miscellaneous Steel) shall be by te Construction Manager: INSPECTION SERVICES. ‘A. The Owner will appoint, employ and pay for specified services of an Independent frm {0 perform inspection after construction. ‘8. The independent frm will perform inspections and other services specified in individual sections of the Project Manual and as required by the Owner. C. Inspection may occur on or off the project site, Perform off-site inspection as required by the Owner. Submit reports by the independent fr to the Designer and Construction Manager. Indicate Inspection observations and indicate compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. E. Cooperate with the independent firm. Fumish safe access and assistance as, requested. F. Inspection does not reieve Trade Contractor / Subcontractor to perform work to contract requirements. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE, ‘A. When so specified, supplier or manufacturer shall provide qualified personnel to ‘observe field conditions; conditions of surfaces and installation; quality of Workmanship; start-up of equipment; testing, adjusting and balancing of equipment ‘as applicable. Supplier or manufacturer shall make appropriate recommendations, B. Report observations, decisions made on site, or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. ‘©. Submit report within 15 days of observation to the Construction Manager for review. ‘STANDARDS AND CODE REFERENCES for the CIVIL. DISCIPLINE: ‘A. TN Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction & ‘Maintenance of Highway streets and Bridges, Latest Eaition, hereinafter referred to 28 TOOT Spectfcations, is incorporated in its entirety into and made a part of these ‘Specifications the same as if herein repeated. Any section of the TDOT. ‘Specifications referred to by these Specifications or other Contract Documents shall {gover the work, and any applicable section necessary for the proper execution of the work, shall apply the same as if that section was referenced specifically a the Quality RequirementsPART2 PRODUCTS ‘Specifications or other Contract Documents 4, The General Requirements, Division | of the TOOT Specifications, shall apply to the work performed under this project unless specifically modified or superseded by these Contract Documents. 2. Delete all references to measurement and payment from the TOOT Spooifications 3. When the TDOT Specifications refer to Engineer, Department, State, or words of similar import, these-words shall be interpreted in these Specifications to mean Engineer, Resident Project Representative, Inspector, Owner or a term a6 interpreted by the Engineer 4. The Specifications contained in this bound volume of Contract Documents do not specify every item of construction, material, or construction method necessary or Convenient for the satisfactory completion ofthis project a itis the intent ofthese Specifications tha ll work, materials, and methods shall conform tothe applicable sections of the TDOT Specifications 5, Its the intont of these Contract Documents that these specifications, drawings, or other Contract Bocuments shall provide for]a complete project in conformance with these contract Documents and thatthe Contractor shall provide any work Go ‘ot specifically indicated in these Contract Documents or shown on the Drawings that is necessary or convenient fr the satisfactory completion of the project in Conformance with the Contract Documents and that the compensation forthe sald work, therefore, shall be included inthe Contract Lump Sum Price 8, The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Latest Edition, (with supplements ‘and revisions) is made a part of these contract documents, the same as if herein repeated ints entity. ©. OSHA ~ Federal Register ~ Department of Labor - Occupational Safety and Health ‘Administration Standards, with supplements and revision, is made a part of these Contract Documents, the same as itherein repeated in its entirety (not used) PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 A 3.02 EXAMINATION ‘Verify that existing site concitions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work Start of new work indicates acceptance of existing conditions, Examine and verity specific conditions described in individual sections of the Project Manual, ‘Verity availabilty, characteristics, and location of ullty services. PREPARATION Clean substrate surfaces prior to application of subsequent materials or products. Repair cracks or openings of substrate prior to application of subsequent materials or products. ‘Apply manufacturer's required or recommended substrate primer, sealer or cconsitioner prior to applying subsequent materia. END OF SECTION ‘COMM, NO. 2422-09 1400.5 Quality Requirementsfees, I js, SECTION 01800 ‘TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 4GENERAL, 101 1.02, 4.03 1.04 ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 1600.4 UTILITIES SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES ‘A. The Owner shall umish and pay the costs of all water and electric power required for ‘construction purposes. B. Bid Package #20 ~ Plumbing and HVAC, and Bid Package #21 - Electrical, respectively, shall furnish and install ll temporary piping and wiring required for the use of these services during construction and upon completion ofthe Work shall remove such temporary piping and wiring. BARRICADES AND SPECIAL CONTROLS (Construction Manager): ‘A. Provide all temporary barriers and warning signs around the site of new building to control ‘access of unauthorized persons fo work areas, and as required bylaw. B. Provide covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way. . Protect plant growth and trees scheduled to remain from injuries due to construction actviies ‘and chemical poisoning. Provide a fenced in protection zone posted with signs to prevent ‘activities within the zone. Replace damaged plant if. ‘1. drip fine is iess than 6 feet from truck of tree, then provide protection zone with a 10 feet radius around tree. 2. If drip line is between 10 and 20 fest from truck of tree, then provide protection zone ‘equal tothe full drip line ofthe tree. 3,_ If drip tine is over 20 feet from truck of tee, then provide protection zone with a 20 foot radius around the tree. D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. CONSTRUCTION AIDS (Trade Contractor / Subcontractor requiring same) ‘A. Provide necessary staging, scaffolding, cisting equipment and temporary walkways and ladders required for installation ofthe work under the Contract. B. Provide temporary barriers and warning signs at excavations that must be left open during onworking hours, including warning lights at night. ‘TEMPORARY BUILDINGS (Construction Manager and Trade Contractor / Subcontractor) ‘A. The Consiniction manager wil provide a temporary fd office for his use and the use of tho Architect. B. Dusto the nature ofthis project, t willbe necessary to have ell materials available for 100% ‘completion ofthe designated section of the building as indicated by the Project Schedule. In ‘otder to accomplish this, the Trade Contractor / Subcontractor may find Itnecessary to have 2 storage taller (5) on site at thei expense. 4. The Construction Manager wil work wth the Owner fo provide @ convenient location for these tralers 2, During construction, debris wil not be alowed to accumulate in areas of the storage trallers. The Trade Contractor / Subcontractor wil be responsible for keeping the premises clean around the storage raller(s). 3. The Trade Contractor! Subcontractor shall remove the storage traler(s) at the direction of the Construction Manager. CC. Upon completion of the work all temporary buildings shall be removed and the area ofthe site that they occupied shall be restored tots condition atthe commencement of work under the Contract Foclities and Temporary Controls1.05 1.08, 1.07 1,08 1.09 COMM. NO. 2422-08 015002 ‘TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION (Trade Contractor! Subcontractor Requiring Same): ‘A. Barricades shall be constructed of 1/2 inch thick CDX plywood having 2 x 4 framing and 6 rl Pvc dustproof lining. Provide transition doors where required, SANITARY FACILITIES (Construction Manager): ‘A. Provide adequate temporary tollet facies forthe use of workmen, conforming fo applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of local authorities, the Stale of Tennessee, and the Federal Government. 'B, Upon completion of the Work, temporary tole facies shall be removed from the site. C._ Under no circumstances will onstruction personnel be allowed to use the Owner's tilt facities ‘TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES (Trade Contractor! Subcontractor Requiring Same): ‘A. Provide temporary weathertight closures for al exterior openings after walls and root of ew building ae constructed when itis necessary to protect the Work from the weather and to Permit he use of temporary heat. Maintain emergency ext at all existing exit doors during normel operating hours or winen bullings are otherwise occupied. Maintain a clear path of emergency exit from these exis, CC. Provide temporary perttions where required to separate work areas from Owner occupied ‘areas, o prevent penetration of dust and moisture and to prevent damage to existing ‘materials and equipment. Construction of parttions shal be framing materials and gypsum board sheet materials with closed joints end sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces. ‘TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION (Bid Package #20 Plumbing and HVAC) ‘A. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection and drying out ofthe Work and to allow ‘Work to be prosecuted in cold weather. B. Heat shall be provided b means of approved temporary heating equipment which in installation and operatioa will not damage the Work. Provide adequate and proper fuels and all services required to furnish heat as required. Salamanders shall not be used inside the building. Heaters used to dry out or protect freshly placed concrete shall be of a type and Shall be so ventilated as to protect carbon-dioxide from damaging concrete. . After the construction of the building has reached a point where the permanent heating systems are operable, the Contractor may use the permanent heating equipment for tom . 1D. Costs of providing temporary heat shall be bome by the Owner E, Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity and to prevent ‘accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, and gasses. ‘TELEPHONE / FASCIMILIE SERVICES (Construction Manager) ‘A. Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service in the field office. The telephone shall be available for use by al persons concemed with the construction of the project and service ‘hall be maintained from start to completion ofthe Work. The cost ofthe telephone service: ‘shall be paid by the Construction Manager. Long Distance made to field office telephone will be paid for by the Party making the cal. B. Provide, maintain and pay for facsimile service and a dedicated telephone line to field office at the time of project moblization Faciities and Temporary Controls,440 1m 442 1.14 1.48 1.18 COMM. NO. 2422-09 015003 BULLETIN BOARD AND JOB SIGN (Construction Manager): ‘A. Onoornear the field office, the Contractor shall install a bulletin board upon which to post legally required notices. The bulletin board shall be of adequate size to contain al required notices and be so constructed as to protect the postings from obliteration by the weather. 'B, The Contractor shall provide one painted construction sign stating the name ofthe project ‘and giving the names and addresses ofthe Contractor, Construction Manager, Designer, ‘Consultant Engineers, and the Oviner. The sign shall be not less than 48° x 96", on 3 thick Exterior (DFPA) plywood, supported by @ substantial wood frame. Lettering shall be black on a two-tone gray and whils background containing the Designer's graphic logotype as shown on the cover ofthe Drawings, and shall be of size to be clearly legible from a moving vehicle on the street. Location and layout of sign shall be as directed by the Designer. ‘C.Maintain the signin good condition fro start to completion ofthe Work. RODENT AND VERMIN CONTROL (Construction Manager): A. Provide on the project site ample and suitable refuse containers with covers, The Contractor shall be responsible for containing and removing from the site al refuse from meals eaten on the site and other rodent or vermin attracting refuse, BL During the construction period, precautions shall be taken as necessary to control the entry and breeding of rodents and vermin inthe new building. . If, within three months after occupancy ofthe building, the building is found to be infested by rodents or vermin, the Contractor shall bear the cost of extermination. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK (The responsibilty of the ‘Trade Contractor / ‘Subcontractor intaling the work) ‘A Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control tratic in immediate area to minimize damage. B, Provide protective coverings at walls, projections jambs, sis and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traf, dif, wear, damage or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials ©. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and landscaped areas, ACCESS ROADS (Construction Manager and all Trade Contractors / Subcontractors) ‘A. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions, FIRE PROTECTION (All Trade Contractors / Subcontractors) A. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers, and remove from ste daily. POLUTION CONTROL (All Trade Contractors / Subcontractors) ‘A. Conduct clean-up and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 8, Buring or burying of rubbish and waste materials on the project ste isnot permitted. ©. Disposal of volatile fiuld waste (mineral spits, of, palnt thinner, ete.) in storm or sanitary sewer systems or into streams or waterways is not permitted. PARKING AND DELIVERIES (Construction Manager and all Trade Contractors ! Subcontractors) ‘A. Space for parking of workmen's cars and space for truck deliveries shall be restricted to the site. Coordinate parking space requirements with the Owner and Construction Manager. Facilties and Temporary Contro's4.17 DUMPSTERS (Construction Manager, Masonry Sub-contractor, Other Sub-contractore) ‘A. The Construction Manager will furnish a dumpster for use by all Sub-contractors with the ‘exception of the Masonry Sub-contractor. 41. The Construction Manager will be responsible for all costs related to the dumpster. 2, Each Bidder will be responsible for clean-up and removal to the dumpster of all debris resulting from their phase of the work. B._The Masonry Sub-contractor will provide a waste dumpster for his work and pay all coats, including allof-ste disposal 4.18 CONFLICT WITH OWNER'S OPERATION ‘A. Throughout the Project, the existing feces of Peabody High Schoo! wil remain in operation. i ‘All personnel working on this Project will conduct themselves in an appropriate manner at i altimes. 2.” No loud musio, inappropriate language or cress wl be tolerated. 3, No Construction personnel wil be allowed to use the Owner's existing facies. 4.19 ON-SITE STORED MATERIALS ‘A. Trade Contractor / Subcontractor may provide storage trailer(s) on site at their expense, the Conatucton Manage ni wok wh be Ouse pov a omelet eaten er ees waets 2. Burng conduction debs inte alowed to accurate in res of be trae tale The Trade Convair! Suscontetr bo eoponbloforkooping he premises clean around the storage trailer(s). | a. ThoTrec Contact Swveortsctr ha enave the storage te) tthe desten 1 rite Constvoton Manager 1.20 OFF-SITE STORED MATERIAL: A. If Trade Contractor ! Subcontractor desires to store materia off-site, payment for off-site stored materials can be made ifthe Trade Contractor / Subcontractor provides the folowing to the Construction Manager prior to including these material in a Payment Estimate. 1. A swom statement describing the materials and indicating the exact physical location. i They must be available for inspection. it 2. A Copy of the invoice from Trade Contractor / Subcontractor’s Supplier 3. A certificate of Insurance indicaling coverage for these materials for fe, theft, vandalism, etc, PART 2PRODUCTS: (not used) PART SEXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 0150.4 Faclities and Temporary Controlsber bk Ok a Le Be ee he tL — SECTION o1600 — PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1” GENERAL 4.01 DEFINITIONS A. Products: 4. New materials, machinery, components, equipment, fitures and systems forming the Work 2. Existing materials or components required for reuse. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Comply with individual sections ofthe Project Manual BB, Comply with reference standards. 4.03 BUILDING PRODUCTS USE : A tis the responsibilty ofthe Trade Contractor to inform himsetf concerning the application of the products he uses and to folow the directions ofthe Designer and manufacturer. B, In the event of disagreement between the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions, the Trade Contractor wit obtain written instructions from the Designer thru the Construction Manager before proceeding with the installation. &. the Trade Contractor has knowledge of or reason to believe the likelihood of failure, he will transmit such knowledge to the Designer, thru the Construction Manager, and ask for written instructions before proceeding with the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ‘A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; dellver in undamaged condition in ‘manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dy. 'B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methads to prevent soling or damage. ‘C. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, that quantities * are correct, and that products are undamaged. Immediately reject non-conforming materials ‘and remove them from the ste, 4.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ‘A. Storage of materials and equipment shall be resticted to the site except as provided in the Conditions ofthe Contract ‘B. Store materials, products, and equipment with seals and labels intact and legible. Follow ‘manufacturers instructions. Store sensitive products in weatheright enclosures; maintain ‘within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturers instructions, . For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection, Periodically inspect to ensure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions 1.08. PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ‘A. Materials and equipment stored on the site to be incorporated in the Work shall be adequately protected from damage by the weather or by construction operations. B, Materials subject to damage by water shall be blocked off the ground and protected with ‘waterproof coverings, stored in weather-tight floored sheds orin the bulding after itis enclosed ©. Material subject to damage by soiling or exposure to sunlight shall be protected with appropriate type covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. ‘COMM. NO. 2422.08 1600.1 Product Requirementsa D. Materials and equipment shell be so transported, handled, and stored as to prevent physical damage to the materials and equipment. PART2 PRODUCTS (rot used) PART3 EXECUTION (rot used) END OF SECTION ‘COMM. NO, 2422-09 1600.2 Product Requirements| i i ‘SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 4 GENERAL 4.01. GENERAL INFORMATION ‘A. This Soction includes the requirements for requesting approval of proposed substitutions. ‘The requirements of this section gover the use of “Subsitution Request Form - Section o16st B. Certain items of materials and equipment have been specified by manufacturer's name, brand and catalog number to indicate the quality, type and function desired, Similar items of other manufacturers will be considered if they are equivalent in quality, type and function, and are compatible with adjacent, connected, or collateral materials and equipment. (©. Where optional materials, equipment, or methods are specified, the Trade Contractor may : use any of such options, but he shall notify the Construction Manager and Designer of the ‘option elected within 20 days after award of the Contract and his election shall not subsequently be changed. 4.02. LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS A Genera “This Project shall be governed by a ten-day prior approval requirement. 2. Requests a sibeons must be revaved no ltr fan fn Working days pir tf nogotated bd ‘Additonal studies, investigations, submitiais, redesign andlor analysis by the Designer caused by the requested substiiions shall be paid by the Contracior at no expense to the Owner ‘Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance Designer's decision shal be final concerning the accoptabilty of all substitutions. Only one request for substitution foreach product wil be considered. ‘When substtuion is not accepied by the Designer, provde the specied product. “The burden of proof ofthe mer ofthe proposed suibstituion is upon the proposer Substitutions wil not be considered: UUniess the “Substitution Request Form - Section 01631" afached inthis Project Manual is used and the requirements ofthis section and Section 01634 are fully compied with. Other types of forms are not accoptable. 2. When indicaled on shop drawings or product data submitats without separate formal request complying with “submitial procedures? species inthis section. 3. Unies submited through the General Contractor. 4. Alter the award of the Contact unless: (1) i is considered to be tothe best intrest of the Owner, or 2) materials and equipment speciied or previously approved become unavailable because of circumstances beyond the contol of the Contractor, provided further that in the first caso. request for substiion has been submited by the Contractor within 30 calendar days after the award ofthe Contract. 5. For maloras specified for esthetic reasons, Le. for appearance, unless such substitution 's equivalont in quality and that its appearance in color, texture and other appearance characteristics is indiscernible ome o 996 4.03 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS: ‘A. Coniractor's Representation: Request of substitution constitutes a representation that: ‘a, The Contractor has investigated the proposed product and has determined that itis, ‘equal to or superior in all respects to the spociied product, ‘COMM. NO. 2422-08 0630.1 ‘Substitutions. The Contractor wil provide same type of warranty for substitution as for specified product. Coniracior’s warranty shall be in writng guarantecing all substituted products have same or superior performance 2s the product specified ‘c. The Contractor wil coordinate the installation of the accepted substtute, making such changes as may be required forthe Work to be complete inal respects. 6. The Contractor waives all ciaims for eddtional costs related to substitutions which consequently become apparent. ©. The cost data is complete and includes all related cost under his Contract, but excludes any approved Designer's design fees required by substitution, f. The Contractor has thoroughly investigated the proposed substitute to determine if license fees and royalties are pending on the proposed substitute, for compliance with the General Conditions of the ContractAJA 201CMa-1982 Eaton, B. Requests for substitutions shall be submitted on “Substitution Request Form - Section 01631" attached in this Project Manuel. Legible copies of this form shall be made as required for Trade Contractors submitals. Each submittal request form shall ba complata with data substantiating compliance of proposed substiuion wilh requirements of Contract Documents including the folowing information: Projectile and Designers project number. Identification of product spociiod including Specifications Section and Paragraph nuurnber. \dentfication of proposed substitute complete with manufacturer's name and address, {rade name of produc, and model or catalog number. Allach product data, Ust of febvicator and supplier (with address and phone number for proposed substitute, ‘The affect of substitution on dimensions, material thicknesses, wiring, piping, ductwork, etc. indicated in Contract Documents. ‘The affect of substiuion on other trades. The affect of substitution on construction schedule. Differences in quality and performance between spectied product and proposed subsite. 8. Comparison of manufacturer's quarantoes of speciied product and proposed substitute. 410, Availabiity of maintenance services and replacement meteras for proposed substitute. 11. Cost data comparing proposed substitute with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract Sur. 12. License fees andor royalties pending on proposed substitute. 18, Drawings, catalog cuts, specifications, performance, and test data, samples if applicable, and all other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. eRe exe oe 4.04. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES FOR OWNERICONTRACTOR NEGOTIATED WORK ‘A. Submit separate “Substitullon Request Form - Section 01631" for each substitution. 1. Form shall be completely and propery filed in as required by this Section and Section 01631. If form is incomplete, the Designer reserves the right fo relect and return form to Contractor for completion and compliance with Sections 01630 and 01631, 2, Submit thru the Construction Manager, to Designer three copies of the completed and signed form. B, Make all submitials within 30 days after Release of Each Bid Package" to provide sufficient {ime for reviews, for securing nevessary approvals, for possible revisions and re-submitas, and for placing orders and securing delivery. 4. Designer's Review Time In scheduling, alow at least 10 working days for Designer's review. 2. Delays caused by the tantiness of the Contractor in preparing and forwarding of ‘submitals will NOT be aczoptabe basis fr extension of the Contract completion dale or fe consteration of aan procs not modtng the spt requrements of tis Project Manual. COMM, NO. 2422-08 016302 Substitutionshe ee | mR C. For approved subetiutions, submit shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance ‘with Conditions of the Contract. PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) PARTS EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION COMM. No. 2422-09 016303 ‘Substitutionseel ener SECTION o1634 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PART1 GENERAL 4.01. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 'A. This form is part of the substituion requirements specified in Section 01630 4.02 FORM PROJECT TITLE & NO. To: Lashlee-Rich, ne ‘Attn: Bily Hill Jr, Project Manager P.O. Box 483 " 4100 W. Main Humboldt, Tennessee 38943, ‘Telephone (731)-784-2461 FAX (731}784-6483, Specified item: Section: Paragraph: Proposed Substitute: ‘Altach complete description, catalog, spec data, and laboratory tests applicable. 4. Whateffect wll substitution have on dimensions, gauges, weights, el, indicated in Contract, Documents? 2. What effect wil substitution have on wiring, piping, ductwork, etc. indicated in Contract Documents? 3. Whateffect will substitution have on other trades? 4. What effect will substitution nave on construction schedule? ‘COMM. NO. 2422-08 1631.1 ‘Substitution Request Form‘5. Whatare the differences in quality and performance between proposed substitute and specified product? 6. Manufaaturer's guarantees of the epeciiod products and proposed products are: Same: Different (Explain) List (on separate sheet) the availabilty of maintenance services and replacement materials for proposed substitute. 8, List on separate sheet) names, addresses and phone numbers of fabricators and suppliers for proposed substitutes. 9. Ifthe substitution requests accepted, it will result in: No cost impact: Credit (How Much): ‘Added Cost (How Much): 10. There are____ere not__icense fees and royalties pending on the proposed substitute, (Explain) 14. The undersigned shall pay for addtional studies, investigations, submittals, redesign andior analysis by the Architect/Engineer caused by the request substitutions. ‘SUBMITTED BY: (Supplier or Trade Contractor) Firm: Address: Sionature: “Telephone No: Date: FaxNo: REVIEWED AND APPROVED for Trade Contractor by (Construction Manager): Firm: ‘Address: ‘Signature: Telephone No.: Date: COMM. NO, 2422-09 ot63t2 ‘Substitution Request FormARCHITECTIENGINEER’S REVIEW COMMENTS: Accepted Accepted as Noted Rejected due to {Bee attached copy) incomplete form Resubmit ___Not Accepted Rocelved Too Late Signatuie: Date: ee Remarks: PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) PART3 EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION COMM. NO, 2422-08 | 016313, Substitution Request Formbe PART 1.01 ‘COMM, NO. 2422-09 1700.4 SECTION 01700 = EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS GENERAL _PREPARATION ‘A. VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS 1. Dimensions, elevations, and locations shown on the drawings in reference to existing structures and utilities are the best available data obtainable but are not guarantood by the Construction Manager, Designer, or the Owner and the Construction Manager, Designer, or the Owner will not be responsible for their accuracy. 2. Before proceeding with any Work dependent upon the data involved, the Trade Contractor shall field check and verify all dimensions, grades, lines levels, or ther conditions or fmitatons at the site and building to avold construction errors. If any Work i performed ty the Trade Gontractar or by bis subcontractors prior to adequate verification of applicable data, any resultant extra cost for adjustment ‘f work to conform to existing tmitations shall be bore by the Trade Contractor without reimbursement or compensation by the Owner. B, CONTROL POINTS AND LAYOUT 4. The initial tines, grades, and dimensions necessary for the location and control of the Work under the Contract are shown on the Contract Drawings, 2. The Trade Contractor shall provide for himself all additonal and supplementary fines and grades 2s may be necessary to layout the Work and insure proper ‘control of the Work until compiction. It shall be the Trade Contractor's responsibilty to satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all measurements before ‘construction, 3. The dimensional controls for the project including horizontal and vertical ‘alignment and coordination of required openings, backings, anchors, structural bearing plates, and supports shall be the responsibilty of the ‘Trade Contractor. ‘2. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, such stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, and materials, and all labor 2s may bbe required in layout of any part ofthe Work from the horizontal and vertical Control established by the Consultant Engineer and show on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibilty ofthe trade contractor to maintain and preserve all stakes and other marks established by the Consultant Enginesr until authorized fo remove them, and if such marks are destroyed, by the ‘Trade Contractor or through his negligence, prior to their authorized temoval, they shall be promptly replaced by the Trade Contractor. The Consultant Engineer shall require that Work be suspended at eny time when survey marks ‘established by the Trade Contractor are not reasonably adequate to permit satisfactory prosecution and control ofthe Work. b. The Trade Contractor shail hire a licensed Surveyor to perform all layout ‘Work. All field notes, field computations, and other records taken in the feld by the Trade Contractor for the purpose of layout, progress, intial and final ‘surveys shall be recorded in duplicating field books. The original pages (or ‘ther copies) of original pages shall be furnished promptly to the Consultant Engineer at the site of the Work in ring binders. All surveys made by the ‘Trade Contactor shall be made under the supervision of a Registered ‘Surveyor registered in the State of Tennesseo ©. EXISTING CONDITIONS: 1, An attempt has been made to show all utiles known to exist in thelr ‘approximate location, The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to determine the exact location, nature and status of all utfty ines whether shown on plans or not Execution Requirements1.02 4.03 ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 017002 prior to removing, adjusting, altering, extending, or relocating and shall make all hecessary caps, plugs, and terminations as required by the ublty owner and for ‘overning authortios to retum seid util 10 complete operation at no additional ost to the Owner. Any ublly which ie damaged due to demoltion shall be Tepaired andlor replaced at no additional cos to the Owner ‘a. Subsurface Data: Contact the Construction Manager 2. The Trade Contractor shall vey the existence or non-existence of septic tanks, walls, cistoms, basements, or cellars on the site. The existence of any of the ‘above items not shown on the plans shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer Immediately. The’ above shall be demolished and the area filed and ‘compacted as specified at no additonal cost. All demolition andior capping of existing ules, wel, ec. shall bein aocordance with local regula. CUTTING AND PATCHING A B Cut and patch existing work that is to romain in place as necessary forthe installation cf the new Work. Tks the intention of the Contract that conduit, sleeves, thimbles, and chases for the mechanical and electrical work be installed in new concrete and masonry work as the ‘work progresses, The Mechanical and Electrical Trade Coniractors shall respectively instal the required conduit, sleeves, and thimbles in concrete forms and in masonry ‘work and shall inform the other Trade Contractors of the size and location of any required chases to be formed in the conerete and masonry work. If this procedure is, rot followed, the Mechanical and Electrical Trade Contractors shall do all cutting of ‘new concrete and masonry work required to install thelr work. ‘Cutting of existing or new work shall be held to the minimum necessary and shall be done neatly. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper patching and finishing ofall cut-work whether or not cut by his own workmen or by subcontractors. PROTECTION A General: 1. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving and ‘curbs, etc., against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. ._Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cast to Owner 2. Protect aerial, surface, or underground utility ines or appurtenances which are to remain, ‘3. Establish imprevements fo be removed and coordinate work with the Owner > ‘4. Establish the location and extent of utlties In the work areas. If applicable, notify utlties to remove and/or relocated lines which wil be affected by demolition or construction operations. 5. Maintain, protect, e-oute or exiend as required, existing utlities to remain which pass through the work area 6. fltis necessary in the protection ofthe work to interrupt underground structures, Co parts thereof, the Trade Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all ecessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary andlor permanent services for the same. 2. When such facies are encountered, whether shown on the plans ornot, the ‘Trade Contractor shall notify the Consiruction Manager, Owner of the facilty, and the Engineer, and shall proceed with arrangements to have them relocated or removed at his full cost and expense. b. The Trade Contractor shall, at his expense and cost, satisfactorily adjust, relocate andor repair all damage to such facilties or structures which may result from any of his operations or from negligence during the period of the Execution RequirementsLe Le 1.04 1.05 contract and restore them to their original operable condition before ‘completion of work. i. This shall include eny damage that may be inadvertently done on. adjoining property. 7. During construction, the Trade Contractor shall estabish proper site drainage to prevent ponding of water on site that creates a nuisance, hazard ors detrimental to the quality ofthe work B. Weather Protection: 41. Provide at all mes protection against rain, wind, storms, frost, or heat so as to ‘maintain all work, materials, equipment and fixtures free from injury or damage. ‘At end of days viork, all new work likely to be damaged by weather conditions shall be covered. ©, Water Protection: 1. Provide at a times protection of excavation, trenches, and building from damage by rain water, spring water, gfound water, backing up of drains and sewers, and all other water. Provide all pumps, equipment, temporary drains or dams, and enclosures necessary to provide this protection. . Protection of installed Work: 1. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control trafic in immediate area to minimize damage. 2, Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sils and soffis of ‘openings. Protect fished floors and stairs from traffic, dirt, wear, damage or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials. ‘8. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and Jandscaped areas. : SITE MAINTENANCE ‘A. Upon completion of the Work, all damage to existing ground cover, paving or site improvements resulting from the storage of materials and equipment, construction vehicular trafic, or other construction operations under the Contract shall be repaired by the individual Trade Contractor to its condition at commencement of Work under the Contract. MANUFACTURERS’ DIRECTIONS ‘A. All manufectured articles, material and equipment shall be applied, installed, Connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the ‘manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Any conflicts between such ‘manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and the specificafions shall be ‘brought to the attention of the Designer, thru the Construction Manager, and the procedures reconciled before proceeding with the work. PART 2PRODUCTS (not used) PART SEXECUTION (notused) END OF SECTION ‘COMM, NO. 2422-09 017003 Execution Requirements‘SECTION 01740 PROGRESS CLEANING PART4 GENERAL 101 4.02 1.03 1.04 (GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ‘A. Refer to Divisions 2 thru 16 for cleaning required for specific trades or work pertaining to that. trade or work. B._ The Construction Manager will furnish a dumpster for use by all Trade Contractors / ‘Subcontractors. 4. The Construction Manager will be responsible fr all costs related to the dumpster. ©. Each Trade Contractor / Subcontractor will be responsible for dally clean-up and removal to the dumpster of all debris resulting from thalr phase of the work. 1. Peabody High School will remain in operation; construction debris will not be allowed to accumulate. CLEANING MATERIALS: ‘A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B._Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL ‘A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. The management of this part of the work shall be the responsibility of each Trade. Contractor under the supervision of the Construction Manager. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, cores of concrete block, and other closed or remote spaces, prior fo enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean inferior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue oleaning to eliminate dust. Confinue broom and vacuum cleaning on an as needed basis untl building is ready for acceptance or occupancy. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other ‘contaminants resulting from cleaning process wil not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site at reasonable intervals and dispose offsite. Do not allow waste materials, rubbish, and debris fo accumulate and become: ‘an unsightly or hazardous condition. E. Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or ‘throw materials from heights. Open free-fall chutes shall not be permitted. Terminate closed ‘chutes into appropriate containers with lids, F. Oversee cleaning and ensure that building and grounds are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish, G. Sprinkle dusty debris with water. H. Provide dumpster containers and locate on site for collection of waste materials, rubbish, and debris. Contract with local trash removal agency for periodic removal of collected waste (See paragraph 1.01 — General Requirements, sub-paragraph "B" above). FINAL CLEANING (Construction Manager): A. Refer to Section 01748 ~ Final Cleaning PART 2 PRODUCTS(not used) PART 3. EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION ‘COMM. No. 2422-09 on7a0.4 Progress Cleaningke ke —t SECTION 01745, FINAL CLEANING ALLOWANCE PART1 GENERAL 4.01. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Refer to Divisions 2 thru 16 for cleaning required for specific trades or work pertaining to that trade or work. B. The Construction Manager wil furnish a dumpster for use by all Trade Contractors / Suboontractors. 4. The Construction Manager will be responsible forall costs related to the dumpster. 4.02 CLEANING MATERIALS: ‘A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned, B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 4.03 FINAL CLEANING: ‘A. Use experienced workmen, or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. At completion of construction and Just prior to acceptance or occupancy, conduct a final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces, ©. Remove grease, dust, dir, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces. Polish transparent and glossy surfaces. Vacuum carpeted and soft ‘surfaces. Clean equipment and foxtures to a sanitary condition, Repair, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to maich adjacent finishes. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds, Remove snow and ice from access to building. . Replace air conditioning fters if units were operated during construction. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if air conditioning units were operated without fiters during ‘construction. Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction debris from the bullding and the ste. KK Maintain cleaning until the Project, or portion thereof, is occupied by the Owner. zommo PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) PART3 EXECUTION (not used) ENO OF SECTION ‘COMM. NO, 2422-09 017454 Final CleaningLL. ‘SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Comply with the requirements stated in Consitions of the Contract and in the Specifications for administrative procedures, fiscal provisions and legal submitals to closeout the Work 1,02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ‘A. Establishment of Substantial Completion: 41. When the Trade Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, he shall submitto the Designer thu the Construction Manager: 2. Avrlten notice thatthe Work is sufficiently complete, thatthe Owner may occupy the ‘Work fr the use for whic itis intended and i therefore substantaly complete. b._Allstof exterior items to be completed or corrected shall be given tothe Construction Manager and Designer prior to inspection for substantial complation. Additionally the Construction Manager and Designer shall be given a list of dates scheduled for Completion or correction of each tem. 2. Win 2 reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Construction Manager wil schedule a date with the Owners Representatives and the Designer. The Designer and bis consultants wil make an inspection fo determine the status of completion. 3. Should the Construction Manager and Designer determine that the Work is not ‘substantially complete the Trade Contractors wil be promptly notified in writing, stating reasons. The Trade Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies In the Work, and send a second written notice of Substantial Completion to the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager will notty the Designer and the Owner and they will reinspect the Work. 4. When the Designer concurs that the Work is substantialy complete, he will prepare a Certficale of Substantial Completion on AIA Document G704 accompanied by the Contractors list of tems to be completed or corected as verified and amended by the Designer. ‘The Designer will submit the Certificate fo the Construction Manager and -Owner for their writen acceptanes. B. Owner's Responsibilities: 41. Upon Substantial Completion of any Phase of the Work, the Owner shall assume ‘complete responsibilty for the maintenance and operation of the heating, ventilating and ait condoning system and service uflites in that portion of the Project. 2. The Owner shall also become responsible for all other maintenance and damage and ordinary wear and tear and, with the exception of ilems under guarantee, the cost of repairs or restoration during the period between Substantial Completion and Final Completion. 3. The Owner shall have the responsibly to have in effect all necessary insurance for protection against any losses not directy attributable to the Trade Contractor Subcontractors negligence, ©. Retainage: 1. Upon Substantial Completion the retainage on payments for Work in the substantially complete portion of the Project may, at the Owner's and Construction Manager's discretion, be reduced, leaving in the Coniract an amount to cover the cost of the incomplete or deficient items included in the punch fist made at the Substantial ‘Completion Inspection prior to Substantial Completion. a, This amount shall be approximately twice the value of the punch list Rems es estimated by the Arcilect, in order to cover the value of latent deficiencies thet may not have been discovered atthe inal inspection ‘COMM. NO, 2422-09, 017704 Closcout Procedures1.03 4.04 4.05 1.06 ‘COMM. NO. 2422.09 o17702 'b. That potion of retalnage on payments made for rhaterials stored but not incorporated. into the uncompleted portions of the work shall not be released. - D. Gomplin of Punch st tens: Unless otherwise stated in the Certfcate of Substantial Completion (AIA Document (6704) issued by the Designer, Punch list tems shall be completed within 45 days of the date of Substentiel Completion. 2. The Trade Contractor / Suboontractor shal arrange a schedule so that punch list tems are completed in the designated time by working during regular working hours. 3. Tha Trade Contractor / Subcontractor shall be afforded access to the occupied portion of the building to perform this work during regular working hours. FINAL INSPECTION ‘A. When ‘tie Trade Contractor determines the Work is complete, he shall submit writen certification that: Contract Documents have been reviewed. “The Work has been inspected by a qualified person authorized by the Trade Contractor {for compliance with Contract Documents. “The:Work has been completed in accordance withthe Contract Documents, Equipment and systems have been tested and demonstrated in the presence of the Construction Manager and Owner's Representative and are operational Inspections or letters of acceptance for items requiring approval from a governing authorty as identfied in Section 01720, Project Data, are complete and available. 6. The Work is completed and ready for final inspection 8. Within.2 reasonable time after recoipt of the certification, the Construction Manager will schedule a date with the Owner's Representative and the Designer. The Designer and his, ‘consultants will make an inspection to verify completion. ©. Should the Construction Manager and Designer consider the Work incomplete or defective, the Trade Contractors wl be promptly notfed in writing, Isting Incomplete or defective Work. ‘The Trade Contractor shall temedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written certification thatthe Work is complete. The Construction Menager will nity the Designer and the Owner and they will re-inspect the Work D. When the Construction Manager and Designer finds the work acceptable under the Contract Documents, they shall request the Trade Contractor to make the closeout submits, 2 ae pe INSPECTION BY LOCAL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES ‘A. Be responsible for notification of government agencies to make required inspections. Notify Designer 48 hours prior to inspections. REINSPECTION FEES . ‘A. Should status of completion of Work require re-inspection by Designer due to failure of Work to comply with Trade Contractors claims on inal inspection, Owner andor Construction Manager wil deduct the amount ofthe Designer's compensation for re-inspection services {rom final paymant tothe Trade Contractor CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL ‘A. The closeout submital shall be complete and submitted to the Designer thru the Construction Manager as a single package. B. Refer to Section 01788 — Project Record Documents for information required ‘C. Submit ll keys to the Owner at the end of the project Closeout Procedures.1.07 4.08 1.09 ‘STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS. |A. Prior to closeout submitals, submit final statement reflecting adjustments to Contract Sum indleating: 4. Original Contract Sum - Previous change orders Deductions for uncorrected work Deductions for re inspection fees Other adjustments to Contract Sum Total Contract Sum as adjusted Previous payments Sum remaining due B. Construction Manager will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not mode previously by change orders. eNoasen APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMNET ‘A. Submit application for final payment, follow provisions. of Conaltions of the Contract. Final payment will not be made until closeout submitials have been recelved and approved by the Designer. WARRANTIES AND BONDS Provide duplicate, notarized copies Execute Trade’ Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. ‘Submit matetial prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Dated of Substantial Completion, provide ‘updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of ‘warranty period. ‘SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS moo p> A. Provide products, spare parts and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each ‘section in addition to that required for completion of Work. Coordinate with Owner, dellver to (Owner's representative and obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) PART3 EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION (COMM. No. 2422-08 0170.3 Closeout Proceduresee SeCriOn 0788 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. PART1 GENERAL _ 1.01 GENERAL: ‘A. The Trade Contractors under supervision of the Construction Manager shall compile and maintain accurate Project Record Documents, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Maintenance ‘and Operation Data, Record of Subcontractors, Material Suppliers, and related information that the Owner may use for maintenance, operation, repair, renovation or additions to the Work 4. Each Trade Contractor shall maintain record drawings pertaining to his indlvidval portion of the work including the work performed by his subcontractors. 2 Generally, the Construction Manager shall be responsible for keeping the “oficial record sef of documents, 3. Atthe end of each work-day, the Superintendent for each Trade Contractor shal update the “fica record set” of documents with changes or modifications transpiring during the day. 4. Upon completion of the Work the “oficial record documents" shall bo delivered thru the Construction Manager tothe Designer forthe Owner. B, Guarantees - Warranties, Certifications, lelters of acceptance, maintenance agreements, bonds, and other documents required by the Contract Conditions and Specifications . Organize the material as required fr submital to and acceptance by tho Designer. 4.02 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: ‘A. Maintain at the sile and in good condition one complete set of all Contract Documents for use only as Record Documents. These documents shall be marked "Record Documents” and ‘shall not be for general reference or construction use. Make the documents available for inspection by the Construction Manager, Designer, or Owner. Do not conceal work until the information is recorded, BL Legibly mark the drawings to record actual conditions of construction including: location, depth, and identification of new and existing underground items, location by dimension and identifcation of uiities, features, flold changes in dimensions and detail, changes by ‘Addenda and Change Orders, description and details of features for maintenance, service, roplacement, or expansion of the Work. CC. Lagibly mark each section of the specifications to record manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, or other identfcation and Supplier of eactrproduct, material, system, and equipment item aciually Installed, or, expand the Subcontractor and material supplier section to.include detailed item identiication or appropriate reference to items included in shop drawings, product data, and other sections of the Project Data. Coordinate with, and recelve approval (of Designer of an acceptable method. 4.03 PROJECT DATA BINDERS: ‘A. Fumish two compete sets of Project Data tothe Construction Manager in commercial quality three ring binders with durable plastic covers. Identify the Project on the face and side ofthe binder. Use rng siz appropriate to the amount of matoral to be included. If wo binders are required, identify as Volume | and I. Identify as Set #1, or ‘Origin, the set that contains the ‘original Warranties, Bonds, and Maintenance Agreements. Provide tab dividers to organize the materials. The Project Data chall include: 4. Cover sheet or sheets ging complete Project Tile, Contracin’s Name, address, phone ‘number, name of project superintendent, project manager, and related information, 2 Index. COMM. NO. 2422-08 1788.4 Project Record Documents3. -Contractor’s Warranty of the Work. 5 4. Warranties, Guarentes, and Bonds. - 8. Cortiicate of Substantial Completion. 6. Complete sting of subcontractors and material suppers including company name, address, phone number, contact person, and local representative, Include complete product’ deseripion unless the specications fave been logibly marked with this information or product information fs included elsewhere inthis binder. 7. Evidenoe of compliance with requirements of Governing Authorities a. Cerificate of Occupancy. D._Certificates of inspecton required for mechanical and electrical systems. ©. Any additional requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction, 8, Project Record Documents. ‘9, Operation and Maintenance Data. 40. Spare parts and Maintenance Materials. Furish preprinted copies of manufacturer's maintenance or use instructions when recommended by the manufacturer if not specfcaly required by indhdual Sections ofthe Project Manual 41. Keying schedule 42. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens following Concitions of the Contract — AIA Document G706A. A Release of Liens from each subcontractor and supplir shall be attached to this document. The Contractor, at his option may provide a bond in the amount of monies owed to subcontractors and. suppliers for relainage, each Subcontractor and supplier shal confim the amount owed by affidavit altached to the bond. 18, Consent of Surety to Final Payment ~ AIA Doourent G707. 14, Aidait of Payment of Debts and Claims — AIA Document 6706. . 15. Cerffcates. of Insurance for Products and Compleled Operations: Follow Supplementary Conditions. 46. Test Reports ‘ 417. Material Gerifications - PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) - fy PARTS. EXECUTION i (notused) ~ END OF SECTION | Comm, NO. 2422-09 os7e8.2 Project Record Documents ela : S : SECTION 01815 ‘TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS PART 1. GENERAL 4.01. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ‘A. Furnish suitable testing equipment, give the Construction Manager and Designer and all applicable authorities ample advance notice of all proposed tests and readiness of work for inspections, and conduct each testin the presence of the designer and all applicable authorities, in an approved manner. Do not conceal any work until all necessary inspections have been ‘made and all required tests have been approved by the Designer and all applicable authorities, Piping and other tems may be tested in sections as the work progresses, Repair and retest at sections failing to pass tests as required untl the tests are approved. Caulking, welding, or brazing will not be permitted on threaded pipe or ftings to stop leaks. Replace with new ‘material all cracked or otherwise defective pipe, fitings, and other items of alltypes, 2s ‘approved. ©. Requirements, means, and methods described within this section: ‘a. are minimum requirements and standards. Investigate the requirements of Utilty Providers, Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and other sections within this Project Manual for more stringent requirements b. shall apply equally to all new work done under this Contract and to all existing items of piping and equipment which are altered or in any way disturbed by the operations of the ‘Trade Contractor. shall also apply to work performed under Division 1600 ~ Mechanical , Reterto Panto = EXECUTION for pes tests. PART2 PRODUCTS (not used) PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 PIPEWORK TESTS: ‘A. General: Before putting it in service, test all in-place gravity sewer piping and water lines as specified below. Tests shall be made in sections as the work progresses, between manholes andor catch basins for gravify flow fines and between convenient section ends for water [ines. In each case where a test Is required in accordance within ASTM Specification or other publication, obtain a copy of the publication involved, and maintain it on the job site in good. ‘condition at all times, for Trade Contractor's, Construction Managers, and Designer's use in ‘conducting testing and computing permissible leakage. Where tests indicate leakage In excess of permissible limits, locate sources of excessive Jeakage, make necessary repairs, and repeat tests until they are approved. Types of tests shall be as follows: 1. Water Lines: Except as otherwise specifed herein, all water line piping, fitings, valves, ‘and appurtenant items shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing and sterilization as described herein, 2. Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewers: Except as otherwise specified herein or approved, all gravity sewer piping and appurtenant items shall be subjected to low-pressure air testing and deflection testing as described herein, 3. Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewers: Where specified or approved ONLY; exfitration testing as described herein. 4. Gravity Flow Sanitary and Storm Sewers: All gravity flow sewers shall be subject to the gravity sewer test for line and grade test as described herein. COMM. NO. 2422.09 1816.1 ‘Test, Adjust, & Balance of Systems3.02 EQUIPMENT TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: A “Test each item of equipment furished under this contract, remedy all leaks and ther defects, make all necessary adjustments, and demonstrate that each piece of equipment, both individually and in conjunction withthe other equipment, produces the results that are specified ‘andlor indicated. This shall inchude hydrostatic testing as herein specified for items of equipment subject to water pressure during normal operations. Make all tests and adjustments 2s recommended by the manufacturers of the equipment involved, and as approved. ‘Afterall ests and adustments have been mede, place entire project in operation, and submit i to Contracting Officer for final acceptance. 3.03 HYDROSTATIC TESTS: A B ©. 6 ‘COMM. NO, 2422-09 018182 yrs test on underground piping under buings and sructes shal be made prior to backing Hydrosiat ‘tests on piping other than that specified above may be made either before or after backfiting. Athis own expense, the Trade Contractor shall repair or replace any items damaged during the {esting and any items indicated by the testing to be defective. This shall include uncovering previously covered work in order to locate such damaged or defective lems. Fumish approved testing equipment, including a suitable pump to apply and maintain test pressure, accurate pressure gauges, suitable equipment to measure the volume of water pumped, and other necessary equipment. ‘Hydrostatic tests ofall types of pipe and related items shall be made in accordance with the Tequitements of Section 4 of AWWA Specification C800 and the further requirements specified herein. Obtain a copy ofthe latest revision of AWWA Specification C600 and Keep iton the job site in good condition forthe Trade Contractor's, Construction Manager's, and Designers use. Standard Hydrostatic Test. 4. Admit water slowty into the section to be tested and expel all ar through all hydrants and through corporation stops or other openings at ll high points inthe piping. 2. Aer all air has been expelled, apply a hydrostatic test pressure of at least 150 per cont of the working pressure at the point of testing. Additionally, the test pressure shall be atleast 4100 pst and shall be subject to ali the restictions of AWWA Specification C600. 3. Maintain the pressure within the test section for @ period of at least two hours, pumping additional water as required to maintain the pressure at all times within five psi of the ‘original test pressure, Determine the LEAKAGE by measuring the volume of water pumped to maintain the pressure 2s specifed herein. 4, Repair all apparent leaks, providing new materials as required in order to make the Necessary repairs. No apparent leak shal be eft unrepaired, regardless ofthe test resuits. 5. The LEAKAGE, as determined by the above procedure, shall not exceed that permitted by AWWA Specification C600. If the measured leakage exceeds the specified maximum allowable leakage, locate and repair the leaks and repeat the test unt results satisfactory to the Designer have been obtained. 6. Excopt as specifically exempted elsewhere, all pipework, fitings, valves, and related items shall be subject tothe requirements of his STANDARD hydrostatic test. Speci Hydrostatic Test: Pipework fitings, valves, equipment, and other related items shall be subject to. the requirements of ‘this SPECIAL hydrostatic fest ONLY where specified, indicated, or authorized. 2. Remove all air from items to be tested and fil with clean water. With suitable pumps and ther necessary equipment, apply at least the hydrostatic test pressure speciied below. Remove the source of pressure without relieving the pressure within the items under test Test, Adjust, & Batance of SystemsL Se ‘COMM. NO. 2422-09 018153 ‘With suitable gauges, monitor the pressure within the items under test fora period, locate and remedy the causes of such loss. Repeat this procedure until the test gauges indicate ro pressure loss during the-specified time period, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Additionally, no apparent leak or other defect shall be left unrepaired regardless of the results ofthe herein spected test. ‘3. The minimum test pressure fr this SPECIAL hydrostatic test shell be as follows: a. Noles than 100 psi forall cases. . At least 200% of the pressure corresponding to the pump total discharge head for pumps, valves, pipework, and all related items included in boester pump stations. 3.04 STERILIZING WATER LINES: A. Affer all tests have been accepted and before placing the pipe lines and related items in ‘service, thoroughly.clean and steriize the tems involved as specified herein, ‘This shall include all pipework and related items with which potable water comes into contact. B. Sterlize all pipework and related items with chioine for at least twenty-four hours duration. C. Introduce sufficient chlorine into pipe line to provide at least 50 ppm chlorine concentration throughout the entre piping system and at least 25 ppm chlorine residual at the end of 24 hours, using either Equid chlorine or chlorine-bearing compounds similar to "HTH", and determining the required quantity of chlorinating agent in accordance with the manufacture’s, irections for the calculated volume of water to be treated. Inject chlorine solution into the pipe lines through corporation stops installed at proper locations in the pipe tine, or through other ‘openings. D. After atleast twenty-four hours retention time, drain the sterilizing solution from the pipework to ‘waste. Through the hydrants and other openings, thoroughly flush out the pipework with clean water. Refi the pipework with clean water. E. After refiling the pipework with clean water, take samples of the water at approved locations in the pipe line. At the contractor's expense, have the samples analyzed for bacterial purity by an approved laboratory. F, Repeat the storilzing process and the taking of samples until the samples indicate that the \waler is free of contamination and safe for domestic use, all tothe satisfaction of the Designer and the Tennessee Department of Health and Environment. G. Provide all necessary chlorine bearing compounds, solution tanks, pumps, hoses, mops, and ‘ther items required forthe sterilizing and flushing operations, DO NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES OPEN THE SECTIONALIZING VALVES BETWEEN THE EXISTING WATER MAINS AND THE NEW WATER MAINS UNTIL THE BACTERIAL ANALYSIS OF THE MAINS INVOLVED HAS BEEN APPROVED, EXCEPT THAT PRIOR TO THIS AND WITH APPROVAL THESE VALVES MAY BE OPENED ONLY AS. REQUIRED TO ADMIT WATER INTO THE NEW MAINS FOR TESTING, STERILIZING, AND FLUSHING, 3,08. TESTS FOR ALL GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS: ‘A. Low-Pressure Air Tests: Perform these in accordance with ASTM Specification C-828 for all gravity sewers. . Exfllration Tests: Fil piping with water to provide at least a 4 foot hydrostatic head above inside top of pipe at high end of section involved, and to provide at least a 4 foot standing head there at enid of test, but not more than 15 ft. hydrostatic head above inside top of pipe at high ‘end of section involved, and to provide at feast a 4 foot standing head there at end of test, but riot mare then 15 f. hydrostatic head above inside top of pipe at lowest end thereot. Maintain ‘each test for at least 2 hours. Tests shall include all manholes, each of which shall be considered as a section of pipe with inside diameter equal to that of manhole. Test heads specified above are based upon trenches and backlll fee of excess water. If excess water is present in trenches or backfil, increase above specified test head to compensate for counteracting extemal pressures on pipes. “Test, Adjust, & Balance of Systems4. Exfilratn of tat new sewers, or each secon treo, shell notexceed 200.9alone er. mile of pipe per 24 hours per inch of intemal pipe diameter, including hour connections, if : any. C. Deflection Tests for PVC Gravity Flow Sowers: Each in-plave stretch of PVC sewer pipe shall be checked for excessive deflection by puling a go-no-go mandrel through the pipe, or by other : approved test methods. Deflection tests shall not be performed untl at least 24 hours after backfling. Pipe with diametrical deflection exceeding 6 percent ofits inside diameter shall be uncovered, rebedded, and rebackflled as required to correct excessive deflection. Rebedded and rebackfiled pipe shail be retested prior to its acceptance. Each mandrel to be used in the 7 deflection tests shall be epproved by the Designer prior to testing. 306. FINAL VALVE AND HYDRANT CHECK: ‘A. Alter completion ofall water ine work and before the work will be accopted, make a final check Of each valve and hydrant installed inthis project and of esch valve and hydrent that has been ‘operated in connection with the work under this project. B, Make the final check inthe Designers presence and demonstrate the fllowing: 1. That each valve operates property. 2. That each valve isin the proper position forthe normal operation of the water system, 3. That each hydrant operates properly ands eft closed wth all nozzle caps in place. 3.07 COMPACTION TESTING: ‘A. The compaction testing will be the responsbilly of Bid Package #20 Plumbing and HVAC. - 8. The independent laboratory will conduct tests as directed by the Designer to insure compliance ‘with compaction densities spectied hereinafter. 3.08. GRAVITY SEWER TEST FOR LINE AND GRADE: = ‘A. During pipe laying, light from the beginning end of each straight section between manholes | shall remain constantly visible from the working end, and shall show the true character and | shape of the inside surface of the sewer, which shail be clroular In form. This test will be - 7 applied to each completed section of sewer before its acceptance. Teke up and relay all pipe ‘which is notin true alignment or shows any settlement after laying. | END OF SECTION COMM. NO, 2422.09 ors18.4 Test, Adjust, & Balance of Systems_ + “SECTION 02050 - Se SITE DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL. 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 WORK INCLUDED A. Removal and disposal of designated foundations, pavements, concrete, ‘curbs, culverts, utilities and other structures. RELATED WORK A. Section 02110: Clearing and Grubbing B, Section 02210: Site Grading QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications: Minimum of 5 years experience in demolition of comparable structures. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Comply with requirements of local codes 2. Comply with requirements of the loca Public Health Authority. 3. Comply with local utility companies and/or utility districts. SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of severance of utility services. B. Permit for transport and disposal of debris, C. Demolition procedures and operational sequence for review by Owner’s Representative. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02050. 1 Site Demolition1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. PART2 PART3 Protection: 1, Brect barriers, fences, guard rails, enclosures, and shoring to ‘protect structures, and utilities remaining intact. 2, Protect designated trees and plants from damage. MAINTAINING TRAFFIC 1. Ensure minimum interference with roads, street, driveways, sidewalks, and adjacent facilities. 2. Donot close.or obstruct strecls, sidewalks, alleys or passageways without permission from authorities having jurisdiction and affected property owners. 3. required by governing authorities, provide altemate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Prepare adjacent areas to prevent injury, movement or settlement of structures which are to remain, Arrange for, and verify termination of uility services to include removing meters and capping lines Remove items scheduled to be salvaged for Owner, and place in designated storage area. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. ‘Remove concrete pavement, base, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, driveways, ete. And dispose of as follows: 1. Dispose of items which are not more than two feet below subgrade elevation. 2. Break items more than two fect below existing or final subgrade. elevation into sizes no to exceed twelve inches in maximum Comm. No. 2422-09 02050. 2 Site Demolitionbe LR —_ 3.08 dimension and leave in place, unless it interferes with succeeding items of construction. 3. Stockpile ballast, gravel other pavement materials when required, B. Coordinate removal and relocation of power poles, street lighting, telephone lines and site lighting, with the local electric utility. C. Remove existing water services, sanitary sewer and storm drainage pipe and structures as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction, D. Remove old foundations, cisterns etc., which may be encountered within the building area. Cap any existing wells in accordance with state and local regulations. E — Removeall existing fences, gates, rock piles and other various farming structures. Dispose of this material in accordance with state and local regulations. DEBRIS REMOVAL ‘A. Promptly remove demolition debris from site. B. Obtain permission from applicable regulatory authority for disposal of debris to waste disposal site. ©. Donot store or burn materials on site. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 02050. 3 Site Demolitionbe me SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECT ION INCLUDES A. Excavating B, Backfilling C. Grading D. Topsoil 1.02 RE LATED SECTIONS A. Trenching and backfilling for underground piping: Division 15, Mechanical. B. Trenching and backfilling for underground electrical work: Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 PR ICES A. Itis understood and agreed that full compensation has been included in the Base Bid amount for all excavation work encountered as Unclassified Excavation. 1.04 DEF INITIONS ‘A. Classification of Excavated Materials: 1, All materials to be excavated shall be Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified Excavation shall include the removal of all materials encountered, both natural and artificial, a. Unsuitable Soil Excavation: i Includes removal of soils which cannot be stabilized by compaction, ‘or where in the opinion of the Architect and the Soit” Eagincer attempting stabilization by compaction would be unsuccessful. b._ Solid rock excavation limits: i. Two feet outside of concrete work for which forms are required, except footings. i. One foot outside the perimeter of footings. Neat outside dimension of concrete work where no forms are required. iv. Two feet wider than the inside diameter of pipe, but not less than 3 feet trench width. B. Design Sub-grade for earth excavati N 1. Sub-grade for footing excavation: Bottom of footing 2. ‘Sub-grade in arcas of building peds: ‘Bottom of stone elevation 3. Sub-grade for paving work Bottom of stone base Comm. No. 2422-09 0220.1 Earthwork4, Sub-grade for pipe trenching work: Invert elevation of pipe plus the required bedding depth One foot below concrete floor slabs on ground, except where C. Design sub-grade for solid rock &xéavation 1. Sub-grade for floor slabs: otherwise specified. 2, ‘Sub-grade in all pipe trenches: 6" below invert elevation of pipe. 3. Sub-grade in footing trenches: ‘Top of bedrock 4, Sub-grade for pavement work: Bottom of stone base 5. Subgrade for greenhouses 36 Inches below finished floor elevation. D. Topsoil: 1. Definit a. Ferile soil, indigenous to the site, free from roots, stones larger than 1 inch, refuse, toxic substances, decomposed stone, salts or alkali, 2. Ownership: a, Topsoil shall be considered property of the Owner and shall not be removed from the site prior to completion of top soiling operations and approval by the Owner. B, Engineered Fill: 1. All fill in areas to be occupied by the building and paving, and extending 10 feet outside the perimeter of the building, shall be controlled (engineered) fill and the compaction shall be tested by a testing agency selected by the Owner. 2. Controlled fill in areas of buildings and paving shall be compacted to not, Jess than 98% of maximum density within a range of minus 3 to plus 3 percentage points of optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM ‘Specification D-698 latest edition (Standard Proctor). 1.05 SAMPLES ‘A. Submit samples of approximately 100 pounds each of the ill material he proposes to use to the testing agency selected by the Owner at least 10 days prior to its use. B. The testing agency shall test such samples and classify them as specified by the U.S. Bureau of Public Roads, shall determine the moisture-density in pounds per cubic foot of oven dried weight. 1.06 PRO JECT / SITE CONDITIONS A. Examination of the Site: 1. Bidders upon work under this section, before submitting bids, shall visit and carefully examine each site so as to familiarize themselves with the existing conditions including amount of topsoil available, and the difficulties that will affect the execution of the work. Comm. No. 2422-09 0200.2 BarthworkB, Sub-Surface Conditions: 1. A subsurface investigation has been made near the site of the new building. ‘The report including drawings of the subsurfice investigation is available for inspection in the office of the Architect. See Section 00300, Supplemental Instructions to Bidders. 2. Bidders shall not utilize boring log information,_test pit information, ete. within these reports as a basis for determining quantities of work, materials encountered, ete, in the preparation of their bids, however specific recommendation of the Geotechnical Engineer shall take precedent over general grading specifications in the event of a conflict. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Backfill Material: 1. General: a. Should sufficient fll materials not be available from areas of the site shown by contours to be cut, additional off-site borrow material shall be obtained by the Contractor as required conforming to paragraph “3” below. . Backfill material shall be a type that can be compacted to the densities specified under the conditions existing atthe site atthe time it is placed. © Backfill material shall be fiee of vegetation, roots, large rocks, debris and other deleterious materials. 2. Crushed Stone: a. Crushed stone for compacted backfill: i. Class A Aggregate, Grading D for Type A base, as specified in Section 303 - Mineral Ageregate Base, of Tennessee Department of Highways Standard Specifications. for Road and Bridge Construction, dated March 1, 1995, when tested in accordance with AASHO Tit-and 127, “ fi, The material shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations or mixed in an approved plant. fii, The plent shall blend and mix the materials to meet the specifications" and to secure the optimum moisture content for compaction, iv. Aggregate shall contain no calcium chloride, . Crushed stone for compacted bedding and backfill in pipe trenches: Class B crushed stone, as specified in Paragraph 903.05 of ‘Tennessee Department of Highways! Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, dated March 1, 1995. fi The base material shall be uniformly blended during crushing ‘operations or mixed in an approved plant. fi iii, The plant shall blend and mix materials to meet the specifications and to secure the optimum moisture content for compaction. Comm. No, 2422-09 0200.3 Earthworkwd. iv. Aggregate shall contain no calcium chloride, . “Porous crushed stone fill below concrete sidewalks: i, Tennessee State Highway Department Size No. 6 (3/4" to 3/8"). 3. Barth for Compacted Fill and Engineered Fill: a. Clean clay with a low to medium plasticity (PI less than 25) or a cohesionless soil containing less than fifteen percent particles passing the No. 200 sieve. Maximum particle size of 4 inches, 'b, Materials taken from excavations on the site may be used for backfilling provided that it meets the requirements specified. 1. Ifsuch material is insufficient to complete the Work, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain suitable borrow ‘matetial from other sources 4, Fill in areas other than those where controlled fill is specified (Le, in grassed afeas) a. Backfill material for use in areas to be seeded or planted shall be clean ‘earth, free from large stones or rock fragments, large roots and debris, but may contain loam or similar organic matter PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORK INCLUDED (GENERAL) ‘A. Doall excavating, filling, backfilling, grading and all necessary incidental work in connection therewith required to install all work shown and specified under ‘the Contract, except trenching and backfilling for underground piping and conduit. BB, Work sal ich tut ot be nied ‘Topsoiling and fine grading of areas to be seeded or sodded. z Excavating and grading for drives, walks and curbs; porous fill under. concrete walks and curbs 3. Pordus fill bebind retaining walls 4, Removal of existing ground structures such 2s building foundations,” and abandoned underground piping and other underground utilities. 5. Provide 30 inches of topsoil on all athletic fields, (IF USED) C. Refer to Section 03300 — Cast in Place Concrete for excavation work required for placement of concrete at or below grade. D. All grading within public right of ways shall be performed in accordance with. local jurisdiction requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. In areas to be excavated, cut, or filled, remove topsoil and stockpile in a convenient location until it is used for fine grading of areas to be seeded or planted, Comm. No. 2422-09 0200.4 Earthwork1. Topsoil shall not be used for fill or backfill under slabs on ground, walks, or paving. BB. After topsoil as been removed from building areas and areas to be paved and after excavating and rough grading building areas and areas to be paved which are in out to the required subgrade elevations, and which are to receive engineered fill, proof-rol the area in the presence of the Soil Engineer using a fully-loaded dump truck or similar pneumatic-tired equipment. Any areas cxhibiting significant deflection shall be scarified and recompacted to 98% of its Standard Proctor density. . In building or paving areas, where unsuitable soil conditions are encountered, if so directed by the Architect, excavate and remove the unsuitable soil from the site and backfill the area with engineered fill. 3.03 USE OF EXP LOSIVES A. Preblast Survey: See Section 02211 B. Monitoring of Blasting Operations: See Section 02211 3.04 EXCAVAT ING A. All footings shall bear upon bed rock, B, When rock is encountered, it shall be stripped of overburden and excavated. C. Where sound rock occurs under footings, over excavate the rock to allow for the placement of at least one foot of engineered fill between the rock and the ‘contact surface of the footing. D, All other excavation shall be to depth and of form and size required for installation of work shown on the drawings. E, Excavations for foundation walls shall be large enough to provide sufficient working space to penmit the proper placing and inspection of forms, ‘waterproofing, sleeves, and similar items, and the installation of foundation drains where such drains are shown. F. Excavation for slabs on ground shall be deep enough to allow for placing porous fill of depths specified under the slabs. G. Where sound rock occurs under slabs, remove the rock to a depth of 12" below the bottom of the slab and replace with engineered backfill. . Excavate wall and column footings to viably weathered bedrock (refer to paragraph 1,04 ~ Definitions, for rock excavation requirements) or engineered earth fill Sides of excavations shall be square and bottoms shall be level. Changes in level of wall footings shall be made by stepping and not by sloping. ‘Trenches, if excavated properly, may be used to maintain the concrete for wall footings without the use of forms. Do not make excavations in earth for footings, slabs, walks, and other structures to fall depths required wihen freezing temperatures or rain may be expected. Place concrete footings immediately after excavation is completed. m gor oper Comm, No. 2422-09 022005, BarthworkN. Canry freezing or water damaged excavations deeper as required and backfill as, necessary at no additional cost to the Owner 3.05 BACKFILLING ‘A Material and compaction of backfill for excavations in controlled ll shall conform to requirements specified for controlled fll. B, Brake up cohesive soils that have become hard and lumpy or that have been piled and become dry, and properly condition for optimum moisture content. ‘immediately before using in fill. €. Inno case shall earth backfill be wetted or puddted in place, D. Backfill excavations below the finished grade shall be after: 1. Removing forms, shoring and similar temporary work 2. Waterproofing has been completed 3. Piping and other underground work has been installed 4, Inspections have been made and approvals obtained. EB. Remove any caving of excavations or any backdill placed before inspections are. completed as the Architect may deem necessary. F. Do not backfill foundation walls below grade until floor slab above and installation of concrete fill in hollow masonry units are in place. G. Compact earth fill'in seeded or planted areas to a density that will prevent harmful or unsightly settlement of the finished grade. a. These areas need not be tested for specific percentage of compaction, H, Deposit all back6ll, not otherwise specified in layers not over 8” loose thickness and each layer shall be compacted as it is placed. 1. Install porous backiill (size 6 or equal in accordance with ASTM D-448 under concrete slabs on ground and concrete walks. 1. Porous backfill thickness shall be not less than 4" under slabs and 2° under walks. 3.06 ENG INEERED FILL ‘A. Where sound rock is excavated to 12" below footings, refill the footing- excavations from top of rock to bottom of footing with controlled compacted fill. Compacted soil free from rock shall be provided in greenhouse areas to a depth of 36 inches below finished floor elevation. B. After all tri, topsoil, roots, debris and other objectionable materials that would cause interference with the compaction of the fill have been removed, and the area bas been scarified, compacted, and proof-rolled, the area to be filled shall ‘be re-scarified and broken to a depth of 6 inches. Spread a thin layer, 3 inches thick, of the specified ‘ill material on the scarified base and the whole: compacted as specified. C. Form the fill in successive horizontal layers of not over 8 inches loose depth deposited in windrows and machine spread. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 0200.6, ‘Earthwork1, Compact each layer to the percentage of maximum density at optinmam moisture content specified by means of sheeps foot rollers, or other ~~ approved mechanical compacting machines. : 2. Where the fill is inaccessible to tamping rollers, consolidate and compact by mechanical hand tampers, — Dy In cut areas, extend the excavation below any deleterious materisls or unsatisfhctory soil as specified, 1. Searify and compact all soft soils in the approved cut to the required density. 3.07 ROUGH GRAD ING A. Doall grading inside building to bring sub-grade to proper level at underside of floor slab. B, Do all grading outside the buildings required to bring the site to the finished szades indicated on the drawings. . . Bring sub-grade in areas to be seeded and planted to within 5" of finishe szades. D. Bring sub-grades under walks and paved areas to proper elevations at bottom of surfacing material to within two-tenths of one foot plus or minus, of the required grades and profiles. E. Grades not otherwise shown shall be uniform levels or slopes between points ‘where elevations are given, between such points and existing finished grades. F. Donot carry “cut” deeper than necessary to reach required elevations. G. Place fill evenly, in layers, over the entire area to be filled a. Compact each layer shall be thoroughly to a sufficient density to prevent unsightly settlement H. Topsoil placed on athletic fields shall extend a minimum of 10’ beyond the” Limit of Field or foul territory except in locations where topsoil would ‘extend beneath a proposed structure such as track, bleacher or sidewalk. 3.08 F INE GRADING A. Surface all-areas where existing: grass lawn cover is damaged or disturbed by construction operations under the Contract and areas indicated on the site plan to be grass with topsoil not less than 5" thick after compaction. . B. After the rough grading and other construction operations have been completed ‘o the point where the areas will not be disturbed by subsequent work, clean the sub-grade fice from waste materials of all kinds, large rocks, and other objectionable material; scarify and pulverize to a depth of 4"; grade to remove remaining surface irregularities and cover with the topsoil previously removed and stockpiled. C. If the previously stockpiled topsoil is not sufficient to cover the areas as specified, furnish additional topsoil obtained from other sources. 1. The topsoil obtained from other sources shall be clean, friable loam free from objectionable weed seeds similar in nature to the indigenous top soil sttipped from the site. Comm. No, 2422-09 0200.7 EarthworkD. Slope finished grades away from the building in all cases. Permit no sinks or dams. E. Hand trim and reke topsoil to finished grades and leave ready for seeding or planting. ‘ F. All athletic fields shall be laser graded or equivalent to provide grading tolerance of 0.05 feet. — 3,09 D ISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Remove from the site and dispose of off the Owner's property all broken rock, ‘roken concrete, fragments of asphalt paving, and debris not used for fill or backfill i the work. B. Only upon completion of the project, if so directed by the Owner, and at no additional cost to the Owner, remove from the site and dispose of off the Owmer’s property any topsoil that the Owner docs not wish to keep on the property 3.10 PROTECT ION ‘A. Perform excavation and grading operations in a manner to ensure positive and. rapid surface runoff of water away from the building area at all times. B. Fully protect banks, slopes and adjacent structures against harmful staffing and erosion by the use of shoring or other temporary construction, if necessary. C. Keep the excavations free of water by temporary dams or drains, pumping, or other adequate means, until backfilling is completed. D. Maintain drainage so that there will be no ponding causing undue saturation of ‘the fill while the work is in progress. 1. If an area becomes saturated, remove all soft materials and scarify, allow. material to dry, and recompact to the required density. B, Existing Work and Landscape Features: 1. Perform excavating, filling, backfilling and grading in such a manner and by such methods that will not damage existing structures, existing underground piping, existing overhead wiring, and existing trees and other landscape planting. END OF SECTION ‘Coma. No. 2422-09 022008 EarthworkPART1 1.01 SECTION 02211 CONTROLLED BLASTING — GENERAL, Controlled blasting shall be performed as established by these specifications in order to accomplish the excavation required by the drawings and specifications, . Controlled blasting is defined as the use of commercial explosives to Toosen rock and other material so that it may be removed with power equipment while maintaining the safety of and preventing injury or damage to all personnel, structures, and facilities within the range of the blast. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, superintendence, ‘transportation, services, and operations to complete the work under this section, ‘This section includes, but is not limited to, the following major items of work. 1, Pre-blast survey. Preparation of blasting program, ‘Trial blasting. Production blasting. Monitoring of blasting Cleanup and repair of damage caused by blasting. ave RELATED WORK Excavating & Compacting for Structures ‘Temporary Excavation Shoring & Underpinning QUALITY ASSURNACE ‘Blasting shall be performed by a qualified explosives specialist, ‘employed by the Contractor. All blasting shall be done in accordance with the Tennessee blasting Standards Act of 1991 and is specified herein. Comm. No. 2422.09 ona Controlled Blastingpele ‘The Contractor shall have a Registration Certificate and each employee engaged in the blasting activity shall carry a valid identification card issued by the Division of Fire Prevention. ‘The Contractor shall retain a consultant to prepare and conduct the pre- blast survey, blasting program and to supervise and assist in monitoring the blasting. The consultant shall be a geotechnical engineer registered in the State of Tennessee, experienced in the use of explosives, and satisfactory to the Architeet/Engineer. ‘The Contractor's consultant shall recommend a blasting program to the Contractor. Criteria for the selection of this program shall be prevention of damage to existing structures and the prevention of any interruption in their services. ‘The blasting program shall include, but not be limited to, data on the locations, hole size, depth, over depth, pattern and inclination of the blast holes, the type, strength, amount, distribution, and powder factor for the ‘explosives used, per hole and per blast, the sequence and pattern of delays, ‘maximum amount of explosives in any one day period, depth of rook, and depth of overburden, if any, and the description and purpose of special methods to be used. This data shall be reviewed and approved by the Contractor’s consultant before being submitted to the Architect/Engineer. Scismographic monitoring shall be done by the Contractor's consultant during the trial program and general excavation blasting and a record. made of the peak particle velocities caused by the blasting. This data is to ‘be included in the blasting program submitted under the 1.03 F above, and in the blasting report. ‘The Contractor shall maintain a daily log for ready inspection by the Architect/Engineer...A completed blasting report shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer at the conclusion of all blasting. ‘The contractor shall notify local jurisdiction (city or county) prior to blasting in accordance with local requirements. Comm. No. 2422-09 o2211.2, Controlled Blastingi be bee mm 1.04 A 1.05 A B. c SUBMITTALS. General: Comply with the applicable provisions specified herein: 1. The name and qualifications of the consultant selected for approval prior to commencement of construction. 2. The approved blasting consultant shall provide a plan for the trial blasting program to the Architect/Engineer prior to conducting this program, and the results of the trial blasting program upon completion. ‘The result of the pre-blast survey. 4, Blasting program and support data prior of rock excavation. 5. Blasting log and report. JOB CONDITIONS ‘Take all precautions necessary to prevent personal injury, damage to real or personal property, or interference with use and enjoyment of any property resulting from blasting or the vibration or concussion caused by blasting in the performance of this contract, These precautions shall ‘include, but are not limited to, investigations by the Contractor to establish limits of the size and nature of individual blasts which may be safely sczomplishod without damage or intererenoe with the use ofthe property. Immediately info the Archtenginoer nd in wing ofall ates conceming ‘ané-elaims between the public, or government, and the Contractor. If the Contractor causes damage, injury or interference, as stated herein, the Contractor shall modify his blasting procedures. ~ The Contractot hereby assumes all liability for all personal injury, any damage to real or personal property, or interference with the use or ‘enjoyment of any property by reason of blasting or the resulting vibration or concussion. The Contractor assumes full esponsibility for operating all equipment and performing all blasting in conformance with Federal and State laws, and regulations prescribed by any other Governmental authority limiting the amount of vibration or concussion. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 om211.3 Controlled BlastingPART2 2.01 PART3 3.01 PRODUCTS PRE-BLAST SURVEY ‘The Contractor's consultant will conduct a pre-blast survey of the surrounding structores within 500” of any blasting operation and document their condition before any blasting begins. The documentation will include written descriptions, and photographs of the structures, and measures of obvious signs of structural distress such as cracks. ‘Gange marks will be located over existing cracks at sclected locations to bbe measured before and after blasting to determine if widening or displacement has taken place. Before carrying out the inspection, the Contractor shall notify the Owners of the buildings or structures to be inspected and request permission to carry out the inspection. Should any building Owner refuse permission to carry out this inspection the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in vnriting, giving the Owner's reason for refusal. Explosion and firing devices shall be: 1. Ofatype that is commercially available. 2. Suitable for the use intended, 3. Imacondition resulting from proper storage and maintenance. 1 Blasting niat shall be of a size and type suitable for the use intended. EXECUTION TRIAL BLASTING A trial blasting program shall be conducted as directed by the Contractor's consultant before general excavation blasting may commence, ‘The ‘maximum explosive charge weight per delay period utilized shall be limited to the emount submitted in the blasting plan. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 0211.4 Controlled Blasting3.03 ‘Trial blasting shall consist of determining the relationship between peak particle velocities and weight of the explosive charges by a planned program of trial blasts. Beginning with small weights of explosive, successively greater explosive weights shall be detonated and the particle ‘velocities measured at several distances from the blast, The trial blasting and field observations are intended to develop a relationship between size of the explosive charge, distance from the explosion, and particle velocity. “This data shall be used as a basis for controlling the blasting program. ‘The initial blasts in any blasting area shall be considered test blasts. These test blasts will be monitored, at nearest structures, and modification of the maximum explosive charge weight per delay may be allowed providing that the vibration effects, at the nearest structure, are maintained below the specified levels. The modifications to the maximum charge weight per delay will only be allowed on the advice of the vibration consultant and ‘with the approval of the Architect/Engineer. GENERAL BLASTING PROCEDURES Definition: A blast shall be defined as a predetermined number of shots. A minimum delay time of 8 milliseconds shall elapse between each individual shot within a blast. ‘The interval between individual shots may ‘be increased or decreased if requested by the Contractor’s consultant. The Contractor must, however, remain within the vibration limits hereinafter described. BLASTING VIBRATION LIMITS Blasting vibretions as recorded adjacent to the foundation of the nearest aboveground stractures shall be limited as fellows: A peak particle velocity (on any component of a 3-component particle velocity recording seismograph) of A. 2.0 inch/second for structures less than 100” from the blast. B. 1.5 inch/second for structures 101’ to 200” from the blast. C. 1.0 inch/second for structures 201’ to 300” from the blast. D, 0.5 inch/second for structures greater than 300” from the blast. ‘Comm. No, 2422-09 221s Controlled BlastingB. Where blasting operations are to occur concurrent with concrete placement, the following allowable velocities for blasting near such concrete at various percentages fits 28-day strength, shall apply. Concrete Strength Percent Allowable Velocities at Approximate ‘28-day Streng Point of sec Concrete As ‘Less than 10% On Up to 24 hrs after initial concrete set 30% 05 Two days 15% 10 Seven days 100% 20 ‘Twenty-eight days It shall be the blasting contractor's responsibility to design each blast in such a manner as to produce acceptable levels of vibration at the specific points of concer. Moreover, all blasting sball be monitored by Anowledgeable personne] approved by the Owner using vibration instruments to verify that blast-induced vibrations do not exeeed acceptable levels. C. Since the existing structures are, in many cases, very close to the blasting area, very slight changes in any blasting variable will result in large changes in vibration intensities. Modification of the blasting method and reduction of the explosive charge weight per delay shall be used to ensure ‘hat the above limits are met. D. The maximum peak particle velocity may be increased with the written, approval of the Contractor’s consultant providing that the Contractor and his consultant prove that no damage to existing structures will result. 3.04 AIR BLAST LIMITS A. Air blast from blasting shall be controlled such that: 1. The maximum allowable air blast at any inhabited structure resulting from blasting operations shall not exceed 130 decibels ‘peak when measured by an instrument having a flat response (plus ‘or minus 3 decibels) over the range of at least 6 to 200 Hz. Comm. No. 2422-09 7211.6 Controlled Blasting3.05 2. The maximum allowable air blast at any construction resulting from blasting operations shall not exceed 140 decibels peak when ‘measured by an instrument having a flat response (plus or mints 3 decibels) over the range of at least 6 to 200 Hz. Air blast shall be monitored with an approved instrument having the required frequency response and capable of providing a permanent record of the air blast effects. These records, identified by time and recording location shall be made available to the Architect/Engineér on a monthly basis or in a tabulated form at other time as required, PRE-SPLITTING Pre-splt at the designated slope lines, all rock formations within ‘excavation limits that are conducive to excavation by diilling and blasting except where line drilling is indicated on the excavation drawings. Perform pre-splitting before blasting and excavating the interior of the specified cross section at any particular location. Pre-splitting to obtain smooth faces in the rock formations shall be performed by drilling holes at uniform intervals of between 2° and 4°along the slope lines designated on the drawings or by the Architect/Engineer. All pre-split holes should be detonated simultaneously. Adjust the intervals of the drill holes, as deemed necessary, within the specified range inorder to obtain the smoothest faces possible. ‘When accurate drilling can be maintained, the holes for pre-splitting may be drilled to the specified full depth of the excavation of to the specified bench elevations. No pre-split holes shall deviate from the intended plans of pre-spliting by more than 9 inches in any direction. For depths that are to be drilled with more than one lift of holes, each additional lit of holes ‘ay be offset a distance of 1” per lift outside the designated slope lines to allow the proper positioning of the drilling equipment ix subsequent lifts. ‘The Contractor shall begin the pre-splitting taking any later offsets into account. No pavement will be allowed for any extra material excavated because of the drill holes being offset outside the designated slope lines. Charge the holes with explosives of a size, kind and strength and at a spacing suitable for the formations being pre-split, and to do so with stemming material that passes a 3/8” standard sieve and that has the qualities necessary for proper confinement of the explosives. ‘The Architect/Engineer may order discontinuance of the pre-splitting ‘when he has determined that the materials encountered have become ‘unsuitable for being pre-split. Comm, No, 2422-09 0211.7 Controlled Blasting,3.07 Comm. No. 2422-09 022118 Locate holes drilled for blasting the interior of the cross sections 3° or ‘more from the pre-split faces, charge with proper quantity of explosives so as not to damage the pre-spit faces, and detonate separately from the pre- splitting charges. The use of time-delay or caps will be considered separate detonation. LINEDRILLING Linedtrlling shall consist of closely spaced adjacent drill holes installed before any blasting in areas designated on the excavation drawings. Ceater-to-center spacing should be twice the hole diameter, which should ‘not exceed 3 inches, Linedrilled holes may be drilled full depth, if the Contractor can demonstrate in a test hole drilled with the same equipment as production holes that vertically can be maintained within a tolerance of ‘one inch in 10 feet. A device shall be provided to measure vertically in the test hole. Ifthe verticality of the test hole(s) is not satisfactory, linedrilling shall not exceed 30 feet in depth in any one lift. Special care shall be taken to ensure verticality of the holes. Holes sizes and spacing shall be submitted to the Architect/Structural Engineer for review prior to performing any linedrilling. ‘Where drill holes and the excavated rock face deviate from the tolerances specified herein the Contractor shall be responsible for additional excavation methods and/or remedial work and repair of the rock face to satisfaction of the Architect/Structural Engineer to achieve the designated ‘excavation lines shown on the drawings. Special care shall be taken adjacent to rock anchor locations to avoid damaging the anchored rock ‘mass or the anchors. CONTROL OF FLY ROCK All blasts shall be designed to prevent fly rock. The Contractor shall use adequate, good quality stemming material and the covering of blasts, where necessary, with blasting mats or an adequate direct cover will be required. CLEAN UP Remove material and restore site as directed in other sections of these specifications, Repair or replace items, structures, and facilities damaged by blasting. END OF SECTION Controlled BlastingKR SECTION 02214 PROOF ROLLING PART1 GENERAL , 102, RELATED WORK. A. Section 02210: Site Excavation B, Section 02260: Backfilling and Finished Grading 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Owner will employ a testing agency to observe proof-rolling operations and make required test. B. Donot perform proof-rolling operations unless testing agency personnel are present. C. Neither proof-rolling operations or subsequent fill operations will be acceptable for payment unless testing agency personnel views proof- rolling. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Vehicle: Loaded rubber tired dump truck having a single axle weight of approximately 30,000 Ibs, or similar equipment. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROOF-ROLLING A. Areas to proofroll: 1. Areas to be covered by construction, 2. Areas to be covered with fll. 3. Lawn areas attained by excavation. 4. Areas 10 fect beyond the above areas in all directions. Comm, No. 2422-09 0214.1 Proof RollingB. Observation: Run vehicle at normal walking speed so that the testing agency personnel may observe the ground at all times. Run vehicle in two directions —90 degrees to each other. ‘Ties shall cover 100% of site, ‘Testing personnel will conduct additional tests they deem necessary to determine existing conditions. Testing personnel will direct remedial actions they deem necessary. C. All proof olling within public right of ways shall be in accordance with, local jurisdiction requirements. 3.02 REMEDIAL WORK ‘A. Remedial work required by testing agency after viewing proof-rolling ‘operations are specified in individual sections requiring proof rolling. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 022142 Proof RollingSECTION 02215 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT PARTI GENERAL 101 WORK INCLUDED ~ A. Preparing subgrade to zeeive a base or pavement. B. Placing and compacting base material 1.02, RELATED WORK A. — Section 01400; Testing Laboratory Services B. Section 02110: Clearing and Grubbing C. Section 02210: Site Excavation D. Section 02513: Asphaltic Concrete Paving B. Section 02516: _Site Conerete Work 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ‘A. Perform work in accordance with Tennessee Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest Edition, B. Qualifications of Asphaltic Concrete Producer: Use only materials which - are furnished by a bulk asphaltic concrete producer regularly engaged in production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphaltic concrete. c Owner will provide material testing and inspection for quality control during paving operations. 1.04 , REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. Gradation of stone materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM C136. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ‘A. Mineral aggregate base for asphaltic concrete pavement: Comun. No. 2422-09 2215.1 Base Course For PavementPART3 A A 1. Section 903.05, type A base, grading “D” Pug Mill Mix State Highway Specifications. EXECUTION = 3.01 PREPARATION _ ‘Verify compacted subgrade is dry and has been approved to receive the work ofthis section, ~~ ‘Verify gradients and elevations of subgrade are comrect. Field Quality Control 1. Prooffoll subgrades that have been exposed to weather under provisions of Section 02214, 2. Remove materials identified by Testing Agency Personnel. ‘Backfill and compact such areas as specified in Section 02260. 3.02 PLACING BASE COURSE, Perform aggregate blending by approved stationary or travel plant methods. Mixing in stockpiles or on roadway will not be acceptable, ‘Spread base material uniformly over the area to produce required lines, ‘prades and cross-sections after compaction. 1. Indicated thickness of 6 inches or less may be constructed in a single course. 2. Spread and compact thickness greater than 6 inches in at least 2 courses. ‘Level and contour surfaces to the elevations and gradients indicated. ‘Compact each layer to at least 98% of the maximum dry density as, determined by ASTM D 1557. Adjust moisture content to achieve near optimum moisture content prior to compaction. If excess water is apparent, scarify aggregate and acrate to reduce the moisture content, ‘Use mechanical hand tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. Comm. No, 2422-09 022152 ‘Base Course For PavementG Conduct one density test, in accordance with ASTM D2167, for each 2500 ‘sq. yds. of in-place material, but in no case, not lesé than one daily for each layer. a 3.03 TOLERANCES A c Fiatness: Maximum variation of % inch measured with a 10 ft straight edge. ‘Scheduled compaction thickness: Within ¥ inch. Variation from true elevation: Within ¥ inch, 3.04 FINISHING AND MAINENANCE, : A Finish surfaces by rolling with a smooth steel wheel roller. Water the ‘surface and spread loose stones prior to rolling. Repair soft, yielding areas that develop in the final rolling. ‘Maintain final surface in smooth and uniform condition until base course is covered by subsequent pavement construction. Protect surface from silting or erosion until placement of final pavement ‘Where areas are disturbed by traffic, weather or other means, grade and recompact as necessary. END OF SECTION ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 022153, ‘Base Course For Pavement_ SECTION 02220 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR SERVICE UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A Excavation for piped utility material. Provide necessary sheeting, shoring and bracing, ‘Prepare trench bottom with appropriate materials. Dewater excavation as required. : Place and compact granular beds, as required, and backfill. 1,02. RELATED WORK A Section 01410: B. Section 02110: ©. Section 02210: D. Section 02260: EB Section 02500: F. Section 02513: G. Section 02721: HH. Section 02730: 1.03 TESTS A. ‘Testing Laboratory Services Clearing and Grubbing Site Excavation Backfiling and Finished Grading Site Utilities Asphaltic Concrete Paving, Stora Drainage Systems + Sanitary Sewage Systems ‘Test and analysis of fill material will be performed to determine ‘compaction of trench backfill in accordance with ASTM D698 and under provisions of Division 1 of the Specifications. 1, Have aggregate tested prior to moving material to job site, Comm. No. 2422-09 (2220.1 xcavating and Backfilling for Service Utilitiesa 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect excavation by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into. excavation. B. —_Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. C. Notify the Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue ‘work in affected area until notification to resume work. D. Provide surface drainage to keep excavations free of water. Grade the top | perimeter of excavations to prevent surface water run-off into excavations. Pump ifsequired. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. F. Protect Public Utilities to prevent damage. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE, A. Comply with requirements of the local department of public works. Contractor is responsible for obtaining and complying with local specifications. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Schedule trench excavations so that those pipes passing under foundations are in place and trenches are properly backtilled before foundations are placed. B. Coordinate with other trades affected by this work. PART2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pipe and structure bedding: 1. Coarse aggregate: ASTM D448 Size No 37, pit run or natural crushed stone or gravel, free from shale, clay, friable material and debris. 2, Fine aggregate: Clean, natural or manufactured sand, washed, free of silt, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter, with ‘no more than 15% finer than a No. 200 sieve. Comm. No. 2422-09 022202 Excavating and Backfilling for Service Utilitiesele ee ee 1 ‘Trench and pit backfill: Engineered fill material specified in Section 02260, for areas outside of building and pavement areas. Granular backfill (n0.57) for structural (pavement and walks) loaded areas. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 2 ‘A. Identify required lies, levels, contours, and datum under provisions of Division I of the Specifications. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. General: 1 2 3. 9. ‘Make excavations sufficiently wide to enable installation of | Utilities and allow inspection, Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock. Depths: Unless otherwise indicated, excavate to a depth which ‘will allow placement of pipes below frost line, but in no case less ‘than 2 feet below finished grade. ‘When excavation is in rock, over excavate at least 6 inches and backfill with crushed stone for bedding. Do not allow excavation to interfere with normal 45° bearing splay of foundations. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to the Owner. Fill over excavated areas under pipe bearing surfaces in accordance with direction by the Architect, Provide separate trenches for water lines and sewer lines. Provide separation specified in individual utility Sections. Stockpile excavated material in an area designated on the site. Keep material separate from materials stockpiled for reuse as backfill for structures and lawn areas. Remove excess materials from the site. Do not allow any pipe to be laid in wet, muddy or frozen trenches. Comm. No. 2422-09 (0220.3 Excavating and Backfilling for Service UtilitiesBL ‘Trenches: 1, Bel and spigot type piping: - 4, Excavate trenches wide enough to allow for proper jointing, bedding and visual inspection of at least the top half of each ‘side of pipe. fi, Bxcavate to a depth below fill aggregate so that tips of all piping is at least one foot below bottoms of concrete slabs. E Sewer and drain lines: Unless otherwise indicated, establish ‘uniform rates of fall so that lines will have a drop of 1/8 inch, - pet foot outside of the building. jv. Excevate so that bottom is uniformly smooth, and with bell holes scooped out so that the barrel of each length of pipe is fully supported. 2. Copper pipe, PVC pipe and electrical conduit: i. Bxcavate to a depth below fill aggregate, or furrow out fill aggregate, as applicable, so that tops of all runs are at least 6 inches below bottoms of concrete slabs after bedding is : accomplished. ii, In earth fill below aggregate, excavate to a depth of at least 6 inches below bottoms of runs in final position and backfill with sand, Tamp sand to settle it and provide a smooth surface to ‘uniformly support rans. Jn furrowed out fill aggregate, line trenches with a layer of roofing felt. Place at least 3 inches of sand on top of felt and ‘amp it smooth. iv. Trenches may be narrow provided materials to be installed can be properly bedded, connected and inspected. ©. Pit Excavation: 1. Excavate pits for items such as, but not limited to, manholes, catch basins, and grease traps to depths required for proper installation of items. 2, Make bottoms smooth and level. 3. Over excavate sides of pit enough to provide space for construction of forms or masonry work, as required, for proper installation and inspection. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02220-4Bxcavating and Backiilling for Service Utilitieske be 3.30 INSPECTION A B c ‘Verify that stockpiled fill is apptoved. ~~ “Verify that adjacent construction is braced to support surcharge forces ‘imposed by backfilling operations. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice or water, and that ‘ground surfaces are not frozen. 3.03 BACKFILLING A General: 1 1. Do not backfill until lines are installed, tested, and approved. 2. Support pipe and conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fll. 3, Backdill to coittours and-elevations. Backfill systematically, as carly as possible, to allow maximum time for settlement. Do not ‘backdill over porous, wet or spongy surfaces. 4, Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding. 6 inches in loose depth. Compact in accordance with standard procedure (ASTM A698). 5. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. 6. Remove surplus backfill materials from the site. 7. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials, Backdilling pipe 4 inches in diameter and larger: 1, Bed pipe a mininmum depth of 6 inches and extend to one foot above pipe. Place bedding to uniformly support pipe along the entire length and tamp to a dense condition. 2. Backfill with approved materials to a level of adjacent grades by placing in 6 inch maximum lifts and compacting each lif as, specified herein. Comm. No. 2422-09 02220.5 excavating and Backfilling for Service UtilitiesCc Backfilling pipe less than 4 inches in diameter: 1, Bed pipe a minimum depth of 3 inches and extend to one foot above top of pipe, Place bedding to uniformly support pipe-along the entire length and tamp to a dense condition. 2. Backfill with approved materials to level of adjacent grades By : placing in 6 inch maximum lifts and compacting each lift es specified herein. D. —_Backfilling pits. 1. Donot backfill pts until tems have been completed and Jested. 2. Conerete, masonry and cast ion items: Backfill with coarse aggregate, Place aggregate in one foot layers and compact each layer after it is placed. 3. Where items are placed in lawn areas, fill aggregate to within2 ft of finished grade, and finish backfilling to grade with earth fll. ‘Tamp and compact earth fil to the same density as adjacent grade miterials. 4. Where items are placed in areas covered by paving or other hard surfaced construction, fill with coarse aggregate to bottom of base course, 3.05 ‘TOLERANCES ‘A. Top surfaces of backfilling: 1 inch. 3.06 COMPACTION ‘A. Structural areas (outside of building pad): Compact to 98% of the proctor density specified above. B. —_ Lawnand landscape areas: Compact to 98% of the proctor density specified above. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. After wrk ofthis Sexton s complied eave ees clean and fe om is. B, After backfill is complete, remove excess fill material from the job site. END OF SECTION ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02220 6 Excavating and Backfilling for Service Utilitiesoe bene PARTI SECTION 02260 BACKFILLING AND FINISHED GRADING GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A B. Finish grade sub-soil. Cut out areas to receive stabilizing base course materials for paving and sidewalks. Place, finish grade and compact top soil. Grading the backfilling and finished covered under this specification (Section 02260) is for the portion of the project site outside the area of the proposed ‘buildings. Refer to the structural specifications for earthwork requirements inside the proposed building area. 1.02 RELATED WORK cies 5 RB Section 01410: Testing Laboratory Services Section 02110: Clearing and Grubbing Section 02210: Site Excavation Section 02214: Proof Rolling Section 02220: Excavating and Backfilling for Service Utilities Section 02933: Seeding 1.03 PROTECTION A Prevent damage to existing trees to remain, bench marks, pavement, and utility lines. Correct damage at no cost to the Owner. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A ‘Owner will employ a qualified testing laboratory to observe this work and make tests required. ‘Testing lab will: 1. Have borrow fill, agategate, sand and topsoil tested and approved before it is moved to the project site. Comm, No. 2422-09 0260.1 ‘Backiilling and Finished Grading— PART2 2. Observe proof rolling of site to determine adequacy of in-place soils. If soils ae not adequate to bear weights which will be imposed, Testing Lab will direct corrective action to be taken, 3, Testinplace soil and filled and compacted areas, If these are not adequate to bare weights imposed, Testing Lab will advise the Structural Engineer of his recommendations. He will direct any corrective measures that are necessary. 4, Verify quantities of material removed and quantities of material placed, ‘where Unit Prices are involved. PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A Comm, No. 2422-09 02260.2 ‘Topsoil: Friable loam free from subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stones and foreign matter; acidity rang (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5; containing a minimum of 4% and a maximum of 25% organic matter. Use topsoil stockpile on site if conforming to these requirements. {finadequate topsoil exists on site, contractor vill be responsible for providing additional topsoil. Contractor is responsible for removing oxcess topsoil from the project site if not needed, Granular Backfill: Souné, free-draining sand, gravel or crushed stone with less, than 10% passing the No. 200 sieve and maximum diameter of 1-1/2 inches. Engineered fill: Predominantly low to medium plastic clay soil, free from organic and inorganic debris, with maximum grain size of 3 inches and containing less than 15% non-plastic fines passing the No. 200 sieve, The plasticity index should be less than 25. On site soil/rock mixture generated from on-site excavations may ‘be utilized for fills beneath parking areas if meeting the requirements identified by ‘the geotechnical engineer. Common earth fill: Selected earth five from organic material, cinders, ice, and. rocks over 2 inches in their longest dimension, ‘Shot rock fill: Well graded mixture of blast-fractured rock fragments ranging in particle size from 18” in maximum dimension. A maximum 20 to 30 percent ‘passing the No. 4 sieve and no more than 5 percent the No. 200 sieve. Backfilling and Finished GradingPART3 EXECUTION —30l BACKFILLING A. Examination: Verify fill materials to be reused are acceptable under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Preparation: 1. Proofroll subgrade prior to fill placement as specified in Section 02214, and repair unstable subgrades prior to placement. C. Backfilling: 1. Backfill areas to required elevations with unftozen specified materials and compact to density equal to requirements specified below. 2, Systematically backfill o allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces, 3. Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding the following thickness in compacted depth: a. Granular fill: 6 inches b. Cohesive fill: 6 inches . Shot rock fill: Lifts as recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. 4, Maintain soil at optimum moisture content of backtill materials for fill areas to attain required compaction density. 5. The shot rock should be systematically placed in lifts no thicker than 100% of the maxine particle size and each lit should be thoroughly compacted (4 to 6 passes) with heavy tracked equipment, such as a Caterpillar D8 (or equivalent) or a 10 ton vibratory roller until dense and stable with essentially no voids as judged by the Geotechnical Engineer: The 24” shot rock may be placed to within 2 ft of the footing level or the placement subgrade and reduced to a maximum partial size of 12” above this level. D. Slopes: 1. Slope grade away from building minimum 0.2 feet in 10 feet unless indicated otherwise. 2. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas. Comm. No. 2422-09 022603 Backfilling and Finished GradingStockpile areas: 1. Remove sirrplus backfill materials from the site. 2. Leave areas completely free of excess materials, Field quality control 1. _Field inspection and testing will be performed as defined in Division 1 of ‘the specifications. 2. _~ Test and analysis of fill materials will be in accordance with ASTM D698. Dense graded aggregate engineered fill, if utilized, will be tested in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or other method recommended by the Owner’s testing agency and acceptable to the Owner's Representative, If test indicates the work of this Section does not meet specified requirements, remove, replace and retest materials at no cost to the Owner. 5. _~ Proofroll compacted fill surfaces under slabs-on-grade and paving for a distance of 10 feet beyond slabs and paving in all directions under ‘provisions of Section 02214, 3.02 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic, 330 SCHEDULE A. The paragraphs below identify location, fill material to be used (identified from ‘ower to upper fill material), compacted thickness of each fill, and compaction expressed as a percentage of maximum density and optimum moisture in comparison with soil proctor specified above. B. Areas under building: Refer to structural specifications for fill requirements beneath the building envelope, C. Seeded, sodded and landscaped areas: Engineered or earth fill to 6 inches below finish grade, compacted to 98%, In athletic field areas engineered or earth fill to 30 inches below finished grade, compacted to 98%. Comm. No. 2422-09 022604 Backfilling and Finished GradingAsphalt Paving: Engineered fill to bottonr of base course compacted to 98% Concrete paving: Engineered fill to bottom of base couirsé compacted to 98% Concrete walks and pads: Engineered fill bottom of aggregate course, compacted to 98%. — 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL, - ‘A. Place topsoil in areas where seeding, sodding, and planting is to be performed. Place to the following minimum depths, up to finished grade elevations: 1. 6 inches for seeded areas. 2. 6 inches for sodded areas. 3. 24 inches for planter beds. - 4, 16 inches for athletic fields, B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state, Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of sub-grades. D. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris-and other foreign material while spreading. F, Manually spread topsoil around trees and plants to prevent damage which may be ‘caused by grading equipment. F. Lightly compact placed topsoil. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, clean up and leave area free of debris, excess material, and equipment. B. Any excess earth shall be removed from the site by the contractor who shall properly dispose of the material, END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 0260.5, Backfilling and Finished Grading_ ‘SECTION 02360 ‘TERMITE CONTROL TREATMENT PART GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES ‘A. Termite control sol poisoning 1.02. REFERENCES ‘A. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act 4.03. QUALITY ASSURANCE ‘A. Chemical soil tteatment material and procedures shall conform fo current FHA. “Minimum Property Standards’ Publication No. 300, Section 315, and with recommendations contained in USDA H & G Bulletin No. 74 "Subterranean Termites, their Prevention and Control in Buildings’ 'B. An experienced pest control operator shall perform soll treatment in a timely fashion and in a manner that will produce the specified results. Operator shall have 5 years. documented experience and shall be licensed in the stale in which the project is located. C. Provide certification that toxicants conform to requirements of State In which project ls located 1.04. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Deliver and store products in accordance with Section 01600 B. Store products in cool, dry, well ventilated, locked storage space meeting all regulatory requirements. ©. Do not store below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. . Chemical shall be stored, handlad, and applied in accordance with the directions on the manufacturer's label 4.08 SEQUENCING ‘A. Apply toxicant barrier immediately prior to installation of vapor barrier under slabs on grado. 'B. Apply toxicant barrier around perimeter of structure after foundation is built 4.08 WARRANTY : ‘A. Upon completion of the Work, and as condition of final acceptance, fumish the Owner wit awn guarantee and waranty provid: ‘The soll as. boen treated. and that the soltion used in the treatment, is concontaton, rate, method and location, complies in every respect with these Specifications: and 2. If subterranean temite infestation should cccur in the treated building within 2 period of five years fam date of treatment, the Contractor shal promply. and Without cost to the Owner, retreat the soll in substantial conformance with these ‘pecticatons, and repair al constction damage caused by subterranean termites within the one-year waranly period. 3. Provisions for renewal of the guarantee for a total period of up to 15 years. ‘Comm, No. 2422-08. 02360.1, Termite Control Treatmentee 4. Annual inspections for the presence of subterranean termites during the guarantee period. B. The guarantee shall be dravn in favor of the Owner, successors, or assigns. A specimen of the form of guarantee shall be submitted for approval before the work begins. ©. The guarantee shall be effectuated by a bond Issued by a surety company licensed in the Sate of Tennessee and approved by the Owner. . The pest contro firm applying the treatment shall provide at least annual inspections for {ive years to detect the presence of subterranean termites, upon notice from the Owner that such presence is suspected, PART 2PRODUCTS 201 MATERIAL ‘A. Materiat shalt be a chemical formulated as an emulsible concentrate for subsequent 1, Ifexcavation is carried below indicated or authorized elevations, or if the sub-grade should be spoiled in any way, fll the over-excavated or spoiled areas with granular materials unless otherwise specified or authorized. Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.7 Site UtilitiesHE, Shoring, Sheathing, and Bracing: Adequately shore and brace trenches and other excavations as required to protect personnel, adjacent structures, and adjacent property. ‘Where required by the conditions encountered, brace trenches and excavations with suitable close sheeting or sheet piling. Do all necessary cribbing up required for the proper operation of trenching machines. Repair all damage resulting from inadequate shoring, sheathing, and bracing. 1, Removal of Sheathing: Sheathing or shoring that does not extend below the pipe centerline may be removed after the trench backfill has been placed and compacted to at least one foot above the tops ofthe pipes. Immediately after such removal, fll all resulting void spaces and re-compact backfill. Sheathing may be left in place ‘only where specifically approved. Cut off the tops ofall sheathing left in place'at an approved depth below finished grade. L Devtng: Provide aod manna in poper waking oder all nccesery dowatming ‘equipment required to remove water fiom the excavations. Where quicksand or other ‘water bearing strata are encountered, install and connect the necessary number of well ‘points with pumping equipment of sulficient capacity to prevent rise of water in the excavation until the work has been installed properly and will be unaffected by submersion. J. Do not install any work until excavations are free of water, mud, and loose earth, Do not install any work on frozen ground, 3.02 HAND LING AND LAYING DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS ‘A. Provide and use suitable equipment for the safe and convenient handling of pipe, fittings, valves, and other water piping materials. Unload all water piping materials carefully, and lower them carefully into the trenches piece by piece, in such a manner that will prevent damage to the materials and their protective coatings and linings. Do not under any circumstances drop or dump water piping materials, either from ‘transportation vehicles, or into trenches, B. Before laying, inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for defects. Promplly remove all defective pipe and defective fittings from the pipe laying area. C. Before laying pipe and fittings: remove all humps, blister, and excess coq] tar from each spigot and the inside of each bell; wire brush and wipe all dirt and other foreign matter ‘rom the outside of each spigot and the inside of each bell; swab out the inside of each length of pipe and each fitting and remove all dirt and other foreign matter from all gaskets, bolts, and muts. Use every precaution to prevent dirt and other foreign matter from entering pipe and fittings while they are being laid. Spigot ends, insides of bells, gasket grooves, geskets, glands, bolts, and nuts shall be kept free from dirt and other foreign matter after they have been cleaned and before the joints have been made up. D. Mechanical Joints: After placing pipe and fittings into the trench, slide gland over spigot, apply proper lubricant to gasket and spigot, slip gasket over spigot, center spigot end in bell, force pipe home, and bring it into correct line and grade. Press gasket evenly in place into bell, slide gland into position for bolting, insert all bolts, screw on ‘end hand tighten all nuts, then tighten all muts with an approved wrench. Tighten diagonally opposite nuts altemately to obtain uniform pressure on all parts of the gland, ‘with torques of 40 to 60 foot pounds for 5/8" bolts, and 60 to 90 foot pounds for 3/4” Comm. No. 2422-09 0250.8, Site Utilitiesie Ke fis eee Le a bolts. Realign pipe as required and secure it in place with approved backtill material ‘tamped around pipe, except at bells. 1. Onretainer type glands, after pipe fas been aligned property, tighten all set screws as specified hereinafter tnder ANCHORAGE. E, Push-On Joints: Make up push-on joints in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, generally as follows: after placing pipe and fittings into the trench, insert gasket in gasket groove, apply proper lubricant to gasket and spigot end in bell, and foree pipe home with proper jacks, bars, chains, cables, or other suitable equipment. Realign pipe as required, and secure it in place with approved backfill ‘material tamped around pie, except as bells. Taper each field cut spigot end back about 1/8" at a 30 degree angle, using a coarse file or portable grinder, to prevent gasket damage. F. Flange Joints: After placing piping materials in trench, clean flange faces and align them as nearly parallel as’ practicable, insert gasket and all bolts, and install and hand tighten all nuts. With a suitable wrench, tighten diagonally opposite nuts alternately to ‘uniformly compress gasket and obtain leak-proof joints, G. Do not “buckte-in® any pipe. “H, At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, keep all open ends closed tightly with approved caps or plugs to prevent foreign material ftom entering any part of the pipework, 3.03 HAND LING AND LAYING PVC WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS A, Provide and use suitableequipment for the safe and convenient handling of pipe, fittings, valves, and other water piping msterials, Unload all water piping materials carefully, and lower them carefully into the trenches, piece by piece, in such a manner that will prevent damage to the materials. Do not under any circumstances drop or dump water piping materials, either from transportation vehicles, or into trenches. B. Store, handle, and lay PVC pipe and PVC fittings in accordance with the ‘manufacturer's printed instructions. Obtain these instructions, read them thoroughly, ‘and keep at least one copy thereof on the job at all times in good condition, for Contractor's and Engineer's use. ©. Lay PVC mains with joints and fittings in good alignment and arrange to allow for ffee expansion and contraction of piping without causing excessive stress on piping, DO NOT “SNAKE" PIPE INTO TRENCHES. D. Before laying pipe and fittings: Inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for defects, ‘and promptly remove all defective pipe and fittings fiom the pipe laying area; remove all dirt and other foreign matter from the insides of the pipe and fittings, spigot ends, insides of bells, gasket grooves, and gaskets; and swab out each length of pipe. Use every precaution to prevent dirt and other foreign matter from entering the pipe and fittings while they are being laid. Spigot ends, insides of bells, gasket grooves, and gaskets shall be kept free of dirt and other foreign matter after they have been cleaned and before the joints have been made up. B. Rubber Ring Joints: After placing pipe and fittings into trench; insert gasket in groove in bell; lubricate spigot end with lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacture; push spigot end into bell until depth indicating stripe on spigot is covered by bell; then Comm. No. 2422-09 0250.9 Site Utilitiesfinally pull pipe out until the stripe on the spigot end reappears in line with the outer end of the bell, to allow for Stee expansion of piping. F. Make all field cuts and bevel all field cut ends with special tools as reconiiiénded by the piping mamufacturer. G. Atal times when pipe laying is not in progress, keep all open ends closed tightly with approved caps or plugs to prevent foreign material from entering any part of the pipework. 3.04 HAND LING AND LAYING STORM PIPE CULVERT A. Do not install any work until excavations are fee of water, mud, and loose earth. Do not install any work on frozen ground. B. Lay pipe culvert so that their inverts will conform accurately to the lines, grades, and. clevations indicated and/or shown on previously approved cut sheets. Provide mason's lines, batter boards, and supports, and/or other suitable equipment as necessary to insure the installation of the pipe culverts to the required lines, grades, and elevations. C. Provide and use suitable equipment for the safe and convenient handling of piping materials. Unload ell piping materials carefully, and lower them carefully into the trenches, piece by piece, in a manner that will prevent damage to the materials and trenches. Do not under any circumstances drop or dump piping materials, either from transportation vehicles, or into trenches. Before laying, inspect each length of pipe and ‘each fitting for defects. Promptly remove all defective pipe and defective fittings from the pipe laying area. D. Begin laying pipe in finished trench at the lowest points, proceeding upgrade without breaks between inlets, with pipe spigots facing downgrade. Lay pipe with the bedding method required to accommodate the conditions encountered, with full length support of the pipe barrel at every point between bell holes, without groove or bell ends bearing ‘on trench bottom, and with water-tight joints. Dewater trenches during laying and jointing, as specified hereinbefore. Keep trenches water-free and as dry as practicable during bedding, laying, and jointing, and until the work will not be adversely’ affected by submergence. E, Before jointing, all mating surfaces of each joint and all joint material shall be clean and dry. Make up all joints in strict accordance with the pipe and gasket manufacturers’ printed directions. Immediately after jointing, secure each previously laid length of pipe in place with tamped backfill on each side of pipe. F. Encase each concrete-to-cormugated metal pipe joint in a concrete collar at least 3" thick at all points, and extending atleast 6" beyond each side of joint. G. As the pipe laying progresses, keep all dirt, trash, and other foreign materials cleared from the inside of the pies, At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, keep the ‘open ends of all pipes securely closed to prevent entrance of water, mud, or foreign ‘matter, and secure all pipes to prevent displacement by movement of backfill, flotation, and other causes. Comm. No.-2422-09 2500.10 Site Utilities3.05 HAND LING AND LAYING GRAVITY FLOW SANITARY SEWER PIPE A B. Do not install any work until excavations are free of water, mud, and loose earth. Do not install any work on frozen ground. Gravity Flow Sewer Pipe: 1. General: Lay gravity flow sewer lines so that their inverts will conform accurately to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated and/or shown on previously approved ccut sheets. Provide mason’s lines, batter boards and supports, lasers, and/or other suitable equipment as necessary to insure the installation of the sewer lines to the required lines, grades, and elevations, 2, Handling: Provide and use suitable equipment for the safe and convenient handling of piping materials. Unload all piping materials carefully, and lower them carefully into the trenches, piece by piece, in a manner that will prevent damage to the materials and trenches. Do not under any circumstances drop or dump piping ‘materials, either from transportation vehicles or into trenches. Bofore laying, inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for defects. Promptly remove all defective pipe and defective fittings from the pipe laying area. 3. Before laying pipe and fittings, remove all dirt and other foreign matter from the insides of the pipe and fittings, spigot ends, insides of bells, gasket grooves, and gaskets. (Use every precaution to prevent dirt and other foreign matter from entering the pipe and fitings while they are being laid. Spigot ends, insides of bells, gasket grooves, and gaskets shall be kept free of dirt and other foreign matter after they have been cleaned and before the joints have been made up. 4, Laying: Begin laying pipe in finished trench at the lowest points, proceeding upgrade without breaks between manholes, with pipe spigots facing down-grade. Lay pipe with the bedding method specified with full-length support of the pipe barrel at every point between bell holes, without grove or bell ends bearing on ‘trench bottom, and with water-tight joints, Dewater trenches during laying and jointing, as specified hereinbefore. Keep trenches water-ftee and as dry as ‘practicable during bedding, laying, and jointing, and until the work will not be adversely affected by submergence. Do not “buckle in" any pipe, without approval. 5. Jointing: Before jointing, all mating surfaces of each joint and all jcint material shall be clean and dry. Make up all joints in strict accordance with the pipe and gasket manufacturers’ printed directions. Immediately after jointing, secure each previously laid length of pipe in place with tamped pipe bedding on each side of pipe. 6. Protection of Pipe after Laying: As the pipe laying progresses, keep all dirt, trash, ‘and other foreign materials cleared from the inside of the pipes. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, keep the open ends of all pipes securely closed to prevent entrance of water, mud, or foreign matter, and secure all pipes to prevent Gisplacement by movement of backfill, flotation, and other causes. 7. Install downspout boots at afl downspout locations that tie into an underground drainage system. Anchor to exterior walls per manufacturer’s instruction for each substrate encountered ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.11 Site Utilities3.06 P IPE BEDDING A. General: 1. Pipe bedding for all pipes includes materials placed a minimum of 4" below and on each side of pipe and also INITIAL BACKFILL up to 12* above pipe top. Remaining backfill from 12" above pipe top shall be as specified under Backfill. 2. Do not install initial backfill until the pipework has been inspected and approved. 3. Testing for leaks on the surface of the pipe prior to initial backfilling will not be sequired, but other test procedures, as specified shall be followed. B. Bedding shall be placed on trench bottom to 12" above pipe top and shall be thoroughly hhand tamped in 6” layers equally and uniformly into bell holes, between pipework and trench walls, on each side and top of pipework, all to prevent pipe displacement and as specified below. C. Forall excavations, pipe bedding shall be granular materials as specified herein. D. Compaction of Pipe Bedding: 1. Pipe bedding composed of granular materials shall be compacted to 100% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D2049. 2. All trench compaction shall be subject to field density tests. Any trench compaction ‘that is not compacted as specified above shall be removed, replaced, re-compacted, and retested prior to its acceptance. 3.07 BACKE ILLING A. General: . 1. After pipework and initial backfill of pipe bedding has been approved, backfill ‘trenches with TYPE B BACKFILL, ot TYPE C BACKFILL, as hereinafter specified, indicated, or as authorized. 2. Pipe Crossing Streets, Roads, Gravel Driveways, and Dirt Driveways: Backfill the trenches and make the crossing usable by vehicular traffic immediately after laying pipe and obtaining approval thereof, and maintain these crossings usable by ‘vehicular traffic until project acceptance. Do not under any circumstances leave street or road crossing or a driveway unusable overnight. . . 3. All compaction of backfill shall be subject to field density tests by the testing laboratory. 4. At Contractor's expense, remove, replace, and re-compact all backfill which fails to comply with compaction density requirements hereinafter specified. B. Type “B" Backfill (for pipe not under paved surfaces or slabs on grade) 1. Unless otherwise indicated, specified or authorized, place all Type “B" Backfill froma top of initial backfill to finished grade or sub-grade in 6* maximum thickness loose layers, and compact each layer with mechanical tampers to obtain 98% of ‘maximum density as determined by ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor). 2. BackGl! materials from top of initial backfill up to finished grade or sub-grade shall bbe any materials removed from the excavation and suitable for backfill, except do not use as backfill material any pieces of the following materials which are larger than 6" in the greatest dimensions: rock; stone; concrete; asphalt paving; or Comm. No. 2422-09 0250.12masonry. Dispose of all excavated materials that are not replaced as backfill, as approved. C. Type “C" Backfill (for pipe under paved areas, for arcas proposed to be paved, and for pipe under concrete slabs) 1, Where Type “C* backfill is indicated, specified, or authorized backfill trenches from top of initial backfill to paving sub-grade with granular materials. 2. Granular materials shall be one of the granular materials specified hereinbefore, placed and compacted to 95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 2049, 3. Dispose of all excavated materials which are not replaced as backfill, in a manner ‘and location approved by the Designer. 3.08 ROCK EXCAVAT ION AND BLASTING ‘A. Wherever used as the name of an excavated material, the term “rock” shall be defined as in Section 02200. B, Where rock is encountered in pipe trenches, remove all rock in accordance with Section 02200. Bring trench bottom up to required sub-grade by backdilling with gramilar ‘materials as specified herein placed and compacted as required to provide uniform and continuous beating of pipe barrels at every point between bell holes. C. Where blasting is required, conduct all blasting operations only with properly qualified personnel in accordance with all applicable ordinances and regulations. Coverall blasts with suitable blasting mats, and use all other safety precautions as required to prevent personal injury and property damage. Repair all damage caused by blasting operations. D, Bxcavated rock not suitable for use as backfill as specified hereinbefore shall. be disposed of in a manner and at locations approved by the Designer. 3.09 F INAL REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Throughout construction of the project until the time of final acceptance, and also during the duration of the guarantee period: maintain the backfilled and repaved ‘trenches. B, At the contractor's expense: . 1. Refill, re-compact, and smooth off as required all backfill that settles, so that all backfill finally conforms to the original grade or paving sub-grade, as applicable. 2. All pavement damaged by settlement of backfill shall be removed. Damaged pavement shall be replaced after backfill has been repaired as specified above. 3.10 ALIGNMENT OF WATER LINE PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe: In straight trenches, lay pipe in reasonably straight lines, using appropriate fittings at all sharp breaks in grade. In curved trenches, lay pipe to follow ‘the trench centerline-as closely as practicable, using appropriate-fittings at all sharp breaks in grade, and using appropriate fittings or joints and using shorter than standard lengths of pipe as necessary to make the required curves. Do not deflect any joint in excess of pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.13,B. PVC Pipe: In straight trenches, lay pipe in reasonably straight lines, using appropriate fittings at all sharp breaks in grade. In curved trenches, lay pipe to follow the trench ‘centerline as closely as practicable, using appropriate fitings at all sharp breaks in grade and using appropriate fitings or bending the pipe in gradual uniform curves as necessary to make the required curves. Do not bend any pipe with a radius of curvature — less than that recommended by the pipe manufacturer. 3.11 WATER LINE ANCHORAGE. A. Provide anchorage for each bend, tee, plug, dead-end, and other fitting subject to blowing off of the line under pressure. BB. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchorage shall be 3,000 psi concrete blocking poured between firm undisturbed earth and the unbalanced sides of the items to be anchored, with sufficient earth bearing area to prevent displacement of joints under pressure. Pour concrete blocking before applying pressure test on piping and arrange it so that the pipe and fitting joints will be accessible for repair. BLOCKING BEARING. AREA SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED TESTING PRESSURE. See CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING SCHEDULE included in the drawings. C. Retainer Glands: Ductile iron mechanical joint set screw type, installed in accordance with manufacturer's directions, with set sorew tightened uniformly to about 80 foot pounds torque. Subject to approval, retainer glands MAY be used instead of concrete blocking at any anchorage locations, and SHALL be used at the following anchorage locations. 1. Where indicated or specified. 2. Where concrete anchorage is not practicable, 3. Hydrant leads, including joints at hydrant cut-off valve outlets, joints at hydrant inlets, and all other joints (if any) in iron hydrant leads. 3.12 CUT -OFF VALVE AND BOX INSTALLATION ‘A, Install cut-off valves with their operating stems plumb, at approximate locations indicated, but at exact locations as approved and as specified below. Leave all valves in normal operating positions, free from leakage. 1, All cutoff valves: insofar as practicable, install at 3-0" from centers of tees and ‘crosses at intersections, and at locations in runs where easy to find in the future. B, Set and support each valve box so that no stress or shock can be transmitted to the valve, with the box centered and plumb over the valve wrench mut, and the box top ‘exposed and flush with finished grade. Readjust boxes as required so that all boxes conform to these requirements at the time of acceptance of the system, C. Valves and Stub-out Pipes for Future Connections to Water Mains: 1, Anchor these valves to the mains as specified hereinbefore under ANCHORAGE, 2. Where NO piping is indicated from valve outlet: plug each valve outlet with a standard cast iron plug. . 3, Where stub-out piping is indicated from valve outlet: close the open end of each stub-out pipe with a suitable easily removable plug which will prevent dirt from centering the stub-out pipe, but will allow water to escape from the stub-out pipe and Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.14 Site Utilitieset prevent water pressure therein if the valve should leak or be opened before the future piping is properly connected to the stub-out pipe. Do not anchor or block stub-out piping on outlet sides ofthese Valves unless indicated. 3.13 GAS PIPING A, Refer to Division 15. 3.14 MANHO LES AND CATCH BASINS ‘A. General: Standard manholes shall be concrete type, each constructed completely when the pipe-laying reaches the manhole location. Standard manholes shall have pre-cast circular conerete foundation slabs below sewer invert clevation, pre-cast reinforced concrete straight vertical wall sections, and pre-cast reinforced concrete concentric or ‘eccentric top section, a as detailed on the drawings. B. Manhole and Catch’ Basin Construction: Assemble each manhole with one or more straight vertical wall sections and one top taper section, to provide the required :manhole depth. Seal all joints between pre-cast sections with the above specified gasket ‘material, plug all lifting holes with non-shrinking mortar after laying sections, and seal around all pipe entrances with a gasketed, flexible connection, all to provide strictly watertight construction. DO NOT USE MORTAR TO SEAL PRECAST SECTION JOINTS. Provide 24" inside diameter brick, pre-cast concrete, or cast-in-place concrete. spacer rings between rim and pre-cast taper section, as required to set rim at proper elevation. Securely grout spacers and rim to manhole structure with masonry mortar. Each finished manhole shall have permanently embedded-in manhole steps on 16" vertical centers. . Inverts: Provide an invert in each manhole bottom as required to accommodate the inflowing and out-flowing pipes, constructed with concrete or brick and mortar, with fall pipe size flow channels carefully and smoothly shaped and finished to prevent splashing and turbulent flow. Make all changes of flow directions within manholes with ‘the maximum practical radius curves. Where possible, lay pipe through manhole, and remove upper half of pipe to form invert. Manhole floor outside of invert shall be smooth and shall slope toward invert at least | inch per foot. D. Drop Construction: Provide drop connections where indicated, and in all cases where the drop through the manhole exceeds 2'-0", with drop pipe and fittings arranged and encased in concrete or brick masonry, as detailed. Where the difference in elevation between manhole invert and incoming sewer is less than 2-0", the manhole invert shall bbe filleted to prevent deposit of sewage solids. E, Set manholes tops as follows, unless otherwise indicated or authorized: 1. In streets, roads, highways, and paved areas: flush with finished grade. 2. Undeveloped areas, such as fields, woods, ete.: 18" above grade. F. Protect and maintain each manhole until it is accepted. ‘The Designer may inspect completed manholes singly or in groups. The Contractor will be relieved from further responsibility of protecting the top of each accepted manhole that is accepted in variting, Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.15 Site Utilitieseel G, Pipe entrances: Seal around all pipe entrances with a gasketed watertight connection, all to provide strictly watertight construction. 3.15 T ESTING and DIS-INFECTION OF WATER LINES - A. Hydrostatic Tests - 1. Pressure and leakage tests shall be performed in accordance with current AWWA, Standard C600 and/or manufacturer’s installation procedures. 2. The test pressure of the installed pipe shall be a minimum of 150 psi or 1.5 times ‘the working pressure, whichever is greater. 3. Allowable leakage shall be no greater than as calculated in L = SD P'4/133.200 ‘where L is allowable leakage in gallons/hour, S is the length of pipe tested in feet, Dis pipe diameter in inches and P is test pressure in psi. B. Disinfection of New Water Mains 1. After all tests have been accepted and before placing the pipe lines and related items in service, thoroughly clea and sterilize the items involved as specified herein. ‘This shall include all pipe-work and related items with which potable water comes into contact. 2. Sterilize all pipe-work and related items with chlorine for at east twenty-four hours duration. : . Introduce sufficient chlorine into pipe Tine to provide at least 50 ppm chlorine concentration throughout the entire piping system and at least 25 ppm chlorine residual at the end of 24 hours, using either liquid chlorine or chlorine-bearing ‘compounds similar to "HTH, and determining the required quantity of chlorinating agent in accordance with the manufacture's directions for the calculated volume of ‘water to be treated. Inject chlorine solution into the pipe lines through corporation stops installed at proper locations inthe pipe line, or through other openings. 4, After at least twenty-four hours retention time, drain the sterilizing solution from the pipe-work to waste. Through the hydrants and other openings, thoroughly flush ‘out the pipe-work with clean water. Refill the pipe-work with clean water. 5. After refilling the pipe-work with clean water, take samples of the water at ‘approved locations in the pipe line. At the contractor's expense, have the samples analyzed for bacterial purity by an approved laboratory. 6. Repeat the sterilizing process and the taking of samples until the samples indicate that the water is fee of contamination and safe for domestic use, all to the satisfaction of the Designer and the Tennessee Department of Health ind Environment. 7. Provide all necessary chlorine bearing compounds, solution tanks, pumps, hoses, ‘ops, and other items required for the sterilizing and flushing operations. 8. DO NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES OPEN THE SECTIONALIZING VALVES BETWEEN THE EXISTING WATER MAINS AND THE NEW WATER MAINS UNTIL THE BACTERIAL ANALYSIS OF THE MAINS INVOLVED HAS BEEN APPROVED, EXCEPT THAT PRIOR TO THIS AND WITH APPROVAL THESE VALVES MAY BE OPENED ONLY AS REQUIRED TO ADMIT WATER INTO THE NEW MAINS FOR TESTING, STERILIZING, AND FLUSHING. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.16 Site UtilitiesC. Dis-infection When Cutting Into or Repaiting Existing Mains 1. Shall be performed when mains are wholly or partially dewatered, 2. Shall follow current AWWA C651 procedures including trench treatment, swabbing with hypochlorite solution, flushing and/or slug chlorination as appropriate. 4 3. Bacteriological testing should be done after repairs are complete but the water main ‘ may be retumed to service prior to completion of testing to minimize the time i customers are out of water. 4} 4, Leaks or breaks that are repaired with clamping devices while mains are fall of water under pressure require no dis-infection. i END OF SECTION i Comm. No. 2422-09 02500.17 Site UtilitiesSECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. _ Mixing, spreading, compacting and finishing of bituminous pavements for base, leveling and surface courses on roads, parking lots, and other arcas. ‘ t 1.02 RELATED WORK, i ‘A. Section 01400: Testing Laboratory Services | B. Section 02210: Site Grading | C. Section 02215: Base Course for Pavement D. Section 02260: Backfilling and Finished Grading EB, Section 02577: Pavement Marking i | 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ‘A. Perform work in accordance with the State of Tennessee Department of ‘Transportation-Bureau of Highways ~ Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest Edition, hereinafter referred to as “State Highway Specifications.” Measurements and payments portions of those State ‘Specifications do not apply to work performed under this contract. B, — Mixing plant: Comply with requirements of State Highway Specifications. C. Qualifications of Asphaltic Concrete Produce: Use only materials which are furnished by a bulk asphaltic concrete producer regularly engaged in production of hot-mix, hot laid asphaltic concrete. 1.04. PAVING QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. General: In addition to other specified conditions, comply with the following minimum requirements. 1. Testin-place asphaltic concrete courses for compliance with requirements for density, thickness and surface smoothness. Comm. No. 2422-09 025131 Asphaltic Concrete Paving_t 2. Provide final surfaces or uniform texture, complying with required grades and cross-sections. 3. Takenot less than 4 in. diameter pavement specimens for each completid course, from locations as directed by Owner’s Representative, 4. Repair holes from test specimens as specified for patching defective work. B. Density 1. Compare density of in-place material against laboratory specimen of same asphaltic concrete mixture, when subjected to 50 blows of standard Marshall hammer on each side of specimen. 2, Minimum acceptable density of in-place course material is 97% of the recorded laboratory specimen density, 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Comply with applicable local standards, codes and ordinances for paving work’on public property. 1.06 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of asphaltic mix will be performed under provisions of section 01400, 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Provide samples of materials for laboratory testing and job-mix design as required by Owner’s Representative, B. — Ceatificates: 1. Provide certificates, in lieu of laboratory test reports. 2. Certify that materials comply with specification requirements, 3. Signed by asphaltic concrete produce and Contractor. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Donot place asphalt when the base surface temperature is less than 40° F. B. __Donot apply materials when substrate is wet or contains sufficient moisture to prevent uniform distribution and proper penetration. Comm, No. 2422.09 025132 Asphaltic Conerete PavingPRODUCTS Primer: Grade RC—70 medium curing liquid asphalt in accordance with AASHTO M82. ‘Tack Coat: Grade RS - 2 emulsified asphalt, diluted with equal parts of water. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D946, 6070 penetration grade. Aggregate: Sound and durable, angular crushed stone, sand or slag. 1. Coarse aggregate: ASTM D692, 2. Fine aggregate: ASTMD1073 ‘Mineral filler: Shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M17 finely ground particles of limestone, hydrated lime, Portland cement, or other approved mineral dust, free from foreign matter. 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIX A B. Comm. No. 2422-09 02513.3, Use dry materials to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. Mix designation: State Highway Specification Sections as follows: 1. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course: Section 411, grading “E, 2. Binder Course: (if applicable) Section 301, grading “B-modified” with the additional requirement that no more than 12% of the material should 1pass the No. 200 mesh sieve by wet method. Job mix formula: Base on the Marshall design method for compaction of 50 blows cach side of specimen and the following test criteria: 1, Stability: 1,200 Ibs minimum. Flow: .08 to .16 inch. 2. Airvoids: 3-5% Asphalt cement: 5 to 7% of asphalt cement by weight in mixture, Asphaltic Concrete PavingaL. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION _ A. Verify compacted subgrade is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. C. Beginning of installation mearis acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION ‘A. Prepare mix materials and place of deposit in accordance with referenced state highway specifications. Prime Cost: 1. Apply over substrate in accordance with the manufacturers printed. instructions at the rate of 3 gal/sq. yd. ‘Use clean sand to blotexcess primer. Use only enough sand to prevent. pick-up under traffic. Remove loose sand before paving. Tack Coat: 1. Apply to contact surfaces of concrete items which abut pavement. 2. Apply to contact surfaces of existing asphalt or concrete pavement at the rate of C0-10 gal/sq yd of surface. Frames of subsurface structures: 1. Coat surfaces of new and existing frames with oil to prevent bond with asphalt paving. 2. Set to be flush with finish surface and surround with aring of compacted asphaltic concrete to one inch below top of frame. Adjust as required to meet paving, 3. Provide temporary covers over openings until completion of rolling ‘operations. Comm, No. 2422-09 0513.4 Asphaltic Concrete Paving303. PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Place materials in accordance with referenced State Highway Specifications. B. Place, spread and strike-off to compacted thickness indicated with paving machine, except that inaccessible and smnall areas may be placed by hand, C. Place topping course within 2 hours of placing and compacting binder course, D. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement form position. Hand compact area inaccessible to rolling equipment, 1. Average relative density: Minitaum of 97% 2. Individual relative density: Minimum of 94% B. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish or ‘uniform texture, without roller marks. F. ‘Make joint between successive days work, or between old and new pavements in accordance with referenced State Highway Specifications. Ensure a continuous bond is attained. : 3,04 TOLERANCES ‘A. Flatness: #¥% inch measured with a 10 f. straight edge. B. _ Compacted scheduled thickness: +: % inch of design thickness. C. Variation form true elevation: 0.05 feet. 3.05 PATCHING ‘A. Remove defective or deficient areas for full depth of course. 1. Cutsides parallel and perpendicular to direction of traffic with edges vertical. 2. Apply tack coat to exposed surfaces and place asphalt on prepared surfaces as specified above. B. Repair and patch holes resulting from test cores as specified above, Comm. No. 2422-09 02513.5 Asphaltic Concrete Paving3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ‘A. Field inspection and testing will be performed as defined in Division 1 of the specifications. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for 7 days. B. —_ Cover openings of substrate structures in paved area until permanent coverings are placed. 3,08 SCHEDULE OF PAVEMENT SECTIONS A. Place and compact materials to the thickness called for on the Drawings. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 025136 Asphaltic Concrete Paving— a SECTION 02516 ‘SITE CONCRETE WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ‘A. Formwork complete with required shoring, bracing and anchorage. B, Concrete reinforcing, complete with required supports, spacers and related accessories. C. —Castincplace concrete. D. Construction, expansion and contraction joints. 1.02 RELATED WORK AL Section 02210: Site Excavation B. Section 02260: ‘Backfilling and Finish Grading C. Section 02577: Pavement Marking 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE AL Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain copy at the job site. B. Obtain materials from the same source throughout. C. _ Donot place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40°F or forecast to go below 40° for 24 hours, and when surface’ are wet or frozen. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS, ‘A. Comply with local codes and ordinances for concrete work on public right of way. 1.05 TESTS |A. Testing and analysis will be performed in accordance with practices specified elsewhere in the specifications. B, Submit the proposed mix design of each type of concrete at least two weeks prior to commencement of concrete work. Comm. No. 2422-09 02516.1 Site Concrete Work1, Base material proportions on ACI procedures. 2. Show type of materials, shump range, air content, aggregate gradation and 28 day compressive strength. C. The Owner's testing agency will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1. Four test cylinders will be taken for every 75 (or less) cubic yds of concrete placed each day. 2. One stump test and air entrainment test will be taken for each set of cylinders taken. D. Verify results of tests for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on joint filler, admixtures and curing compounds including properties, chemical composition and installation instructions, B, Submit shop drawings showing sizes and locations of reinforcing, splicing details and other pertinent installation details, C. Submit certification that concrete materials comply with referenced standards. D. Contractor shall provide a mock-up panel of the exposed aggregate concrete and banding section for the owner and architect’s approval prior to constructing the final improvements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete materials: 1, Cement: ASTM C150 Type IPortland cement, gray color. 2. Aggregates: ASTM C33 3. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. B. Aggregates for exposed aggregate concrete shall be provided as specified on the drawings. Comm. No. 2422-09 025162 Site Concrete Workoe jis D. Comm. No. 2422-09 Forms: Wood or stec! form material profiled to suit conditions. Joint filler; ASTM D994 bituminous type, % inch thick. Form release agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain conerete or absorb moisture. 4, Fillets for chamfered comers: Wood or plastic strips sized to make a4 — inch chamfered comer, maxinum possible lengths, Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing steel: ASTM AG15 Grade 60, deformed steel bars, uncoated finish. 2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185 plain type in flat sheets, uncoated Sinish, 3. Tie wire: Minimum 16 gauge steel. 4, Dowels: ASTM A615 Grade 40 plain steel, uncoated finish. “Admixtures: is 3. 4 Air entrainment: ASTM C260 Water reducing: ASTM C494 Type F high range. Accelerating: ASTM C494 Type C. Set-retarding: ASTM C494 Type B. Joint Sealer: ASTM D1190 hot poured elastic type. Curing compound: ASTM C309, Type 1-D, Class 2, 30% solids. 025163 Site Concrete Work2.02 CONCRETE MIX ‘A. Mixconcrete in accordance with ASTMC94.. —~ B. Compressive strength: : 1. Sidewalks, pads, curbs and gutters: 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Vehicular pavements: 4000 psi at 28 days. C. Accelerating Admixtures: Use in cold weather only when approved by the Architect, Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. — Set Retarding Admixtures 1. Use set-retarding admixtures in hot weather only when approved by the Architect E, — Donotadd calcium chloride to concrete. PART3 — BXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF BASE A. Verify that the supporting base is properly prepared and compacted, and true to line and grade, B. _ Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from concrete. C. Notify the Architect a minimum of 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. D. Frames of subsurface structures: Coat surfaces of new and existing frames with oil to prevent bonding with concrete. B. Notify the Owner's testing agency a minimum of 72 hours prior to ‘commencement of concreting operations. 3.02 FORM WORK A. Form Setting: 1. Place and secure forms to correct locations, dimensions and profiles, 2. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging conerete. Comm, No, 2422-09 025164 Site Concrete Workat, 3, Construct forms sufficiently tight to prevent mortar leakage. Lock form section to be fiee ftom ply or movement in any direction. 4, . Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 5. Provide chamfer at all exposed concrete edges. 6. Apply form release agent to form surfaces in accordance with the manufacturet’s printed instructions, before placing reinforcing and embedded items. 7 B. Grade and Alignment: : 1. Check end correct the alignment and grade elevation of the forms immediately before placing the concrete, 2. When any form has been disturbed or any grade has become unstable, reset and recheck the form. 3.03 REINFORCEMENT ‘A, Ensure all reinforcing is clean, and fie of rust, sale, ol, dirt or other materials which may reduce bonding. B, Have required bends made in the shop without heat. C. Place reinforcement in accordance with approved shop drawings. D, Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints. E, Support reinforcing with pre-cast concrete blocks, metal chairs or other method approved by the Architect. Supporting with gravel; brick or wood blocks is not permitted. 3.04 GENERAL CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. When central or transit mixed ‘concrete is use, place the mixture where it will require as little re-handling as possible. B. Keep forms end subgrade moist during concrete placement. C. Ensure reinforcement, embedded items and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. Comm. No. 2422-09 025165 Site Concrete Workak Do not allow concrete to fre¢ fall more than 3 feet. Distribute and spread concrete as soon as possible. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive ‘pours such that cold joints occur. ‘Thoroughly work concrete with suitable tools to remove coarse aggregate from. ‘he surface and to place mortar against the form. Work concrete to produce a smooth finish, free of air pockets, water pockets and honeycombs. Consolidate concrete against and along the faces ofall forms and along the full ength and on both sides of all joint assemblies with a suitable mechanical vibrator. Do not permit the vibrator to come in contact with forms, joint assemblies or subgrade. Do not over vibrate concrete or use the vibrator to transport or flow concrete. Ensure positive drainage to all drains and away from all window sills and door ‘openings, unless specifically noted otherwise. 3.05 PAVEMENTS: Longitudinal lines: Sawed or preformed, 3/8 inch wide x 1-1/2 inch deep, at approximately 12 ft. 0.c. with equal spacing between slabs and parallel to the irection of travel. 1. Joint Face: Metal key-way type with metal or wood forms. 2, Tie bars: % inch diameter bars at 48 inches 0.c. 3. Place joint sealant to a minimum depth of % inch with approved backer materials. . ‘Transverse contraction and construction joints: 3/8 inch wide x % inches deep, at approximately 12 f.0.c. and perpendicular to the direction of travel. 1. Joints may be saw-cut, formed by hand of pre-molded filler. 2, Provide load transfer device consisting of % inch diameter smooth dowels, at 12 inches 0.c. Coat dowels with a thick film of heavy grease. 3. Place joint sealant to a minimum depth of 4 inch with approved backer materials, Isolation Joints: Isolate objects abutting or adjacent to paved areas with pre- molded filler extended the full depth of the slab. Comm. No. 2422-09 025166 Site Concrete WorkFinishing: 1. Finish conerete in the following sequence: Strike-off, consolidation, floating and removal of laitance, 2, Provide light broom texture transverse to traffic flow direction. 3. Round edges of each side of joints to a inch radius. Curing: Uniformly apply curing compound over the entire surface after finishing, initial set and removal of side forms, in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions for the application. 3,06 CURBS AND GUTTERS A Joints: Construct edges and joints as indicated. 1. Expansion joints: Pre-molded joint filler at no more than 25 ft. 0.c. ‘Extend to within % inch of the surface. 2. Contraction joints: Score joints at minimum spacing of $ ft. 0.0. 3. Construct edges and joints as indicated. Provide for curb cuts, wheel chair ramps and drainage ways as indicated. Install pre-molded joint filler where curbs adjoin adjacent structures. Match existing curbs and curb and gutter sections flush, ‘Hand work curbs as necessary to match drainage structures flush, Finishing: Finish with a light broom texture. Curing: Uniformly apply curing compound over the entire surface after finishing, initial set and removal of side forms, in accordance with the manufacturer's ‘printed instructions for the applications. 3.07 WALKS AL B ‘Construct to general grade and spot elevations indicated. Wavy walks or walks that pond water are not acceptable. Construct with tumed-down edges where indicated. Comm. No, 2422-09 025167 Site Concrete Work3.08 Comm. No. 2422-09 025168 a. Place short vertical curves where necessary and where change in grade exceeds 2%. Do not exceed % inch. slope within 2 feet of top and bottom steps. Crown ¥4incb/R. or cross slope to maintain drainage, Joints: 1, Install % inch pre-molded joint filler at no more than 25 feet o.c, at walk junctions and intersections, at top and bottom of steps, and where walks ‘about curbs, buildings, slabs or other fixed objects. Extend to within %4 inch of the surface, 2. Install expansion joints in irregular walk sections at right angles to the walk centerline t0 create panels not exceeding 250 sq ft. Extend the fall depth of the slab. 3. Score joints at minimum spacing of 5 ft. 0.c. with a suitable edging tool. Finishing: 1, Slopes exceeding 6%: Finish with a bolted or heavy broom texture. 2. Other surfaces: Finish with a light broom texture. 3. Round edges, including each side of joints and grooves, to a Y inch radius. 4, Finish walks to be % inch above curb, and with a neat bevel at termination with curbs. Curing: Uniformly apply curing compound over the entire surface after finishing, initial set and removal of side forms, in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions for the application. Protection: Do not remove forms until a least 24 hours after paving. Protect ‘walks from pedestrian traffic and applied loads for at Jeast three days after paving. DUMPSTER PAD (IF USED) A B. nstall pad n accordance with the general and spot elevations indicated. Provide a slope at a minimum of 1/8 inch/f. across the pad toward drain, Construct the leading edge to form an exposed 8 inch barrier wall. Isolate footings from the pad with pre-molded joint filler. Finish pad surface and exposed edges to a smooth trowel finish. Site Concrete WorkB. Curing: Uniformly apply outing compound over the entire surface after finishing, initial set and removal of side forms, in accordance with the manufacturer’s| ._ printed instructions for the application, F. Protection: Do not remove forms for at least 24 hours efter completion of concrete placement. Do not allow any traffic or other loading on pad until test data reveals design strength has been attained. 3,09 EQUIPMENT PAD (IF USED) ‘A. Install pad in accordance with the general contours and spot elevations indicated. Provide a crown or cross slope at a minimum of Y incb/ft. across the pad. B. Place pad'in minimum 6 inch thickness of granular fil, placed and compacted as specified in Section 02260. Chamfer exposed edges % inch. ‘D. Finish exposed surfaces to have a light broom texture finish. E, Curing: Uniformly apply curing compound over the entire surface after finishing, initia set and removal of side forms, in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions for the application. , Protection: Do not remove forms for at least 24 hours after completion of concrete placement. Do not allow nay traffic or other loading on pad until test data reveals design strength has been attained, 3,10 SIGN POST FOUNDATION A. Post foofings may be cast if excavations remain stable, Place forms if excavations ‘will not remain stable. B. Place concrete to level of adjacent grades with slight crown to shed water. C. Ensure sign posts are plumb prior to initial set. 3.11 PROTECTION ‘A. Protect installed items under provisions of Division 1 of the Specifications. in addition to specific protection measures specified above. ‘Comm, No. 2422-09 025169 Site Concrete Wark. __Timmediately efter placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive temperatures and fiom mechanical injury. Maintain environmental and barrier protection for seven days after placement. 2, Maintain concrete with a minimal moisture loss at relatively constant - temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 3. Protect conerete from paint and stains. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with practices specified elsewhere in the specifications. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record: 1. Date. - 2. Location of pour. 3. Quantity. 4, Airtemperature, 5. Test samples taken. END OF SECTION ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 02516.10 Site Concrete WorkSECTION 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 _ WORK INCLUDED ‘A. Marking of pavement including surface preparation and painting on bituminous or concrete surface. 1.02 ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE A. Typical Sample Analysis B. Certification that paint meets requirements PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 READY-MIXED PAINT A. Paint: Porter traific paint, colors as follows: 1. Parking lines and crosswalk: White, 2, No parking areas: Yellow. 3. Handicapped symbols: White. BL ‘Substitutions: Materials of the same function and performance are acceptable with manufacturers proof and engineer's approval, 2.02 Thermoplastic Markings A Al hemmoplstc markings shall comply with Tennesse Department of ‘Transportation specifications. (Stop Bars, Directional Arrows, etc,) PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ‘A. Prepare surface and apply paint with provisions of consistent agitation of paint with guns capable of applying a solid consistent marking. B. Apply paint markings to have true, sharp edges and ends, with lines of correct lengths, widths and curvatures. Paint application to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ‘Comm, No, 2422-09 02577.1 ‘Pavement MarkingC. Protection: 1, Take precautions necessary to insure that paint does not soil adjacent surfaces, 2. Place waming signs and traffic cones or similar devices to protect ‘markings form being traced by pedestrians or vehicles. 3, Bfface any tracked paint from adjacent areas and repair paversent markings. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 025772 ‘Pavement MarkingSECTION 02721 ‘STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ‘A. Installation of storma drainage systems. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02220: ‘Excavating and Backfilling for Service Utilities. B. Section 02516: _Site Concrete Work 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for materials and installation of work of this Section. B, Tack weld grates to frames on all structures located within fenced areas. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ‘A. Submit documents under provisions of Division 1 of the specifications. B. Accurately record locations of pipe mins, connections, catch basins, manholes, clean outs and invert elevations. C. Identify and describe discovery of uncharted utilities. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPEMATERIALS ‘ASTM Cl. All concrete pipe with an internal diameter of 15 inches or more shall be Class II (unless otherwise noted on plans) reinforced concrete pipe conforming to ASTM C76, Horizontal elliptical shall conform to C-507 Class HEAL, HE-I, or HE-IV as specified on the drawings. Use Butyl Mastic Joints unless indicated otherwise. B, Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP): Shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M36 specifications for corrugated metal culvert pipe or AASHTO M 274 for aluminum oated steel pipe or AASHTO M 218 Zine Coated Steel (Galvanized). Pipe diameters of 15-inches or seller shall be 14-gauge minimum. Pipe ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 2721.1 ‘Storm Drainage Systemiameters from 18-inch to 48-inch shall be 12-gauge minimum. Pipe diameters of 7 _54-inch or greater shall be 10-gauge minimum, C. High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE): Pipe and appurtenances shall be high density polyethylene conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M294 or - ASTM F 894 as applicable. The pipe shall have a smooth interior and annular- corrugated exterior or profile wall pipe smooth interior for large diameter pipe. Polyethylene pipe materials shall be high-density polyethylene meeting ASTM D- . 3350 mininum cell classification 335420c. ‘The use of reground materials is not allowed. D. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or supplier fumnish a certification that all materials finished meet the above listed standards and materials specifications. : B, PVC Pipe: Use Schedule 40, bell and spigot type with rubber gasket joints, F Joint Materials: i 1. Cement Mortar Joints for RCP: Jofnts shall consist of a mixture of 1 part standard portland cement, 2 parts sand, and enough water to produce a - ‘uniform mixture of proper consistency and workability that will adhere to the pipe. The cement, sand, and water shall be in conformity with the applicable provisions of Section 03301, Concrete Work. Do not use mortar that has been mixed longer than 30 minutes for making pipe joints. 2. Butyl Mastic Joints or Rubber Gasket for RCP: “Soil-Tight” joints for RCP may be accomplished by using a butyl mastic sealant or a rubber gasket in the 7 joint. The butyl mastic joint material shall meet the requirements of AASEITO M 198 (Type B). The rubber gasket joint thaterial shall meet the physical property requirements set forth in ASTM 443. - 3, Rubber “O” Ring or Profile Gasket Joints for RCP: The bell and spigot or the ‘tongue and groove of the pipe shall be specially manufactured and prepared . for the type of joint selected. The rubber gaskets shal! mect the requirements of ASTM C443. Rubber Gasket Joints per ASTM C 443 will only be required ‘in installations that require a watertight joint. RCP will be used on all watertight systems. 4, O-Ring Rubber Gasket Joints for HDPE: Joints shall consist of a bell and’ spigot type joint with an O-ring rubber gasket meeting the requirements of baa ASTM F477, All HDPE installations will require a rubber gasket meeting the above requirements. Comm. No. 2422-09 o2721.2 ‘Storm Drainage Systemee 2.02 5. Couplings for CMP: Couplings shall be of the same material and as the pipe ‘and corrugated to match the corrugations. Couplings shall provide sufficient ongitudinal strength to preserve pipe alignment and prevent separation at the joints. Use “Hugger” type connecting bands with rubber “O” ring gaskets ‘meeting ASTM D1056 for all CMP installations, ‘STRUCTURES AND APPURTENANCES Catch basins, manholes, and area drains shall be precast concrete as shown on the Plans or as otherwise directed by the Engincer. Round Precast concrete structures sball meet the applicable requirements of ASTM | C478 with a minimum f'e~ 4,000 psi. Square and or Rectangular precast concrete structures shall meet ASTM C 913 requirements for wall thickness, slab thickness, concrete strength, and steel reinforcement requirements. Brick: Grade SM, ASTM C32, or concrete brick conforming to ‘the requirements. of ASTM C55, Grade N-I. Grates, Frames, And Curb Castings: Conforming to the requirements of ASTM. ‘A-48, Class 30. Machining of contact surfaces will be required so that covers and ‘grates rest securely on the frames. Ladder Bars: Shall be made of aluminum alloy conforming to Federal ‘Specification QQ-A-200/8. Steps for Storm Manboles and Catch Basins: Steps shall conform to ASTM C 478 ‘and shall be steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene with the materials conforming to the following: : ‘a. The deformed steel reinforcing bar shall be % inch conforming to ASTM A-615 Grade 60. bb. The copolymer polypropylene shall conform to ASTM D4101-95b ‘PP0344B33534Z02. ‘Mortar: Shall be composed of one part Portland cement and 2parts sand (volumetric measure). Mortar that has been. mixed for more than 30 minutes ‘which has been reterapered or which has "set" shall not be used in the work, ‘Headwalls and End Sections: Shall be precast concrete as shown on the Plans or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. . Aggregate Backfill Materials: ASTM C33 No. STaggregate, 7 Tack wold all grates to frames on structures located within any fenced area. Comm. No. 2422-09 027213, Storm Drainage SystemPARTS 3.01 EXAMINATION A B. EXECUTION ‘Verify that excavation is ready to receive work of this Section, and that excavations, dimensions and elevations are as indicated on the Drawings. Do not install drainage structure until mass grading has resulted in rough ssub-grade elevations through the work area, 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prior to laying pipe, prepare a suitable bedding according to Section 02220, 7 Before placing pipe in the trench, field inspect for cracks or other defects; remove defective pipe from the construction site, ‘Swab the interior of the pipe to remove all undesirable material. Prepare the bell end and remove undesirable material from the gasket and gasket recess. 3.03 INSTALLING STORM SEWER PIPE A. Lay pipe in a straight line on a uniform grade from structure to structure with the bell or groove end upgrade. Firmly support cach section throughout its length and form a close concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. ‘Make junetions and tums with standard or special fittings, Do not open up more trench at any time than pumping facilities are able to” dewater. ‘Whenever the work ceases, close the end of the pipe with a tight fitting plug or cover. Close all openings provided for future use and abandoned pipe with a tight fitting plug sealed to avoid leakage. ‘When the pipe connects with structures, the exposed ends shall be placed or cut off flush with the interior face of the structure and satisfactory connections made. Comm. No. 2422-09 2721.4 Storm Drainage System“Any pipe which is not in good alignment or which shows any undue setflement or damage shall be taken up and re-laid without additional compensation. ‘Laying pipe and sealing joints shall be @ continuous operation. 1. Seal all joints during the same day ia which the pipe is laid. 2. Construct the joins in such a manner that a watertight joint will result. Joints for rigid pipe: 1. Portland cement mortar; 2, Ruibber gaskets; or 3, Other types of joints recommended by the pipe manufacturer and approved. Install rubber ring gaskets to form a flexible watertight seal. “When other type joints are permitted, install or construct in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. Firmly join flexible pipe by approved coupling bands. Inspect the pipe before any backfill is placed. “When strutting or vertical elongation is required, it shall be performed in accordance with the details shown on the Plans. ‘Leave ties and struts in place until the embankment is completed, unless otherwise specified. : ‘As the work progresses, clean the interior of all pipe in place. “Make connections by constructing catch-basins, other structures, or by installing wyes or tees as shown on the Plans. Wyes and tees for future connections shall be installed as indicated. 3,04 INSTALLING CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES AND CLEANOUTS ‘A. Fons bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correet elevation, « 1B. _ Formand place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for pipe end sections. Comm. No, 2422-09 o271.5 Storm Drainage SystemC. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. ‘The shape of the inverts shall conform uniformly to inlet and outlet pipe ‘with a smooth finish. ‘D. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to clevations indicated. Set true to line and grade and such that the entire surface of the casting is in contact with the bearing surface of the structure. E, All castings shall be set firm and snug and shall not rattle. 3.05 INSTALLING HEADWALLS A. Form and reinforce as indicated. B. Place and cure as specified in Section 02516. C. Backfill with aggregate to level of adjacent sub-grade, 3.06 FIBLD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to placing aggregate cover, allow the Owner's Representative to observe installed pipe. B. Comply with requirements of authorities ‘baving jurisdiction for their requirements for inspection, 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Division 1 of the Specifications. B. Protect pipe and aggregate cover form damage or displacement until backfilling operation begins. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 027216 Storm Drainage SystemLe be be ‘SECTION 02730 ‘SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. PART] GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK ‘A. Section 02220: ‘Excavating and Backfilling for Service UI B. Section 02516: _Site Concrete Work C. Section 02721: ‘Storm Drainage System D. Building sanitary sewage piping and connection, 1.02. SUBMITTALS ‘A. Submit items under provisions of Division 1 of the Specifications B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for pipe and fitting joints. C. Submit manufacturer's certifications that materials meet the standards specified herein, 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ‘A. Submit reproducible record drawings showing sewer construction , ‘elevations, services and casings in accordance with the local jurisdictions requirements to the project engineer. B. Accurately reeord location of pipe runs, connections, manholes, cleanouts, ‘and invert elevations. Also, identify discovery of uncharted utilities. * C. Have record documents certified by a land surveyor or civil engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site and handle under provisions established in Division | of the Specifications. B, __ Store and protect materials under provisions established in Division 1 of Specifications. Comm. No. 2422-09 027301 Sanitary Sewer System1.05 SITE PROTECTION A. Protect existing utilities, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, slabs, and other structures from damage during the execution of work during this Section. B. When necessary to remove or relocate existing utilities or structures to execute the work of this Section, repair or replace the items under the applicable provision of the Contract Documents, C. Any removal or replacement of existing facilities will be considered incidental to the scope of the work of this Section and no additional payment will be allowed. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Alll Sanitary Sewer materials and installation shall conform to the requirements and specifications of the local governing jurisdiction. If there are any conflicts between these specifications contained herein and the local jurisdictions specifications, the local Jurisdictions specifications shall govern, A Comm. No. 2472-09 027302 PVC pipe: SDR 35 pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM.” 'D3034 with rubber gaskets. Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM 3212, Ductile iron pipe: Pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI 221.51/ AWWA C-151. Pipe class shall be 52. Couplings for dissimilar pipe: Compression type rubber meeting test requirements of ASTM C425, Table 2. Cleanouts: 1, Pipe: PVC (SDR 35) long sweep % bend or combination wye and 1/8 bend, diameter same as main. 2. Cover: Cast iton by Neenah or equal.” 3. Concrete: 3000 psi at 28 days. ‘Manholes: 1. Frame and grate: ASTM A48 Class 30 grey iron with machined surface and smooth bearing by Neenah Foundry Company, or approved equal. Sanitary Sewer Systemke pee a & Cast-in-place concrete: 3000 psi at 28 days. ‘Pre-cast concrete: ASTM C478 4000 psi, reinforced, with preformed plastic gaskets meeting FS $S-S-00210. Brick: ASTM C32 Grade MS ‘Mortar: ASTM C270 Type S, using ASTM C150 Type TI portland. cement, ASTM C33 sand and potable water. ‘Ladder bars: Aluminum alloy or No. 5 reinforced bar encapsulated in polypropylene. Coal tar; Military Specification MIL-C-15203 C. Resilient connectors: ASTM C93 F. Miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete: As specified in Section 02516; 2-4 inch slump. 1 2. Pipe encasement: 2500 psi at 28 days. Structural: 3500 psi at 28 days. PART3 EXECUTION Sanitary sewerage jurisdictions requirements and standard ine materials and installation shall be in accordance with the local specifications for sanitary sewer installation. The ‘contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of the specifications from the local jurisdiction. Measurement and payment subsections do not apply. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-09 027303, Sanitary Sewer System.lee ‘SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM _— PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 SUMMARY ‘A. AL work required for a complete underground inigation system at baseball feld, ‘softball field, and football field, as specified herein. B._ The work shall Include: 4. Aulomatic iigation system including piping, fitings, sprinkler heads and accessories. ‘Valves and fitings. Controllers, moisture sensors and control wire. Testing, Excavating and backfiling irigation system work. ‘Associated exterior plumbing, wiring, and accessories to complete the system. Pipe sleeves as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS: . ‘A. Back flow preventer and water supply line below grade to outside of bulding are furnished tnder sections of Division 15, Mechanical, at ornear Concession Building. B. Eleotical service, wall box, and spare conduit to below grade outside the building 10 ‘accommadate main controller is furnished under sections of Division 16, Electrical, ©. PVC sleeves below paved areas of the site for routing of irigation system components are {umished under Section 02500, Site Uiiies. D. Seeding, sodding, and sprigging of the Owner's property is specified in Section 02485, Grass. Seeding, 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturer 4. Rainbird Sales, inc. 2. Approved substitute, B. Provide underground sprinkler system a8 a complete unit produced by a single acceptable manufacturer, including heads, valve, piping circuits, controls and. aocessories. 5 . Installer Quatifcations: 1. The firm shall have a minimum of 3 years experience with.a satisfactory record of performance fr intaling irigaion systems of comparable size and quality. 2. Tho firm shall be @ contractor fcensed by the State of Tennessee Board of Ucensing Contractors. 3. Inigaton instalation shall be performed only by experienced workmen familiar with installation procedures under the supervision of a qualified supervisor regularly engaged inthis type of work. . Materials, equipment and methods of installation shall comply with all applicable codes and standards including: National Fre Protection Association (NFPA), Naffonal Electrical cade. ‘American Society or Testing and Materials (ASTM). National Senitation Foundation (NSF). ‘The itigation Association (A). a. Excavating, backiling and compacting operations: Comply wth requirements as specified herein. ‘Comm, No.2422-09 0210.1 Invigation Systerna 4.04 SUBMITTALS ‘A. Submitthe folowing in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals. 4. Shop Drawings: ‘2. Include piping size and layout, head type and location/layout, control valve locations, and details ilustrating types of factory sprinkler heads and control valves, control systems and wiring, and list of fitings. 2. Manufacturers Literature: ‘2. Materials and instalation instructions for each ofthe system components. 3. Material Samples: a. Fumish upon request. 4. Prior to final inspection and inigation system acceptance, submit writen ‘operating and maintenance instructions and obtain Architect's approval for same inwiling. 5. Provide to Owners appointed Maintenance Personnel instruction in proper use ‘and monitoring of imigation system. 6. Provide in writing the date that Owner's personnel were instructed about the ingation system including the name(s) of those personnel. B. Provide inigation system record drawings. 4. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction. 2 Indicate horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements using planting plans as base sheets. 3. Include one (1) set of mylar originals and two (2) sets of prints, 4. Identity feld changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order. 4.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, and HANDLING “ ‘A. Deliver ligation system components. in manufacturer's original undamaged and ‘unopened containers with labels intact and legible. B. Deliver plastic piping in bundles, packaged to provide adequate protection of pipe lends, threaded or plain. ©. Store and handle materials to prevent damage, theft and deterioration. D. Provide secure, locked storage for valves, sprinkler neads, and similar components ‘hat cannot be immediately replaced, to prevent installation delays. PART 2 PRODUCTS. 201 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Provide only new materials, without flaws or defects and of the highest quaity of their spectiad class or kind. 2. Provide pipe sizes required, ‘a. No substitution of smaler pipes will be permitied. Larger sizes may be used subject to acceptance of the Architect. Remove damaged and defective pipe. 3. Provide pipe continuously and permanently marked with Manufacturer's name or ‘trademark, size schedule and type of pipe, working pressure at 73 degrees F, and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approval B. Plastic Pipe, Fittings and Connections 4. Polyvinyl chloride pipe: a. ASTM 02241, rigid, unplasticized PVC, extruded from virgin parent material. . Provide pipe homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, wrinkles and dents. ‘Comm. No.2422-09 028102 Irigation System‘e Provide one insulated No. 12 solid copper “locator wire with all water Hine installations as required. 2, PVC pipe fitings: ENC ASTM D248 mokled tings suitable for solvent weld, slip joint ring tight Seal or sorewed connections. Fittings made of other materials are not” permitted. b. Sie sip fiting socket taper to penit a dry unsoftened pipe end to be ingerted no more than halfway into the socket. i. Saddle and cross fitings are not permitted. ‘Schedule 80 PVC may be threaded. Use male adapters for plastic to metal connections. i. Hand tighten male adapters plus one turn with @ strap wrench. 2. Size all piping for a maxirnum velocity of 6 fk/sec. Sprinkler Heads, Valves and Associated Equipment: 1 i: ap General: EInorder to afford the Owner their best possible warranty support as stated by the Manufacturer and herein, all inigation brand name goods (i.e. valves, Contollers, heads, etc) shall be purchased fiom an authorized distributor feoognized by the manufacturer to provide warranty support for the ‘geographic location ofthe Project. 2. Sprinkéer head: SPritebid 6604 Falcon Rotor, model numbers F4-FC-16 and F4-PC-14 a6 required to achieve coverage of specified areas Approved substitute. Valves: a. Reinbird 200 PEB b. Approved substitute 14, Pumish sprinkler heads end valves In locations and in quantities as hereafter listed: a. Softball Fields 1) 23—Rainbird Rotors 2) 7 Rainbird Valves 3} 2- Rainbird Quick-Coupling Vaives {locate one in infield and one in outfield) . Football Field and Soccer Field 4) 18—Rainbird Rotors 2) 6—Rainbird Valves: 3) 2- Rainbird Quick-Coupling Valves . remotely from each othet) + 5, Manual eicult valves of 5 or less: Margate valves of brass and rated for 200 PSI and come complete with handle. B._ instal one valve on supply side of each automatic circuit valve. 6. Automatic crout valves: ayo PSlrated globe shle valve, low. power Solenoid, normally closed ‘berglase led nylon body and bonnet with low flow, low pressure operating Capabiliies having brass flow control stern, manual openiclose contro, nylon feinforoed rubber diaphragm and manual intemal and external bleed. 7. Quick coupling valves: ee Snbied Model No. 44RC heavy-duty two plese brass construction with 1” locking rubber cover. b. substitute 8, Water hammer arrester: Wretgompatble withthe systems and system operating pressures and flow rates ‘as shown on the drawings. 1. Automatic Control System: 4. General. Comm, No.2422-09 028103 Irrigation System: | | | @ Fumish low votage system manufactured expressly for contol of automatic Circuit valves of underground sprinkler system. , Provide unit with capacities to sult number of circuits as hereafter sted for the specific location: 1 Ball Fics: 4). (1) Rainbind ESP-s2 Me 2. Exterior contol enclosure: 2 Manufacturers standard with weatherproof locking cover, comlying with NEPA 70. 4. Transformer: 8, To convert service voltage fo contol vellage of 24 vots. 5. Circuit Contol: a. Each cuit variable from approximately 5 to 60 minutes, Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each circuit. 8. Timing Device: 2. Adjustable 0-45 minute, 1 hour and 2 hour station timing unit with water’ budget 1 minute to 4 hours, ._ “A and”B" programs with up to 8 start times for each ofthe two programs, © Programming Schedule: 12,3 and 5 day fixed cycle of a7 day variable cycle selection, it Rechargeable battery circuit maintains controller time and program for up to two weeks with an active, curent display. fi, low for manual or semi-2utomatic operation without dstursing present Swing Gatos . = 4. Swing Gates shall be fabricated and coated to meet the requirements of ASTM F900. E Sling Gates 1. Swing Gates shall be fabricated and coated to meet the requirements of - ASTM F184, 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Fabric: manufactured in accordance with ASTM F392 Fence Fittings: manufactured in accordance ASTM F626 Fence Framework: manufactured in accordance ASTM F1043, ‘Swing Gates: manufactured in accordance ASTI F900 2 pomp PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins. _ 3.02 EXAMINATION ‘A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verity existing conditions, which have . been previously constructed under other sections, are acceptable for product. installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions COMM, NO, 2422.08 028222 Chain Link Fencea Rk —_ L 1 L 3.03 INSTALLATION mz mp 9 a K Install chain-ink fence systems where indicated on drawings Install chaimink fence systems in accordance with Manufacturers latest printed instructions, recommendations, and approved shop drawings. Meet requirements of ASTM F507 Installation shall be made in a workmanlike manner by skiled mechanics ‘experienced in erection ofthis type of fence. ‘The fence shall be erected on line and to grade as shown an the drawings. {Al posts shall be set in concrete foundations in the ground to a minimum depth ‘of 36 inches. Diameter of the foundation shall be a minimum of 9 inches, except foundations for gate posts shall have a minimum diameter of 3 times the outside diameter of the gate post. IAI foundations shall extend approximately 2" above grade and shall be sloped ‘away from the post to provide for proper drainage. Fence fabric shall be fastened to the raling at intervals of 24" 0.C. with fabric ties and joined by 6” long sleeves and run continuously along the top of the {ence through openings provided in the ine post tops. ‘Touch-up scratched factory finished surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Repair or replace damaged installed products, 304 CLEANING A Remove temporary coverings. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturers instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. 3.05 PROTECTION : |A. Protect installed products irish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION COMM, NO. 2422-09 02822.3 ‘Chain Link Fencehe — SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORNWORK PART 1GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES Formwork 2. Shoring and Re-shoring for east in-place concrete 3. Accessories. ‘A. Design and erection of 1. 4.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01330 - Submittals Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. ©. Section 03300 - Gastin-Place Concrete, D. __ Section 07260 ~ Vapor Retarder 4.03 REFERENCES > 'ACI {17 ~ Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and ‘Materials. ‘ACI 301 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. ‘AC1318 - Bullding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ‘ACI347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. ‘ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filer for Conorste Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilent Bituminous Types). ASTM E154 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. G. ASTM E 1745. - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used In Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. moos 4.04 DESIGN OF FORMWORK, SHORING, and RE-SHORING A. Designis the Contractor's responsibilty. 4. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 301, ACI 348, and ACI 347. 2. Design formwork in a manner such that existing or new construction 1s net overioaded. PART 2PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS A Form Materials 4. Wood, plywood, metal, fiberglass or a combination of these. 2. Form materials shall have sufficient strength to prevent distortion. B. Formwork Accessories sere Formwork accessories that are embedded in concrete, including ties and hangers, shall be commercially manufactured products. a. Donotuse non-fabricated wite form tes. Comm, No, 2422-09 0310.4 Concrete FormworkFormn Release Agent 1. Form release agent shall not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete ‘surfaces. Vapor Barrier 1. Referto Section 07260-Vapor Retarder Expansion Joint Filer 1.” Asphalt impregnated, pre-molded, fberboard expansion joint filer Conform with ASTM D1751 b. 1/2-inch thick by full thickness of slab or joint, unless indicated otherwise ‘on the Drawings. Construction Joints 1. Provide metal forms for keyed joints in concrete slabs on grade by: a Burke Keyed Cold Form Joints, as manufactured by-Burke Concrete ‘Accessories, nc. b Keyed Cold Joint, manufactured by KeyKold,Inc., Louisville, Kentucky & —Vuleo Screed Joint, manufactured by Vulean Metal Products, Inc., Birmingham, Alabama, G. Isolation Joint Filler 4. Preformed bituminous type for isolation joints in slabs on grade, concrete paving, walks and curbs 2. Conform to ASTM D994, H. Embedded Plate Assemblies 1. Embedded stool plates, angles, and channels 8. Conform fo ASTM A36, 36 ksi minimum yield strength, unless noted ‘otherwise on the contract drawings. 2. Headed steel studs and their attachment to stee! Conform to the requirements of AWS D1.1. 3. Provide 3/4-inch diameter headed steel studs with 6 inch minimum embedment, unless noted otherwise. 4. Provide heat-resistant ceramic are shields with studs, PART 3EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A m 999 on Before placement, clean all equipment for mixing and transporting concrete end remove all debris from the places to be occupied by the conerete. Clean reinforcement of co, di, loase rust, and foreign material Remove water from place of deposit before concrete Is placed. Remove all laitance and other unsound material from hardened conorete before additional concrete is added. Before reinforcement is placed, coat contact surfaces of form with form-coating ‘compound and form release agent in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, 4.” Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Do not allow excess form release agent to accumulate in forms or come in ‘contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. 3. _Ruststained stee! formwork is not acceptable, For concrete exposed to view, seal form joints a preventleakage. ‘Coat contact surfaces of forms with a formeoating compound before reinforcement is placed. Comm. No, 2422-09 031002 Concrete Formwork| 3.02 INSTALLATION — A General: 4. Erect formwork in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 347. 2. Maintain formwork and shoring to support loads until such loads can be ii ‘supported by concrete structure. 4 3, Provisions for other Trades: a Give all trades whose work Is related to or must be supported by the ‘concrete inset ample notice and opportunity to introduce or furnish all Items before concrete fs placed. b. Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. | c. _Determine size and location of openings and recesses from trades providing such tems. 4 4. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. a Obtain approval for openings not shown on Drawings. B. Tolerances a 4 Finished work shall comply with ACI 117 tolerances. c.— Chamfers 4. Provide 3/4-inch chamfer at all comers. D. Foundation Elements 4 eer Form foundation elements if soll or other conditions are such that earth trench forms are unsuitable. 2. Maintain minimum coverage of reinforcing steel as indicated on Structural 1 Drawings. at E Inserts Te install and secure in postion required inserts, hangers, sleeves, anchors, and a nailars prior to placing concrete. 2 _Lacate anchor bolts by using templates with two nuts to secure in position. 3. Filvoids in sleeves, anchors, and similar inserts temporarily with readily removable material to prevent the entry of concrete into the voids. i F Embeds, 4 mbes. and secure embedded plates, boaring plates, and anchor bots in accordance Sh gpproved sling drawings and in sch 8 manner to prevent displacement “uring placement of conerete. ' Vapor banter 4 yar eetfor to Sedion 07260 — Vapor Barter for preparation for and instalation of i vapor barr i H Construction Joints Tone reid construction joins in aocordance with ACL 318. 4 2. Obtain Designer's prior approval fr use and location of joints. i 3 Provide 1-12 inch doop Key type construction joints at end ofeach placement for Slabs, beams, wals, and footings. 4. Bevel forms for easy removal . Remove loose parts and stency from surface prior to placing the next 8 Ghiptne surface toa depth sufficient to expose sound concrete 3.03 FORM REMOVAL i | i A. Donotremove shores or reshores eal than recommended by ACI 301 and ACI 247 t 1 Remove forms carefully in such manner and at such fime as to ensure complete ! safety of structure. \ | 2. Do not remove forms shoring, or e-shoring until members have acquired Buitcletstcngth fo support their weight and the load thereon safely. | camo ae wis coe oe !3.04 CLEANING A Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, awd, dit or aler debris jist before concrete Is placed END OF SECTION ‘Comm. No. 2422-08 0310.4 Concrete Formworkfies be ke be Le : dou Le aaa a SECTION 03200 CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES ‘A. Deformed Reinforcing Steo! B. Welded Wire Fabric C. Accessories 4.02 RELATED SECTIONS ‘A. Section 01330 - Submittals. . Section 01400 — Quality Requirements. ©. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 1B. Section 03300 - Gast-in-Place Concrete. 4.03 REFERENCES ‘A. ACI 117 ~ Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. ACI 301 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. ©. ACL315 - Detals and Detaling of Concrete Reinforcement. 1D. _ACL318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. E. _ ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Piain, for Concrete Reinforcement. - F. ASTM ABt5 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain BiletSteel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. G. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. H. AWS D12.1- Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Stee! Metal Inserts, and ‘Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction. LAWS D1.4- Structural Weld Code - Reinforcing Steel. 4. CRSI-Manual of Practice, and Documents 63 and 65, 4.04 SUBMITTALS c A General: 4. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 2. Wiitlon description of reinforcement without adequate sections, elevations, and details fs not acceptable. 3, Reproduction of Structural Drawings for shop drawings is not permitted. 4. Electronic drawing files will not be provided to the Contractor. 5. Upon request, submit a cetification from each manufacturer or supplier stating that materiais meet the requirements of the ASTM and ACI standards referenced 6. Upon request, submit mil fest reports 7. Submit manufacturer's data for tensile and compressive spficers Notices: 1. Notify Structural Engineer prior to detailing reinforcing stee! shop drawings. ©. Indicate the following: 1. Siza, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric 2. Bending and citing schedules 3. Splice lengths: ‘Comm No. 2426-09 3200.4 ‘Concrete & Masonry Reinforcement4, Stimup spacing ‘5. Supporting and spacing devices. - 4.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE = ‘A. Detail reinforcing steel in aocordance with ACI 315 and CRS! Standards. : B. Coordinate and schedule in a timely manner wit the Structural TestingInspection Agoncy the following quliy related items: 41. Vet reinforcing steel for quantity size, location, and support. 2. Very proper reinforcing stel concrete coverage. = 4.08 STORAGE AND PROTECTING ‘A. Store reinforcing steel above ground so that it remains clean. B. Maintain stee! surfaces free from materials and coatings which might impair bond. PART 2-PRODUCTS ~ 201 MATERIALS A. Deformed reinforcing stee! conforming to ASTM A615 4. Refer to Structural Drawings for grade (Grade 60 minimum), B, Welded steel wire fabric conforming to ASTM A185. C.—Accessory Materials 1. Annealed stee! tie wire 16-172 gage minimum. 2 Bar supports Plastictioped steel Class | bar supports conforming to CRSI u Specifications. b. Concrete brick may be used to support reinforcement to obtain proper Clearance from earth, D. — Splicers iL 1. Tensile spicers a Capable of developing 125% of the reinforcing steel ASTM specified ‘minimum yield strength. 2. Compression splicers - ‘a. "Mechanical type such that the compression stress is transmitted by end ‘bearing held in concentric contact. E Dowel Adhesive 1, Adhesive for dowels in existing conorete: L a. EPCON System Ceramic 6 Epoxy adhesive supplied. by TW Ramsot/Red Head, HIT HY160 injection adhesive supplied by Hili Fastening Systems, Foil-Fast epoxy injection gel supplied by the Rawiptug Company, ‘approved equal. aps 2.02 FABRICATION ‘A. Fabricate stool in accordance with ACI 318 and CRS! standards. B. Bend bars cold. ©. —_Donot heat or flame cut bars. D. Weld only as indicated. I 4. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D12.1 and or AWS D1.4. E. Tag reinforcing stee! for easy identification, Comm No, 2426-09 3200.2 Concrate & Masonry ReinforcementPART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles and coatings. 3.02 | INSTALLATION A General: +.” Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement in accordance with ACI 318 and CRS! standards. 2. Donot deviate from alignment or measurement. 3. Place concrete beam reinforcement support parallel to main reinforcement. Furnish and install dowels or mechanical splices at intersections of walls, ‘Columns and piers to permit continuous reinforcement or development lengths at ‘such intersections Cover and Tolerances Fee er ACI and CRSI Specifications, unless indicated otherwise on Structural Drawings. Steel Placement See ew ace steel accurately in position and securely fasten to prevent displacement before and during placing of concrete. 2. Support reinforcement in slabs on grade In proper position at 2" below surface of slab by positive means. 2. Do not lay reinforcing on sub-grade and pull up into position after ‘concrete Is placed. 3, Secure reinforcement against displacement by using anneaied wite tes of not Tess than 16 gage, or sutable metal clips at intersections. a. Support ina manner that wil keep all metal away from surfaces of concrete. b. _Domnot drive nails into the outside forms to support reinforcement, @. _Donotlet any other dovice for this purpose come in contact with the cutside form, except that temporary wood spacers may be used to ‘maintain the required clear distance between the stee! and the outside face form, d. _Pullup and remove wood spacers from the concrete as the level of concrete rises. 4. Include spacers, chairs and fes as required and necessary for assembly, spacing, and supporting the reinforcing steet in place. > 2 Use stainless steel, plastic, or plastic tipped (color of plastic shall harmonize with color of concrete) chairs for supporting steet at horizontal ‘Faces which wil be exposed in the finish work. b. Use non-absorbent, non-metallic materials in accordance with ACI 301, Latest Edlion for supports on earth. 5. Locate wolded wire fabric in the top third of stabs. a. Overlap mesh one lap plus two inches at side and end joints. Spices 4 Donot splice reinforcement except as indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Tension couplers may be used and installed in accordance with manufacturer's ‘specifications 3. Provide sufficient lap at splices, where permitted, to transfer the stresses between bars by bond or shear. Field Bending of Bars 1. No bending of bars partialy embedded in concrete is permitted, unless ‘specificaly approved Structural Engineer and checked by Testing and Inspection ‘Agency for eracks. ‘Comm No. 2426-08 032003 Concrete & Masonry ReinforcementF Dowels in Existing Conorete: 1. 2. Comm No, 2426.09 Install dowels and dowel adhesive in accordance with - manufacturer's recommendations, Minimum embedment iength shal! be 12 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise. END OF SECTION 032004 Concrete & Masonry Reinforcementke = RR eR ee PART ‘SECTION 03300 CASTAN-PLACE CONCRETE GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES A ‘section includes castin place concrete work indicated in the Contract Documents of Sthervise required for proper completion ofthe work. This work may also include, but Is not limited to: i Concrete walks ramps, stairs, and sidewalks. 2, Conctele in connection with mechanical and electrical work. 3, Concrete paving. % Stone base or granular fil beneath stabs, ramps, walks, staits, and footings. 5, Excavation for concrete at or below grade, and all Incidental work related tits placement. 402 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION BUT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Stone base or granular fll beneath slabs, ramps, walks, stairs, and footings B. Excavation for concrete at or below grade, and al it placement cidental work related to its 4.03 RELATED SECTIONS mp9 RP Section 01330 - Submittal. Section 01400 ~ Quality Requirements ‘Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. ‘Section 03200 — Concrete and Masonry Reinforcement, ‘Section 03600 - Non-Sirink Grout. 4.04 REFERENCES RerzO™Mpp BP gr z ‘Gomme. No. ‘ACI 214 -Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. ‘ACI 233R ~ Ground Granulated Blast-Fumace Slag as a Cementitious Constituent in Concrete. ‘ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. ‘ACI 302.4 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. ‘ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. ‘ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. ‘AGI 308 - Cold Weather Concreting. ‘ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. ‘ACI 309 - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. ‘ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. ASTM C31- Standard Practice for Making and Curing Conerete Test Specimens in the Field. ‘ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. ‘ASTM C39 _Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete ‘Specimens. ‘ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 2422-09 193300. Castin-Place Concrete 4.02. RELATED WORK ‘A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Conorete B_ Section 07110 - Mastic Dampproofing G. Section 07210 - Bulking Insulation D._ Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07915- Compression Seals F. Seotion 10222~-Cavity Walt Vents 4.03 ALLOWANCE: 'A._ Bidders shall include an allowance for face brick based on $450.00 per 1000 for "Fick!" ‘color Face Brick, including taxes, delivery to the site and unloading. 'B. Bidders shall include an allowance for Architectural Split Face Masonry Units based on Manufacturer's standard color range, inchiding taxes, delivery to the sife and unloading, 4.04. REFERENCES A. ASTMAB2. ‘Specification for Steel We Plain for Concrete Reinforcement B. ASTIAAISMIA 153M Specfeaton for Zine Coating (Hot Dip) on Ion and Stee! ware + Ce ASTMASAIIAG41M Specification for Zine Coated (galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire ASTM C33 ‘Specification for Concrete Aggregates. E ASTM C55 ‘Spectication for Concrete Brick F, ASTM C90 ‘Spectication for Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units G, ASTM Cot ‘Specification for Masonry Cement H. ASTM Co4ic 94M ‘Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete ASTM C140 ‘Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Conerete Masonry Units and Related Units J, ASTMCI44. ‘Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar K ASTMCI50 Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C207 ‘Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes M, ASTM C216 ‘Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made ‘orn Clay or Shale) . N. ASTM C270 ‘Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ©. ASTM C331 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units P, ASTM C404 ‘Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout Q. ASTM C476 ‘Specification for Grout for Masonry Comm. No. 2422-09 042004 Bick and Block Work108 1.08 107 R. ASTM 744 Specitcation for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Siicate Masonry Uni s. ASTMCO79 ‘Specification for Pigments for integrally Colored Concrete T. ASTM E329 ‘Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing andlor Inspection of Materials Used in Construction vu. UL Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory ‘SUBMITTALS = ‘A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 B. Submit design mix for each type Cement Masonry Material and Mortar utilized on the project Design mic information shall indicate conformance of Cement Mortar Material” and Mortar to ASTM standards indicated in paragraph 1.03. G. Submit UL Cetiicatons for Concrete Masonry Units ulzed in 1, 2, & 4 hour rated ‘walls or submit information indicating compiance with requirements of the Standard Building Code as conforming to 1, 2, & 4 hour ratings. D. Submit sample of brick proposed for use to the Designer for approval. Sample shall Consist of at ieast 6 bricks showing approximate range of color and texture. This ‘sample shall be delivered directly to the project site and the Designer notified when it ‘delivered. Brick color for new buildings shall match the color of existing buildings a closely 28 possible E, Submit color samp of Mortar ilustrating color and color range. 11. Color of Architectural Split Faced Masonry Units for new buildings shall mich the Color of existing buildings as closely as possible. ‘Submit color samples of Architectural Spt Faced Masonry Units for selection. 4. Color of Architectural Split Faced Masonry Units for new buildings shall match the Color of existing buldings as closely as possible. ‘G._ Submit certifications for Architectural Split Faced Masonry Units: 4. Manufacturers of colored masonry are to certty of being @ quality colored block producer for a minimum often (10) years or more. 2. Manufacturer of masonry units shall certy that units meet waier repellent ‘manufacturer's pre-quolifiction test for perfomance. QUALITY ASSURANCE ‘A. Before start of masonry work, erect @ sample panel of brick including concrete block backup and cavily components, approximately 4 feet wide and 4 feet high. When approved the panel shall be left in place unt masonry unit work fs completed to serve as.a standard forall work. B. Keep color and performance of mortar sand ond grout consistent by purchasing materials for each batch throughout the fife ofthe project ftom-same manufacturer or supplier. ©. Visually check multiple shipments of materials to ensure that appearance does not change significant. DELIVERY HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver, store, and protect products in acoordance with Section 01600 Handle materias to prevent chipping, breaking and other damage. ‘Concrete block shal be dry when delivered tothe site. Keep concrete block dry unt installed in the building. Store materials on pallets above {ground and cover for protection from: the elements, mud, dust and other materials likely to cause staining or other defects. Face brick shall be palletized and machine handled or handled by equivalent methods that will prevent damage to the brick. ‘Store cementitious mortar materials in ain-tght enclosures. ‘Store steel masonry reinforcing under cover Unt installed in the Work, pos> m om Comm, No, 2422-09 042002 Brick and Block Work1 J | Ree mee — PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MASONRY MATERIALS A. Face Brick: Fee ar irick exposed on exterior and interior of building shall be compliant with FerM C216, Grade SW, size and coursing to match existing buildings. 2. Range of color shall be uniformly distributed in brick as delivered. Furnish units for Soldier course work, and other special shapes 2s required. 8B. Concealed Brick: Fo eatted face brick of all hard-burned common brick, conforming to ASTM C246, Grade SW. 1 strength requirements). bs Unite shall contain no combustion by-products or waste materials. barn cure masonry units at almospheric pressure for not less than 12 hours Stiemperatures between 160 arid 190 degrees F., and then air dry and cure at feast 28 days. 4. When delivered to the sit, units shall have @ moisture content of not more than ‘specified in ASTM C90 Latest Edition. ce. Unis generally shal be 6° x 16° nominal face size and thickness shown on the drawings 4 Fumi al special sles Ie blocks, and other special shapes required by job . «4. Aleoncreie blocks shal be UL sted or shall confrm fo requirments of the ‘tondord Building Code for one-hour fire resistance. Concrete block ‘or use in egal Hour rated walls shall be UL ceriffed or shall conform to requirements Gf the Standard Building Code as conforming to those ratings. 2. Solid Load-Beering Concrete Block: Sie farm to ASTM C20; made with Stale or approved substitute light-weight aggregate. D. Architectural Spit Face Concrete Masonry: 4. Manufacturers: ‘a. LOJAG Inc. Lebanon, TN . Metromont Materials Corp, Asheville, NC ©. Aled Concrete Co., Atlanta, GA 4. Dixie Concrete Co., Winston-Salem, NC. fe. Approved Substitute 2. Source Quality Control: Seurjanufacttrer of controled units shall have atleast one block machine and 2 ‘designated set of curing Kins for colored block only. b. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experiance in the manufacture ‘of colored concrete block Contom to ASTM C-90, Type Il for hollow and sold load bearing units, Refer to structural drawings for strength requirements. Give units Ina moisture-controled atmosphere at normal pressure and temperature to comply with ASTI C-80. ‘Strength: as shown on the drawings. Saee locks. as selected by the Owner. Note that more than one color may be Utilized, 2s selected from manufacturer's standard colors. F ar et are spliface or splt-b units with a chamfered edge on each side of the wiit avea vergaly tp ensure a controled straight break onthe face shell of the Un Sai catcnor masonry units shall confsin the recommended amount of integral woter repellent. ex eee ‘Comm, No. 2422-08 04200.3, Brick and Block Werk:a. Manufacturer: E i. DRY-BLOGK system block admix as manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co. ‘Superseal 455 as manufactured by Concrete Products, Inc, Roswel, GA ii_ Approved substitute. b._ No fatty acid products wil be acceptable. Only liquid polymer repellent material accepted. 2.02 MORTAR MATERIALS ‘A. Mortar Matera fr Face Brick: 4. Mottar for exterior and interior exposed face brick walls: 2. Composed of one (1) part Masonry Cement ulizing a hydrated hydraulic Ime base, and three () pats by volume of clean well graded sand, free of inorganic. ‘or organic impurities. BB. Mortar Materials for Concrete Block and Architectural Spit Face Masonry: 4. Porland coment: Conform io ASTM C160 Latest Editon, Type | 2 Masonry cement: Conform to ASTM C81 Latest Elton a. Manufacturers: L” Volunteer Brand ii Gumberiand Brand Hydrated lime: Conform to ASTM C207 Latest Esition Type S. Sand: Clean natural sand, graded conforming to ASTM C144 Latest Ealtion; Lniform in color forall facebrik work Mixing Water: Clean and free from harmful amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic matetials, ” ‘Water Repellent 8” DryBlock system mortar admire as manufactured by WAR, Graco and company . Superseal 455 Mortar Mix as manufactured by Concrete Products, Ine. Roswell, GA . Approved Substitute Color Utilize color mortar for Split Faced Masonry Units i. Split Faced Masonry Unit Manufacturer's standard to match the color of the masonry unt utilized on the project, 2 ae 2.03 MORTAR A. Mottar for Facebrick: 4. Masonry Cement. shall conform to specification ASTM C-91 and Federal ‘Specification SS-C-1960/1 masonry cements, 2. Mortar for masonry work below grade shall be Type M. Mortar for masonry work above grade shall be Type M or S mortar. B. Mortar for Concrete Masonry Units: 4. Conform to requirements of ASTM C270 Latest Eaton. 2. Mortar for masonry work below grade shall be one part Portland Cement, 1/4 part hydrated fime or ime putty, and not less than 2-1/4 nor more than 3 parts sand, by ‘volume, or any other mix conforming to ASTM requirements for Type M mortar. 3, Mortar for masonry work above grade shall be one part Masonry Cement fo not less ‘than 2-1/4 nor more than 3 parts sand, by volume, or any other mix conforming to ‘ASTM requirements for Type M or S mortar. 2.04 WALL EXPANSION JOINT FILLER, CONTROL JOINTS AND WEEP HOLES ‘A. Expansion Joints: 4.” Refer to section 07915 - Compression Seals 2. Refer to drawings for locations and details for expansion joints 3. Thickness: Per manufacturer's recommendations for joint width detaled. Comm. No. 2422-08 042004 Brick and Block Workes _— Le 1 | 4 | ! | B. Control Joints: Fo DIA 2002 PVE Poly~Joint material as manufactured by Dur-O-Wal 2. Approved Substitute ©. Cell Vents for Weep Holes: + DIA 1006 Call Vents as manufactured by Dur-O-Wel 2. Approved Substitute, 3. Ske: a. Appropriate to brick / block size utilzed on project 4, Color: a. Standard Clear 2.05 MASONRY REINFORCING |A. Masonry wall reinforcing for alt walls, cavity walls, and pariions: 4. Manufacturer: Mar fandard Dur-o-Wal russ design for single wythe masonry work. 2. Baro Wal Truss Titrod or Dur-o-Wal D/A $70S Seismic Dur-o-Eye for cavity walls . Approved Substitute 2. Fabrication a" Manufactured fom cold drawn steet wire conforming to ASTM A82 latest Sn. b. Consist of two or three deformed longitudinal rods welded at 16* intervals to a ‘continuous diagonal cross rod forming a truss design. 2. Dultto- Out spacing of side rods shall be appreximatoly 2" less then the nominal thickness of the wall or partition. 4, Cross rods and side rods shall be not less than No. 9 gage. 3. Finish: a. Reinforcing in interior Walls: {Mill galvanized finish conforming to ASTM AG41 +b, Relnforcing in Exterior Walls: To fot dip Galvanized Finish conforming to ASTM A153, Ciass B2 2.06 MORTAR COLLECTION DRAINAGE SYSTEM 'A. Mosh for instalation in cavily walls to maintain ziflow and drainage while suspending ‘mortar dropping: 1. Manufacturer & Proprietary Product ara tatar Net as manufactured by Sandell Manufachuing Company, Schenectady, NY . bb. Mortar Net™ as manufactured by Mortar Net, Gary, IN ©. Approved Substitute 2. Fabrication: ‘a. Recycled polyester / polyethylene mesh, F509 open weave design fabricated in a “dovetail” configuration 6.10" high x 60" long x2" thick 2.07 METAL ANCHORS AND TIES: |A. Anchors where new masonry veneer Isto be tied to metal stud framing 4. DA213 or DASOt 2.08 PRECAST BLOCK TEXTURED CONCRETE LINTELS ‘A. Fabrication: saesooD ‘pel concrete, using same aggregate and same face texture 26 used for ‘concrete masonry Units. 2, Fabricate with steel reinforcing as detailed on drawings. 7 Comm, No. 2422-09 : 042005 Brick and Block Werk:al 2.09 3. Height as indicated on drawings 4. Lengths shall allow not less than 24" bearing at each end unless otherwise noted on RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 'A. Steel deck and shop fabricated metal are specified in other Sections under Division 8. ©. Held Peining is specified in Section 09900 - Painting REFERENCES ‘A. AISC Speciation forthe Design, Fabrication and Erection of ‘Structural Stee! for Buildings 1. ASTM ASBIAGEM.— Specification for Carbon Structural Stee} BF ASTML A325 — Spotiicaton for Structural Stoel Bots, Steel Heat Treated, 120/05 ksi ‘Minimum Tensile Strength 0. eeiaT Ryo. Test Methods and Defritons fr Mechanical Testing of ee) Products OSM AR0T ~ Standard Specicaion for Carbon Stee! Bolts and Swids, £60,000 psi Tensile F a H \ Strength Serco ~ Speciation for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon ‘Steel Structural Tubing AWS D1.1 ~ Structural Welding Code ‘SSPC- Steel Structures Painting Manual SSF; ASD, Standard Spedfcaton for Pipe, Stee, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded ‘and Seamless. 4. ABTA AT2o. Standard Specificalon for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Stee! Products. K Produ. standard Specfcation for Zine Coating (HotDip) on ronan Stes Reco 5 ASTM Aire. Standard Practve for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hol-Dip Galvanized Coatings. a Savin AtG0. Stancard Specification for Heat Treated Stel Stuctusl Bos, 450 KSI Minimum Tensie Strength. NL AME ASOD" Siandacd Specification for Cold Formed Welded ané ‘Seamless Carbon Steel °. PB a “Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. Tg a Standard Specicaton for HotFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Stee! ‘Structural Tubing. Ret A572- Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Stools of Structural Quality. See ererard Speciation for Stoo for Structural Shapes for Use n Bulding Framing. ‘Comm, No. 2422-08 051001 ‘Structural Steet4.04 SHOP DRAWINGS ‘A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit complete shop drawings ofall siructural steel showing erection diagrams, details and listings of the steel including shop and field connections, method of abrecton, finishes, and reiaion fo surrounding work. ©. Submitto Designer: 41. Mil certification of steel material test reports 2 ll certiation of high strength bolt material test reports 3. Fabricator qualifications shop welding procedures, and test reports 4. _Erector qualifications, fld welding procedures and test reports D. Submit to Designer: 1. Celenlations of pre-engineered elements and complex or non-typical connections not shown on contract drawings. These calculations must be stamped, signed, and dated by 2 professional engineer icensed inthe project stata, 2 Upon request, submit steel erection sequence or procedures. ‘3. Upon request, submit shop verifed camper measurements 4. _Allcorrected shop drawings for record purposes. E Contractor to verty In writing, all fold measurements necessary for fabrication, prior to fabrication 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ‘A. Structural Testing/Inspection Agency shall perform the following quality related items: 4. Anchor Bolts (Rods) Anchor Bolt (Rod) size, grade, configuration, and embedment shall be verified prior to placement of concrete, 2. Welded Connections @. Inspection in accordance with AWS Structural Welding Code. . Monitoring of the welds shall be periodic or continuous as indicated below and shall include: 1) Visual inspection of all feid-welded connections. 2) Visual inspection of stes!fi-up prior to weld, 3) Review of approved welding procedure specifications and verification that the: {welding procedure spectications are being adhered to during feld welding. 4) Verification of welder quaifcations. : 3. Bolted Connections Inspection and testing shail be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. >. The inspector shal verify (at @ minimum) that bolts, nuts, washers, paint on faying Surfaces, bolted parts, instalation, and tightening are in accordance with the plans ‘and specifications, ©The inspector shall verfy that all ples of connected materials have been drawn {ogether and property bolted snug fight. 4. The inspector shall verify that bolt tensioning techniques are in accordance with the AISC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Boks. ‘® Connections with Fully Tensioned Bolts: 1) Prior to visual and physical testing, tension testing using a calibration device (Skidmore-Wihelm) must indicate tonsions at least 5% in excess of the AISC minimum, Structural steel erector shall supply the tension calibration device, ‘The Inspector shall observe the pre-installation testing and calibration procedures. 2) The inspector shall perform periodic inspection (Including a minimum of 10% of the connections) of bolt installation for tensioning when the tumvof-nut Comm. No, 2422.09 051002 ‘Structural Stee!a method with match marking techniques, te direct tension indicator, or the ‘Memate design fastener (twist-off bol) methods are used. «) “Me mepecos shal perform continuous inepecton (reudng 100% St 1 Tre sre) of bol istaliaon for tensioning when the calibrated wrench oF Pamreof nut method without match marking methods are used. 4. Connections with Snug Tight Bl: Sore pec shal perform pene epetion (nung = mim of 07 rhe connections) of connections with snug Hight bots, 4, Weaded Studs Vearespecton and testing shal bein aocordance wth AWS D1. 2. Inspection pe Sal ver he pre-production tesing in accordance wih Section 7-7-4 ofAWS D1.1. Pho mepecior shal perform periodic inspection of ll headed stud weting TRe irepector shal vsualy inspect 100% of the headed stud welds 3 The re fips contucled ab requred by Secon 7.0.1 of ANS DIA. a a mum of 15% ofall headed studs cal be subjected © bend tis. areal etuds on any member that has a stud fang he bend test, 5, Material Verification re erpetor chal conduct periodic inspections to very high-strength Pols nuts, and washers: {een tat tre Wdertieation markings confor othe ASTM standards, Spoctfied inthe approved constucton documents. 2) Verify the manufacturer's certificate of compliance, «Fhe inspector shal conduct period inspections to very the struc! se ey thatthe entation markings conform othe ASTM standards, poate inthe approved constuction documents 2) Very the manufacturer's certified ml est reports, he inspector shal cnt priodc inspections to very the we'd Her materials: 2) Very the manufacturer's certificate of compliance. 8, Details Detals pcpector shall conduct perloio inspecions of the, sta! fame, te verity Tee ace wh the deals shown on the approved constuction docire ‘such 28 compte tetening, member localons and proper application of ft tals at each connection. fa. Stuntural Seek Mest requirements of Manual of Stee! Construction ftest edition for types of steel specifies. oer RPENon: Meet requirements of AISC- Specticaon forthe Desion, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Stee! for Buildings. a een eStors: Members of tho AISC at timo of bidcing: and mateo ‘ebrication, and Stee Foe ae spocifed otherise, shall be in accordance vith the flown ‘American Institute of Stoel Construction (AISC). Ins ciation fr Stuctura Steel Bulngs - Alowable Stross Design and Plastic Design. 2. Code of Standard Practice for Stoel Bulcings and Bridges Pils Ganon to the requrements of the American Welding Society Coe, {or Welding in etana Construction 1.1. Welders shall have been, qualied in ‘accordance with the Fequrements of D1.1. Those currently qualified and, who <0 ‘performing under the remuiments. Cecessary for ther work vil not be required to be raat. Welders need only be aod essary for ting posllons and welding processes in which they wil Be congas , Bieatng and painting shall be in accordance wih Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) referenced specifications. Comm, No. 2422-09 951003 structural Steet1.08 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING. ‘A. Deliver and store components in accordance with Section 01600 5B. Store components on blocking. Do not allow components to remain in direct contact with the ‘ground. = G. Handle components with care to prevent damage . Store Components such that piece marks and tags are ready visible E. Bols, Washers, Embed Plates, & Miscellaneous Plates and Angles shall be stored in ‘containers from the fabricator. PART 2 PRODUCTS: 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural steel shapes: 1, Conform to ASTM A992, minimum yield strength 50 ksi or ASTM A572/A572M, minimum yield strength 50 ks. B. Structural steel tubing 4, Conform to ASTM A500, minimum yield strength 46 ksi. ©. Structural steel pipe 4, Conform to ASTM A500, minimum yield strength 36 ksi D._Non-High Strength Fasteners, L 1. Gonform to ASTM A307, Grade A, 60 ksi minimum, where noted on the Structural Drawings. 2, Hardened steet-washers shall conform to ASTM F436. High Strength Fasteners. 1. High-strength bolts shall conform to ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 26 noted on the ‘Structural Drawings, 2. Provide 3/4-inch minimum diameter bolts, unless noted otherwise. 3, Hardened steel washors shall conform to ASTM F436. 4. Spline-fype tension control bolts, plain hardened washers and suitable nuts are an ‘acceptable altemate design bok assembly. 5. Donotuse load indicating washers. ‘Shop paint 4. Conform to SSPC-Paint-5-68T, Type 1. ‘Anchor Bolts: 1. Conform to ASTM A307, 60,000 psi. Headed Studs: 4. Stoel studs conforming to the requirenients of AWS D1.1. 2. Provide 3/4-inch diameter headed steal studs, unless noted otherwise. 3. Provide heat-resistant coramic ao shields with studs, Forged Stee! Hardware Items: 1. Structural hardware items such as clovises,tumbuckles, sleeve nuts, recessed-pin nuts, and cotter pins shall comply with the dimensions, weights, and design strengths as set forth in tables 15-4 through 16-8 (as applicable) in the AISC Manual of Steel Construction, LRFD, Third edition. 2 sarhtatenial shall comply with SAE C-1035, C 1030, or other steel alloy approved equal. Expansion Anchors 1. Hill Kwik Botti! anchors supplied by Hilt Fastening Systems 2. _Trubolt Wedge Anchors supplied by ITW Ramsat'Red Head 3. Power-Stud anchors manufactured by Powers Fastening 4. Approved Substitute, Adhesive Anchors 1. Allthread steel anchor Conform to ASTIM A307, Grade A or ASTM A38, ‘Comm. No, 2422-09 0510.4 Structural SteelL b Zine pleted in accordance wth ASTM B63, unless noted othenvise on the ‘Structural Drawings 2. Adhesive = Anes 1150 jection adhesive (HIT HY20 adhesive for masonry constuction with, voids) supplied by Hilli Fastening Systems = 1». aan Brstem Cerarc 6 epoxy adhesive suppied by [TW RamsetRes Head b Bower-Fast epoxy injection gel supplied by Powers Fastening . approved equal. . ‘Welding electrodes for manual shielded are-welding Welding coor te E70, Series of the Speciications for Mid-Stesl Covered ‘AroWelding Electrodes, AWS AB.1. 2.02. FABRICATION F Fabioate and assemble structural assemblies in the shop to the srestest extent possible. Fabroate in accordance with AISC Specifications ems of stuctural ste Fabreay mak av mateh-mark materials for eld assomby. Fabricate materials for delivery ‘sequence to ‘erection and minimize field handing. Saar rconnections shal comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearances and quality of Wis and for methods used in connecting welded work, wrote as aha be automaticaly end welded with suitable Neon ctid Welding equipment Meade op or iho feld at spacings Indicated onthe Structural Dw in ne plate materials shall be clean, dry and free of pont rst ok other contaminants, Af requed, shall be done ater completion of welding. Weld We studs to plate material Fg arte ed richness being used for embodrent et he start of each shift to check for sroper weld setup procedure. Test wel inthe same postion Sng ‘used for production. Bend Propet en ster cooling, by hammes 45 degrees from the vertical poston without faliure. Non- tet welt ah studs incites tal the wel! setup fs Sastactoy and production ‘welding may be state errno ferle frm each std after welding and visual inepect weld filet A fillet Rem em 20) degrees Is cause for further Inspection Hammer fst Stic, bending the stud See oe rom the vertical towed the closest end of the embedment het steel member. 15 cearestut fare indicates a salistaciy weld. Bon suds my bent. When studs ee welded to steel plates or members with temperatures: are welded te tested by bending 15 degrees from the verfoal, Warming - eit ‘shall not [a atompted winen tho base metal temperature is below O degrees Fahrenheit or when the Pieal surface is wet of exposed to falling rain oF SNOW. ‘Shop Painting Shop Painting 1 grorto.the panting process, surfaces which are scheduled Teen, Aish Teining shal be cleaned to remove mil Seal, rust rust soale, sr foreign matter by the: painting she Mee in accordance wih SSPC-SP6-Latest Eitlon) Commer Blast oa art bast caning, heavy deposi of 08 and grease shall be removed in Ceetdance with SSPC-SP1-(Laiest Editon) Solvent Cleaning. Serer re ocumonts indicate steol to be protected wit eprey appice ficeprooting, Veniy. with spray-applied fireproofing manufacturer that paint is ‘compatible with fireproofing. b, Tzun isnot compatble, do not prime surfaces in direct Poms bond with I paint sn enous fweprootng Matera or where eld weking requ 2, immediatly proto the painting process, surfaces which ere net ‘scheduled to receive Fruntng etal be cleaned by hand too! cleaning in aocortancs Wit ‘SSPC-SP2-(Latest Eaition) or by power tool cleaning in accordance ‘vith SSPC-SP2(Latest Edition), | * 3. see Setion shall be in aocordanca with SSPC-PATLatest Eilon) Shop Field, and Maintenance Painting. Comm, No, 2422-08 051005 Structural Steelcee anne 4. Paint shall be applied to provide a minimum dry fim thickness of 2 mils. Where ocuments indicate stee| to be protected wilh spray applied fireproofing, verify with spray- applied fireproofing manufacturer that pain is compatible with freproofing. 2. If paint is not compatible do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete * oF cementitious fireproofing materials or where fied welding is required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ‘A. Verify existing conditions, which have been previously constructed under other sections, are acceptable for new work. 3.02 PREPARATION ‘A. Block-out paint around areas to be field welded or clean and strip primed steel items to bare ‘metal where site welding is required. 5. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry to appropriate trades, ‘Templates shall be furnished as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations, C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing, Keep work in alignment 3.03 ERECTION ‘A Erection shail, in general, comply with the AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and as herein specified, 8. Temporary shoring and bracing shal be provided wth connections of sufclent strength to bear irtposed loads. Temporary planking and working platforms shall be provided as necessary to cffectively compleis the work. & Inividual members ofthe structure shall be plumb and level within specified AISC tolerances, D. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, ‘and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. E_Untaic holes in members shall not be enlarged by buming or by the use of drift pins. &, Boot field cut or alter fabricated structural members without approval of Designer G. Grout under base plates 3.04 FIELD PAINTING {PDYY one fold coat of palnt to al places where the shop coat of paint has rubbed away, where Ie shop coat of paint was omited because of feld welding, or where field welding has damaged the shop coat of paint. 5. Fel coat of pant shall be the specifed shop paint apoted to result in minimum dry fim thickness of 2 mis, 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION ‘A. Remove excess materials from site and dispose of properly 'B. Protect adjacent surfaces during field welding operations, 3.08 ANCHOR BOLT (ROD) SETTING A. Provide templates for setting anchor bolts (rods). Pasion arichor bois (reds) by using ‘templates with two nuts to secure in place prior to placement of concrete B. Do noterect ste! witere anchor bolt (rod) nuts will not have full threads, Comm. No. 2422-09, ost00.6 ‘Structural Steetje 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.40 at 312 343 314 3.45 ‘CONNECTIONS provide a minimum of to fasteners at each bolted connection. Ensure fasteners are lubricated prior to instalation. crs are rength oed connections In accordance with AISC Specioatons for Structural ‘Joints using ASTM A325 or A420 Botts. dois using Moe for expansion and corracson where sel beams connec te cconorete Provide connect coluris and at expansion joints. Secure nuts on bots against loosening. {Dont threads with a chisel) p 99> FASTENER INSTALLATION |A. Bolts shall be installed in oles ofthe connton and brought to <8 ht condition. Tighten Bats shall be Wereseng systematicaly trom the most rigid part to the free edges of the ‘connection to minimize relaxation of the bolts. f, Highvength bots installed shall have @ hardened washer under ‘the clement tumed in lightening. aneiaeds and Nohtning of bois shall eonfor othe AISG Speccations fer ‘Structural Joins. EXPANSION ANCHOR INSTALLATION ‘A. Install in accordance with manufacture's recommendation. A amet embedment stall be equa to tes the anchor ameter unless noted otherwise. ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSTALLATION. ‘A. Installin accordance with manufacturer's recommendation, A imenumn embedment shal be equal to 12 times the anchor diameter unloss noted otherwise. WELDING ‘A. Comply wih AWS Stucural Welding Code, Use prequolied walt proces A ee end rotums where filet welds terminate at end or sides, turns shall be continuous Fora dotance of not less than two times the nominal sizeof the weld SPLICING [A Spice members ony were incicated unless aulhorizod in wring My ‘Structural Engineer. A Sie him plates at botom flange splice at continuous beam spices wih different depths. cuTTING A: Donotuse fame citing to correct rors unless authorized in wring. A Done at comers shal have a minimum radius of ane inch and be fee of notches. Notches rer nages resling from fame cuting hal be fished to @ smooth appearance. MILL SCALE ‘A. Remove loose mill scale, BOLT HOLES 'A. Cut dill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not enlarge holes by buming, Dil or punch holes in bearing plates. Remove burrs. Comm, No. 2422-08 051007 Structural Stee!3.46 PRIMING STEEL ‘A. Prime stee! that is not encased in concrete, plaster, or sprayed fireproofing. Do not shop prime in areas to be fleld welded, contact surfaces of slip crtical connections, or areas to receive special finishes. B. Field prime, as required, steel that has been welded or that is not primed after connections have been tightened. : ._ Verify primer requirements with Architect for buildings without freproofing. 3.47 GALVANIZING ‘A Gatvanize shelf angles that support the exterior building veneer, for example brick shelf angles. B. Galvanize environmentally exposed sleet for example, mechanical equipment supports C. Touch-up welds and abrasions in galvantzed members in accordance with ASTM A780, END OF SECTION ‘Comm. No. 2422.09 051008 Structural Stee!me SECTION 05110 SHOP FABRICATED METAL PART1 GENERAL 401 SECTION INCLUDES |. Metal work traditionally fabricated in @ shop 'B._Equipment Supports . Metal Handrails and Guardralls 1D. Handwash Sink Countertop Support 71.92, RELATED SECTIONS ‘A. Section 05100~ Structural Steel, B. Section 05210~ Steel Joists ._ Section 05800 — Expansion Joint Covers | Section 09900 ~ Painting 4.03. REFERENCES A. NISC ~ Speetfication for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Stee! for Buildings 2. BaTM ROI gaM ~ Standard Speciation for Carbon Suu 8 ASTM A325 ~ Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Minimura Tensile Strength Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi oo eeiay nba5" Standard Practice for Proving High-Qualy Zine Comkge OAS ASOD Standard Specticalon for Cold Formed Welded ané Seam ‘Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes ) ess Carbon Steel FASTA AGO Standard Speciation for Hot Formed Welded and ‘Seamless Carbon Steo! ‘Structural Tubing G. AWS D1.1 ~ Structural Welding Code 4.04. QUALITY ASSURANCE |A.rucural Steck: Meet requirements of Manual of Steel Construction latest edition for types Of steet specified. Welding, Perform welding per AWS D1.1 latest edition, Fabication, and Erection of Siructural Stee! for Buikfings- Sa Fabticator Cerified by American Institute of Certification Program, Class |. mo oF Fabrication and Erection: Meet requirements of AISC- ‘specification for the Design, Steal Construction Fabrication cto eee cn Welding Operotors: Qualls within past Yoo" perform work Mees per Gade for Welding in Bung Conctrucon. ANS D1 reauited pet Sing i required fr cortfeatons that are 12 rnonths okt oF oer 4.08 SUBMITTALS, |A.. Provide submittals under provisions‘of Section 01830 Breve designer al calctlalions for pre-engineered sas and hands, ‘These _Submitto dest be stamped and signed by 2 structural engineer censed nthe project state. Comm. No. 2422-08 ost10.4 shop Fabricated Metal[ 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ‘A. Deliver products to site under provisions'of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600, ©. All fabrications shall be stacked to insure proper drainage and shall be covered to protect them from the elements. PART2 PRODUCTS 201 202 MATERIALS. _ . ‘A. Cast Iron: Clean, tough gray iron free from blow holes, cinder spots or oold shuts. . Conforming to ASTM Specifications. 5. Wrought ron: Plates, Sheet, Bolts, Rods, & Bars conforming to ASTM Specifications C. Structural Stoel: ASTM A36. D. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A325 = E, Aluminum: Type recommended by manufacturer unless specifically noted F Anchors: 4. Sizes and types: appropriate for conditions and applied loads - 2, Manufacturers: 1. Hiti Corp, Tulsa, OK 2. TW RamsetRedHead, Wood Dale, IL 3. Approved Substitute, G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 ~ type required for materials being welded HE Shop Paint 1. Fumish shop primer compatible with primary paint specified for metals, Refer to Section 08900 — Painting ~ |. Wall Brackets (well mounted handrails): No. 208 malleable on 2s manufactured by Julus [Blum & Co, Carlstadt, N.J., or approved substitute ‘SHOP FABRICATION (GENERAL) = ‘A Joints: Tightly fitted, finished smooth and even concealed where possible, rivets Countersunk on exposed surfaces. No dhifing. Make exposed joints butt tight, flash and haitine. ~ 4. Steet Riveted and welded. 2. Castings: Concealed bolts or cap screws counter-sunk on face 3. Wrought ron: Welded or machine screws. 4. Exterior Work: Fabricate to shed water and prevent entrance to hollow work. 8. Aluminum: Welded, ground and buffed for fush machine screws. B. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication ©. Fit and shop assemble in targest practical sections, for delivery to site D. Grind exposed welds fush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. ~ E- Shop assemble fabrications in largest practical sections, for delivery to sito F. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricats anchorage and ‘elated components of same materials and finish as metal fabrication, except where. Specifically noted otherwise, Finishes: ‘1. Glean surfaces to receive primer of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to finishing by wire brushing, scraping or power tool cleaning. 2. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or cementitious fireproofing materials or where field welding is required. 3. Prime paint interior items minimum of one coat 4. Glean, propare and galvanized exterior steel items indicated to ASTM A386. 2 Comm. No. 2422-09 05110.2 ‘Shop Fabricated Metal{ 2,03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: 'A. abrcate equipment supports of sructural shapes whore shown soe Se detaled and Where Fabrica wy equipment contactors. Coordinate sizes wih equipment manufacturers. 2.04 METAL HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS A. Neterials: Schedule 40 black seamless stet pipe andlor buat steel of sizes indicated, toast or malleable iron flanges. B. Joints: Welded, ground smooth. 2.05 HANDWASH SINK COUNTERTOP SUPPORTS 'A. Provide steal ame supports at sold polymer countertops wher indicated on the Pro Support trae shall be fly shop fabricated ron str sleel sections 2s Draws the drawings. Allwelds shal Be ground smooth othe fouch. PARTS EXECUTION 3,01 EXAMINATION 'A. Veity exaing conditions, which have been previously consiucted under other sections, ‘are acceptable for new work, 3.02 PREPARATION 'A. Clean end stip sie primed ste! items fo bare metal where se woking is required. A Clean meme required 1 be cast into concrete oF embedded In masonry with, setting ‘templates, to appropriate trades oo aeexoition for erection leeds wth tompcrary bracing. Keep work in alignment 3,03. INSTALLATION ‘A: Install teme plumb and jevel, accuratly ited, free from defects B._ Refer to drawings for fabricated work 8 Refer greta handrals and guardrails: Poured Yead or h-Sstg plastic compound ott ose, Sulphur, caked lead woo! int sleeves, or quek-Sef%G plastic compound , {or eter oe lp Ranges at oor, sorewed or welded fanges af walls Expansion bott al anges In concrete and toggle bol all anges in concrete Taser ob. are aig poss or metal andrais, guadrais, and veal janet St detailed to be Winer ote eoripe sleeves, posts hall be extended 6” ito pipe slecwos preset in eae fe, and shall be grouted in place with nen-shrinklng grout , Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1-1 © Khor nstation, touch-up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. ‘G. Support wall mounted rails with wail Breckets. “Space brackets as shown and noted on the ravings. nS ox andwash sink countertop supports to masonry walls wih sieeve anchors. 3,04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION |A. Remove excess materials from site and dispose of property © Protect adjacent surtaces during field welding operations. END OF SECTION ‘Comm, No. 2422-09 0510.3 ‘Shop Fabricated Metal| PART 4 4.01 4.02 1.03 1.04 1.08 ‘SECTION 05300 ‘STEEL ROOF DEGK (NON-ACOUSTICAL) GENERAL ‘SECTIONINCLUDES A. Steel decking as indicated on Drawings, specified herein, and as required for a compicte ‘and proper insialation. RELATED SECTIONS, ‘A. Section 01330 - Submits. ©. Section 05100 - Structural Stee. D. Section 05401 — Light Gauge Steel Trusses. REFERENCES ‘A. ANSI- Specifications forthe Design of Cokt-Formed Stee! Structural Members. B. AWSDI.1- Structural Welding Code. ©. AWS AS'5- Specifications For Low Alloy Steel Covered Aro-Welding. D, _SDI- Basie Design Specifications. E, _SDI-Steel Roof Deck Design Manual. F. ASTM Ad46 - Standard Specification for Stost Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Siruchral (Physical) Quali. G. ASTM A525 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stee! Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. H. ASTM A611 - Standard Specication for Stoel, Sheet, Carbon, Cokt-Rolled, Structural Quality, DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ‘A. Metal deck shall be designed to resist the design loads provided in the Contract, Documents. The design of the metal deck shall be the sole responsibility of the deck supplier and its design engineer, ficensed inthe project state. B. Provide roof deck units with flush, nested 2-inch end laps and nested side laps, unless ‘otherwise indicated or specified, Provide deck configurations complying, with SDi "Basic Dasign Specifications". : ©. Roof deck shall be capable of supporting @ uniformly distributed total load of 25 pounds per square foot without exceeding a unt stress of 20,000 psi and a uniformly distributed live load of 20 pounds per square foot withthe live load deflection not to exceed 1/240 of the span length center-o-center of support. D. Provide metal deck sheets of three spans minimum wherever possible. ‘SUBMITTALS ‘A. Not the Structural Engineer prior to detaling shop drawings. B, Submit detailed shop drawings showing layout and types of deck panels, weld sizes, vweld patterns and conxitions requiring dosure panels, supplementary framing, sump Pans, cant strips, cut openings, special joining or other accessories. Include calcutations, and required information ifnot completely covered by load tables and products data. ©. Upon request, submit mill certification that the steel supplied meets the required specifications. 1D. Upon request, submit written welding procedures. Comm, No. 2422-09 (05300.1 ‘toe! Roof Deckne Submit manufacturers specifications, load tables and instalation ineructions for each type of decking and accessories: Include manufacturers certifications to show compliance wit supplementary freming, sump pans, cant stips, curb openings, special jointing and other accessories. 4.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A B. Installer. Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5. years documented experience. Design deck layout, spans, fastening joints and related items under direct supervision of 2 Professional Stuctural Engineer experienced in design of the is work and licensed in the state where the project is located ‘Welding: Conform to the requirements of the American Welding’ Society Code for ‘Welding in Building Construction Di.1. Welders shall have been qualified in accordance with the requirements of D1.1. Those currently qualified and who are performing under the classifications necessary” for their work will not be required to be re-qualiied. Welders need only be qualified for those welding positions and welding processes in which they will be engaged. Cleaning and painting shall be in accordance wih Stéel Structures Painting Council {SSPC) referenced specications. ‘Structural Testinginspection Agency shall perform the folowing quality related tems: 4. Verify placemont of deck for aignment and proper lap. 2 Verily deok gage. 3. Verify welds for size and pattem, 4, The inspector shall verify welding procedures and welder qualifications prior to the stat of work. 5. The inspector shall perform periodic monitoring of all foor and roof deck welding and shall verily that all welds have been visually inspected prior to the welds being covered. Source Quality Control 4. Decking shall be fabricated of sheet steel in strict accordance with “Specifications for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structurat Members" published by the ‘American ron and Stee! institut. 4.07 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver and store materials in accordance with Section 01600 B Deliver materials in manufacturers bundles C. Store materials.on blocking with slope to ensure positive drainage.-Keep material clean. Do notallow material to remain in direct contact withthe ground. D. Protect decking from corrosion E _Handite decking with care to prevent damage F ‘Store other materials in a weather-ight dry place until ready for use. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF & FLOOR DECK A General, 1. Minimuum yield strength 33 ksi, wide rb prime painted steel B. Manufacturers: 4. Wheeling Comugating Company, Wheeling, W. Va. 2. United Steel Deck, inc., South Plainfield, NJ 3. Vuleraft, a division of Nucor, St. Joe, IN 4. Approved Substitute Comm, No, 2422-09 053002 Stee! Roof Deckee ee = = is ©. Meter: Moet tal deck formod frm stl sheets having a minimum vit strength of 33,000 REFERENCES ‘A. ASTM A653IA 853M — Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized), or Zine-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process: B. ASTM AG24/A 924M - Specifications for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot Dip Process C, ASTMA780 ~ Practice for Repair of Damages and Uncoated Areas of Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings. D. Ametican Welding Society (AWS): 4. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel.” 2. AWS D1.3 “Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steol” PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. ‘A. AISI*Specitcatons’: Calculate structural characterisios of cold formed metal framing according to AIS "Cold Formed Stee! Design Manual" latest edition. BB. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate and erect cok-ormed meta framing to ‘withstand design loads within ils and under conifons required: 4 Design Loads: As indicated on drawings. - 2. Design framing systems fo withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: 2. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of L360 3. Dosign framing systems to provide movement of framing members without damage or over stressing, sheathing failure, connection fale, undue strain of fasteners and anchors, o other detimental effets when subject to a meximurn temperature change (range) of 120 deg. F (67 eg. ). ‘SUBMITTALS ‘A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each type of cold-forrmed metal framing and accessory required. 8. Submit shop drawings showing member, type, tocation, spacing, size and gauge of members, ‘method of attachment to supporting members and all necessary erection details. 1. Truss Manufacturer to submit shop drawings showing: a. Member, type, location spacing, size and gauge of members. ._ Location of required lateral web compression bracing Comm. No. 2422-09 0540141 Light Gauge Metal Trussesa 1.08 1.07 ‘Aliiruss to truss connection details, Detailed roof truss layouts. ‘Structural calculations, sealed and signed by a qualified registered Professional Engineer, in the state of Tennessee verifying framing assembly's ably to meet or exceed local ‘code and design requirements. ‘QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Fabrication shall be performed by experienced cold-formed metal framing truss fabricator with rot ess than three years experience designing and fabricating cold-formed metal russes equal in material, design, and extent tothe systems required for this proec. 'B. Primary fabrication shall be conducted in permanent facifty dedicated to the manufacturing of cod formed! metal trusses. ‘Job site fabrication is stricly prohibited. : Erectors Qualifications: 1. Truss erection shall be performed by a qualified installer experienced in structural ight gauge. steel framing and recommended truss installation practices, eae ge DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver and store trusses in accordance with Section 01600, Deiver trussed to jb ste indvidually labeled to maich information in layout drawings. Execise extreme care to avoid damage during unloading, storing and erection, Store trusses on blocking off of ground and in an upright poston to avoid damage from bending and over stressing. Protect metal rom corosion, deformation, damage, and deterioration when store on jobsite. Keep trusses free of drt and other foreign matter. 7m pos> PART 2 PRODUCTS, 201 202 Comm, No. 2422.09 05401.2 MANUFACTURER, A. Rogers Manufacturing Corporation, Ashland City, TN B. Raney Tiss, Nastwille, TN. . Aegis Metal Framing, LLC, Chesterfield, MO 1D. Approved Substitute : MATERIALS: ‘A. Truss components: 4. Commercial quality steel, ASTM A853 galvanized finish with a minimum yield point of 45 kst. B. Bracing, bridging and blocking members: 4. Commercial quality stee! sheet, ASTM A853 galvanized fnish with a minimum yield of 23 ksi C._ Metal framing components: 1. General: Provide sizes, shapes and gauges indicated: 2. Design Uncoated-Steol Thickness: 20 Ga. .0360 in (0.91 mm) 3. Design Uncoated-Stee! Thickness: 18 Ga, 0470 in (1.20 mm) 4. Design Uncoated-Stee! Thickness: 16 Ga. 0580 in (1.52 mm) 5. Design Uncoated-Stoel Thickness: 14 Ga. .0750 in (1.00 mm) D. Fastenings: 1. Hil self driting screws, bolts, nuts and washers with corrosion-resistant plated finish, a. Fasleners shall be of sufficient size to ensure the strenath of the connection. Light Gauge Metal Trusses2.03 FABRICATION ‘A. Factory fabricate trusses and accessories plumb, square, rue to.ine and with connections seourely fastened. |. Fabricatetriss assemblies in ig templates. Cut framing members by satsing or shearing; do not torch cut. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by screw fastening. . Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold- framed to cold-formed metal framing ‘manufacturers instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 5. Splicing: ‘2. Splicing of webs is not permitted . The following procedure shall be followed when spbising of chord members is necessary: iL” Splice chord members by using a 24.inch (typ.) piece of chord material the same size ‘and gauge of the chord material being spliced. {i Attach splice wih a minimum of 4 screws each side ofthe spice. ‘The screw count of the splice shall be calcleted by dividing the forces in the member (see indvidual truss engineering drawing), by the appropriate screw shear value, 20GA-243 ibsiscrew 18GA-410 bbsiscrow 46GA-513 bsiscrow 14 GA519 bsiscrew B. Reinforce, stifen, and brace trusses to withstand-handiing, delivery, and erection stresses. C. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabrcate assemblies o a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and tue {line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as folows: 1” Spacing: Space nual web members no more han ps of mins 1 nh rm lan tocation {1 Vertical webs located drecty over beating points shal be located plus or minus 1/8 inch {Gm from plan location ji, Squamess: Fabricate each cold-formed meta framing assembly to @ maximum outot- ‘square tolerance of 18 inch (3 mm). . Welding: Gomply with AWS D1.1 when applicable and AWS D1.3 for welding base metals less see ‘than 118° thick. E. Finish: Provide components with protective zine-coating complying with ASTM AB53, minimum (G80 coating. PART 3 EXECUTION : 3,01 EXAMINATION ‘A. Examine structure, substrates and instalation conditions. Do not proceed with truss erection until Unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Irstall russes so as to allow complete and ‘adequate contact with truss connection member at all bearing locations as indicated. 'B._ Installation constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and responsblty for satisfactory performance. 8.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 4. Lift trusses to prevent damage or distortion 2. Erection of trusses, including proper handling, safety precautions, temporary bracing and other safeguards of procedures are the responsibilly ofthe Contractor and, Contractors installer. Comm. No. 2422-09 5401.3 Light Gauge Metal Trusses3. Exercise care and provide erection bracing required to prevent topping or dominoing ot ‘russes during erection, B. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical and parallel to each other accurately located at design spacing indicated. Provide proper iting equipment suited to sizes end types of trusses required, applied at it points recommended by tuss fabricator. Exercise care to avold damage to truss members and joints during erection and to keep horizontal bending of trusses to @ minimum. Provide framing anchors as indicated or accepted on the engineering design drawings or ef@ction drawings. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points. Install truss framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line, and with connections safely fastened, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until all permanent bracing, framing, and sheathing isin place and securely fastened. Do not ater, cut or remove framing members or connections of trusses. Align webs of bottom chords and load-bearing studs or continuously reinforce track to transfer toads to structure. 1. Anchor trusses Securely at all bearing points as indicated. - 9 zp ™ mo 3.03. SITE TOLERANCES. ‘A. Install Joist and truss ftaming to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level and {rue to line of 1/6 Inch (3 mm) from plan location. B. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 8.04 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION ‘A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanizing repair paint according ASTM A780 and the ‘manufacturers instructions. END OF SECTION i ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 054014 Light Gauge Metal Trussesrr rs L- lee ee ‘SECTION 05800 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS: PART 4 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES. ‘A. Interior Floor Expansion Joint Covers B. Interior Wall Expansion Joint Covers. . _ Interior Catling Expansion Joint Covers D. Fire Rated Assemblies 4.02 RELATED SECTIONS ‘A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard B. Section 09500-- Acoustical Treatment C. Section 09650 Resilient Flooring D. Section 09680 ~ Carpet 7.03 REFERENCES ‘A. ASTMB200- Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate B. ASTMB221- Aluminum Alloy, Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube 4.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals under provisions of Section 01330 Submit two samples 6 inches by 6 inches in size indicating profile, dimension, color and finish. . . Submit shop drawings indieating joint device profiles, dimensions, adjacent ‘construction anchorage devices, avallable colors and finishes, and location of splices 1D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, Indicate rough-in sizes. Provide templates. for cast-in-place frames or anchors and indicate tolerances for item placement 4.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: (A. For fire rated locations, conform to Underwrter's Laboratories UL No. 263, ASTM E119, and ASTM E814, Fire rating shall be-not less than the fire rating of adjacent construction 4.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ‘A. ~ Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. ©. _Daliver materials in manufacturer's unopened packages, suitably store to protect ‘against exposure to molsture, surface contamination, and other uns conditions Comm. No. 2422-09 8800.1 Expansion Joint Coverseee PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS: A Menufacturer: 1. MM Systems Corporation 2. Balco, inc. 3. Approved substitute Proprietary Product 1. "Type FSS and Type FSSR as manufactured by MM Systems 2. Type FSSE and Type FSSRE as manufactured by MM Systems 3. Type FSA and Type FSAL as manufactured by MM Systems 4. Type FSW and Type FSWL as manufactured by MM Systerns. 5. Type KX as manufactured by MM Systems 6. Type CX as manufactured by MM Systems 7. Approved Substitute terials Esdruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 alloy 6036-15 ‘Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B208, Alloy 6061-76 Gasket: Manufacturer's dual durometer, thermoplastic material with friction edges lock to frame. Flexible core shall allow full movement of joint cover. Color shall be ‘selected by Designer from manufacturer's standard and premium colors. ‘Accessories: Anchors, spacers, fasteners, flexible seals, filer materials, adhesive ‘and other accessories for complete installation shall be manufacturers standard {or application encountered. D. Fabrication: 1. Joint Assembly: Capable of plus or minus 50 percent ofthe joint width movement in any direction from the normal position 2. Shop assemble components and package with anchors and fitings 3. Provide joint companents in single length wherever practical. Minimize splicing in the fold. Finish: 1. Wall expansion joints: Dark Bronze Duranodio, 2. Floor expansion joints: Mil finish aluminum 3 4 ereg = Al aluminum surfaces in concrete or masonry shall be applied with a factory ‘applied chromate conversion coating for corrosion resistance. Embedded ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices: galvanized coating PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ‘A Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletin, product Catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions. 3.02 EXAMINATION ‘A. Verify existing conditions, which have been previously constructed under other sections, ‘are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturers instructions 3.03 PREPARATION ‘A. Provide anchoring devices for instalation and embedment. B. Provide templates or rough-in measurements Comm. No, 2422-09 0580.2 Expansion Joint Covers3.04 INSTALLATION |A. Install expansion joint covers in floors, walls, and ceilings ofthe building A ine nraccordanee with manufacturer's latest printed instuetions, recommendations ‘and approved shop drawings. cc. PRAS temporary bracing oF anchors in formwork for Rerns bu into concrete, masonty (of similar construction. 1b: Perform cutting, diling, and fing required for instalation of items. E. Set work accurately in location, plumb, level, and in alignment. caer ints to a minimum. End jolts shal have halfine joint and shall be icity nade with mechanical splice plates. 6. _ Set covers in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces HL Repair or replace damaged installed products. 305 CLEANING |A. Clean instal product n accordance with manufacturer's insrucions pir to Owne’s acceptance. 3.06 PROTECTION |A. _ Protectinstaled product’ fish surfaces from damage during construction and cleaning ‘operations. END OF SECTION Comm. No. 2422-08 058003, ‘Expansion Joint Coverswe i i SECTION 06400 ___ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES |. Wetk trastionally performed by carpenters Including finishing and installing rough carpentry. 4.92. RELATED SECTIONS Forms of conorete work: Included in Division 3. Furnishing and delivering finishing hardware: Division 8. Finish Carpentry and Milwork: Otner Sections of Division 6. Caulking: Division 7. ‘iood nails in conjunction with roof insufation: Division 7 mooe> 4.03 SUBMITTALS ‘A. Provide submittals under provisions of Section 01330, 4.04. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 'A.. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. BL. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600, 8 Sore orators in manufacure’s unopened packages wih seals unbroken ‘and labels D. intact ina shal be stacked in a manner which Iures proper vention and érainage and shall be covered to protect it from the elements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber Lambe’. ndards and gfade-markng. Each plece of framing hmber and each board shall Senay nih the, American Lumber Standards, SPR 16 and wih specs ‘grading cap vont of tho assocation recognized as covering he species used on under sere radng rules fs produced. Each piece of framing lumber and eect board ose ra od by the grade mark ofa recognized assoclaton of Independont Inspection agency. 2. eRe eyo shall conform to Product Standards PS-1-74 issued by We % Ss. Beporment of Commerce, Each standard size panel shal be stares ‘branded Department of a grade ofthe pane. When used structray, all plywood shat 10 Nerformance standards for ts type as deserved in PS174 for ‘Softwood Brwrobs. shal be tented as to species, grade, and glue type hy ese of Eppropriate grade-marks on each panel In adiion fo the above Tequirements, all Tirwood supporting softs, fascia, and canoples on the exterior OF ‘permanently exposed in outdoor appiications shall be of exterior type. exposed in ee framing lamer and boards shal not exceed 10% at time of installation 4. Dressed lumber shall be surfaced 4 sides. Comm, No. 2422-08 961004 Rough Carpentryeo 5. Grades and Species 2. Lumber for aing, plates, locking uring, ete, may be of any ofthe folowing species provided the grade foreach is not lower than tne minimum shown: |i. Exterior Sign Construction - all framing and siding shall be Redwood with ‘some sapwood permitied B. Wood Preservative Treatment ~ +. Lumber in contact wih the ground; joists, girders, beams, sis, plates, grounds, nailer; all wood in contact with concrete of inaccessible enclosures; and wherever ‘ise called for on the drawings shall be pressure treated as called for by Federal Specifications TT-W-571, or the published standards of the Ametican Wood Dreserver's Associations, and the folowing: '& Moisture content of umber at time of treatment shall not be more than 30 percent, except that Douglas Fir may be treated green fit does not have a bigh Percentage of sapwood. ». Preservative used for treating umber fo be painted or which will come in contact with finish materials shall be paintable type. © All reated lumber shall be suitably identified as to name of treater, preservative used, and retention of preservative in pounds per cubic foot of limber ‘non-treated lumber. ©. Rough Hardware 1. Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, and similar fastenings shall be hot dipped galvanized or Glainiess ‘steel for exterior, high humid, treated wood locations, and damp fpeations on the interior; plein fnish elsewhere; of proper size and type. and {iitcient in number to draw members into place and securely hold and support them - size and number of fastenings shall conform to requirements of the stander Buliding Code and HUD Minimum Property Standards. 2 Metal framing anchors and joist hangers shell be as manufactured by Simpson Stona.Tie Company, San Leandro, Calfomia, or equal products manufactured by Silver Metai Products Company, or TECO, 3 Fastenings into concrete or masonry walls: (Wood plugs vil not be permitted) 2. ITW Ramsel/ Red Head, Wood Dale, ». Hii Corporation, Tulsa OK. ©. Rawiplug Co,, Sew Rochelle, NY. 4. Approved substitute. 4. Sheathing Clips: ‘. Simpson Strong-Tie plywood sheathing clips, 3/4 PSC E. Plywood Sheathing: buiaing BA tated sheathing grade C-D, 58" thick unless otherwise noted on drawings) F. Building Paper: 1. No. 15 asphatt fet (unless otherwise noted on drawings) 2. Cellulose building (kraft) paper: plain, untreated G. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Framing lumber and plywood indicated on the Drawings to be Fire Retardant: & Pressure treated with Dricon® fire retardant chemicals or other listed chemicals vith follow-up inspection provided by Underuriters Laboratories, Inc. 5 Manufactured by one of Hickson Corporations's licensed producers. 1 ing POved Substitutes of other manufacturers will be acceptable. Testing on the fre performance, strength and corrosive propertios of the fre {elardant treated wood shall be recognized by issuance of a National Evalttation ‘Services Report. © Alfie retardant wood: Flame spread of less than 25 when tested in an extended ‘30-minute tunnel test in accordance with ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 or UL 723, ‘Comm, No. 2422-09 0610.2 Rough Carpentry— Ro eh ee ee ee PARTS EXECUTION 3.01. MANUFACTURE! ‘A. Comply with ‘catalog install 3,02, EXAMINATION ‘All umber, Kin dried to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent after fleatment, All plywood shall be kin dried to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent after treatment Mitre retardant wood: Comply with the requirements in AWPA Standard C20-08 {or lumber and C27-96 for plywood. 2 The fhe retardant chemicals used to treat the lumber: Comply with FR-4 of JAWPA Standard P17 and shall be free of halogens, sulfales and ammonium phosphate. ~ Rarbon steel, galvanized steel, aluminum, copper and red brass In contact with ‘fave retardant treated wood shall exhibit corrosion rates less than one mil pet year when tested in accordance with Federal Specification MIL-L-19140 Paragraph 4.6.8.2. Tact retardant chemical provides protection against termites and fungal decay. Registered for use as a wood preservative by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Fire retardant treated lumber shell not be ripped or milled. Only end cuts, diling oles and joining cuts shall be permited unless the material caries a ULI Spproved miling after trealment classification. All cuts on plywood shalt be Considered end cuts due to the nature ofthe product. Dricon® fire retardant treated plywood used in structural applications shall be graded of spanrfated material that has been applied using the design SGjustments provided in NER-303. A corrosion resistant fastener, such a Rot dipped galvanized nails, or better, shall be used. Dricon® FRTW shall not be (head in roof designs employing a radiant barrier located beneath the bottom surface of the sheathing. Nang schedules end panel spacing shal be In accordance with the Design and Constuction Guide for Residential and Commercial Uses (1993) of APA ~ The Engineered Wood Association. The use of plycips is also required where Specified by the APA. Tt should be noted that APA does not permit the use of ples for untreated plywood. Dricon® FRT plywood shell be nalled and not stapled. R'S INSTRUCTIONS. manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product Wation instructions and product carton instructions. A. Verity existing conditions, which have been previously constructed under other sections, tre acceptable fer new workin accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 PREPARATION A. Eneure that framing members are property aligned and free of warping prior to instalation of sheathing 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Framing ‘remind. «framing square on beatings, dosely fitted, accurately set to lines and levels, and rigidly secured in place. 2. Erect ‘wood framing members level and plumb 3 Space framing and furring a 16 0.c unless noted otherwise on drawings. Comm. No. 2422-08 061003 ‘Rough Carpentry4, All connections shell be such as to develop the full strength and rigidity of the members connected. Nails shall not be driven closer together than one half their length unless driven in driled holes, nor closer to the edge of members than one quarter their length. Nails shall be of euch length that when joining one member to ‘another the penetration of the nail into second or farther member shall be not less than one-half the length of the nai. ‘5. Secure top plates to exterior walls as indicated on structural drawings 8. Support decking and sheathing as required at openings Sheathing: 1, Secure sheathing with the long dimension perpendicular to framing. Ends shall be (on firm bearing and staggered 2. Install sheathing per manufacturer's instructions. Stagger side joints. Butt edges and tends tight to adjacent board and fit ightly to protrusions thru sheathing. 4, Tape seal joints between sheathing sheets. Tape or apply sealant at gaps resulting ‘rom cuts; comers; joints; around all openings; and machine-cut ends of sheathing. Roof and Canopy Sheathing: 1 Install roof and canopy sheathing with face grain across supports. Pane's in each ‘ow shall be staggered. Pane! joints shall occur over framing. Allow 1/3" spacing at panel ends and 1/4” at panel edges. Nail 6" a.c. along panel edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports with 8d common nails. 2. _-Fummish plywood sheathing clips at all unsupported plywood roof sheathing edges. Center between framing members. 1. Rough Hardware: 1 Provide rough hardware and metal fastenings as shown on the drawings, specified herein, o required for proper installation of carpentry work. 2. Fumish aif items of rough hardware such as nails, screws, bolts, hangers, anchors, or other accessories shown or required to properly secure the work in place. Items builtin with concrete, or masonry shall be furnished in ample time for inclision of the work. Finish Hardware: 1, Receive, receipt for, be responsible for, and store all fnish hardware in locked ‘space on the premises. 2 Apply finish hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the type of fastenings required. 3. Refer to Hardware Schedule, notes and directions as shown on the Drawings. 4. Property tag, index, and deliver all keys to the Owner. "Site Applied Wood Treatment: 1. “Apply preservative treatment per manufacturer’ directions 2. __ Brush apply one coat of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious. materials. 3, Treat saw-cut ends with preservative and allow to cure prior to placing members: 4. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. ‘Temporary Enclosures: 4. Provide temporary enclosures at door, window, and other openings in exterior walls, ‘a5 necessitated by inclement weather and conditions. Enclosures shall be ‘maintained in good repair and removed when no longer needled. Door and window frames and stone and other types of finished masonry sills shall be properly protected. |. Wood Block Nailing Strips, Grounds and Furring: 4. Provide all wood blocks, nailing strips, and furring as conditions require to be ‘embedded in or anchored to concrete, built into masonry, anchored to masonry, bolted to stud and elsewhere whether specifically mentioned herein or not. ‘Comm. No, 2422-09 0610.4 Rough Carpenityee eee ee EL —_ fee 2. Provide wood blocking as required for Sup port of all wall mounted items. Refer to 4, owe wood nals in conjunction with roofing appicafons. Refer fo Drawings for Drawings for detals. details END OF SECTION ‘Comm, No. 2422-08 061005 Rough Carpentry4.02 1.08 ‘SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: |. Werk traditionally performed by carpenters including finishing and installing fished carpentry. a Wee Tezuired for installation of intorior and exterior architectural woodwork, and Wiitotk gs defined by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW) including wood doors ‘and wood windows. . inabalaton of tems furished under other sections which are usualy installed by finish Ineponfore, such 2s door and window hardware, metal shelf brackets, tollet room ‘accessories, and similar ftems. . Alrfnish eexpentyy iiems shown on the drawings or required to install the work a aounsthsll be provided, whether of not every particuler item Is specifically mentioned herein. E. Millwork F. Stainless Steel Countertops RELATED SECTIONS Rough Carpentry: Section 06100. Sealants & Cauiking: Division 7 ‘Wood Doors & Windows: Division 8 Finishing Hardware: Section 08700 Glazing. Section 08600 Painting: Section 08900 ‘SUBMITTALS mmoo@P> A. Provide submittals under provisions of Section 01330 Trevi sibmnit samples of each wood species which isto receive transparent finish fieké to Painting Subcontractor for preparing nish samples. B. Shop Drawings: srr OSI shop drawings for all architectural woodwork for approval before any ‘work is fabricated. 2, Submit manufacturer's descriptive erature and specifications for, special Roms not manufactured by the woodwork fabricator, including factory fabricated ‘doors and windows. 4.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE |A. ‘The “Quality Standards” of the Arcilectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by Mterence are hereby made part of this specification. All interior and exterior ei octurl woodwork shall conform fo requirements for Custom grade as defined in ae iacat ealtion of AW! “Qually Standards", except where specifealy noted or detailed otherwise. 4.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ‘A. Doliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B._ Store and protect products Under provisions of Section 01600. Comm. No. 2422-09, 962001 Finish Carpentry & Mitwork.aL. . D. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened packages with seals unbroken and labels Intact Deliver, handle and store materials as to protect them against damage and moisture. ‘Milwork and wood finish shall not be stored or installed in the building until ft has died out at least 10° days after completion of masonry work and drywall jointing, provided also that in cotd weather the building shall have been heated for the 10-day period. ‘The Contractor and the woodwork fabricator shall be jointly responsible to make certain that woodwork is not delivered unti the building and storage areas are sufficiently dry 0 that the woodwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. 4.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS ‘A. The woodwork fabricator shall be responsible for detalls and dimensions not controlled by job conditions and shall show on his shop drawings all required field measurements. beyond his control. The Contractor and the woodwork fabricator shall cooperate to establish and maintain these fei dimensions and shall be Jointly responsible therefore, PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber 1, Standards and grade-marking. Each piece of lumber and each board shall comply with the American Lumber Standards and with specific grading requirements of the association recognized as covering the species used and lunder whose grading rules itis produced. Each piece of lumber and each board shal be Identified by the grade mark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency. "Ail exposed softwood finish on exterior shall be sultable for a good paint or enamel finish. Defects shall be limited to those allowed by AWI Standards for Custom grade. Delaminated slash grain, ralsod grain and loose knots will be considered defects not permitted. b. All exposed hardwood and sofivood finish on interior shall be AW Custom grade lumber suitable for a transparent finish. Hardwood interior fish and trim shall be Red Oak. d. Not used © 3/4” thick shelving shall be Custom Grade, except that Grade A-B Douglas Fir plywood with a 3mm thick hardwood edge strip may be used. 2 Define the grades of wood and plywood by the rules of the recognized association of lumber manufacturers producing the materials specified. ‘Softwood plywood shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS-1-74 end the ‘grading requirements of the American Plywood Association. Hardhvood Plywood. ‘shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS 51-71. 3, Finish wood shall be live sound stock that is thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried to the optimum moisture content for the purpose used, Le., not more than 5 to 410 percent for interior use nor more than 8 to 14 percent for exterior use, Dressed tuber shall be surfaced 4 sides. 4 B. Wood Preservative Treatment 1. ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 06200.2 ‘All wood for exterior finish shall be treated by not less than a three minute dip in @ 5 percent solution of pentachlophenol with water repellent added. in ‘accordance with Commercial Standard C.S. 262-63, and the solution must be in ‘accordance with Federal Specification TT-W-572b, dated May 28, 1969. 2, Fabricated items must be dip treated after fabrication. All field cuts on treated Wood must be brush coated with the same solution used for dip treatment Finish Carpentry & Milwork._ Finish Wood 4. Wood for finish and milwork shall be live sound stock that is thoroughly ‘seasoned, and Kin dried to the optimum moisture content for-the purpose used, Te. not more than 7 to 10%, depending upon local dr ying conditions. All ‘exposed softwood finish shall be suitable fora good paint or enamel finish. Slash gfain, raised grain, plich pockets and loose knots wil be considered defects not permitted. _ 2. Exposed finish and milwork shall conform to Quality Standards of the ‘Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW for Custom Grade. 3, Finish wood not otherwise specified shall be Southem Pine, Westem Pine, or Douglas Fir. 4, Shelving shall be Pine as specified for fnish wood or may be Grade A-B Interior ‘Softwood Plywood with a 3mm thick hardwood edge strip on exposed edge. D._ Rough Hardware 1. Nails, screws, bolts, and other fastenings shall be of proper size and type and sufficient In number to draw members into place and securely hold and support them. 2. Fastonings to concrete and masonry shall be metal and of type and size best salted to building conditions, Exposed fastenings in finish work on the interior shall be stainless steel, aluminum or chromium plated steel. Nalings exposed ‘on exterior shall be made with aluminum nails E. Stainless Steel Countertops 4. Fabrication: a. Cover all exposed surfaces of countertop and pass-through with stainless steel for width of fire shuller opening at Concessions 101, Goncessions 109, Tickets 100, and Tickets 111. b. Countertop and pass-through shall have all exposed surfaces covered swith 14 gauge, type 204, 18-8 stainless steel, all welded and polished to smooth finish. ad c. Stainless stee! shall be bonded to core material with water resistant adhesive under pressure. . . Exposed edge of countertop shall be selffnished with same stainless sigel used for top faces. 2. All exposed edges and comers of stainless steel shail be broken or” mitered, hemmed 1/4", and fully welded and polished to result in a ‘smooth finish. Joints, Finishes, and Trim Strips: i. "Countertop shall be formed of one piece of material wherever possible, with due regard to shopping and erection. ‘Aljpinis where necessary, shall be homogeneously welded by tlectic fusion metal are using welding rod of same composition 2s ‘matetial being welded - fi Grind smooth and polish joints to an invisible joint to match adjoining surfaces. i PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ‘A. Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product ‘catalog installation Instructions and product carton instructions. 3.02. EXAMINATION ‘A. Verity existing conditions, which have been previously constructed under other sections, are acceptable for new work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Comm, No. 2422-08 0620.3, Finish Carpentry & Millwork3,03 PREPARATION ‘A. Ensure that framing members are properly aligned and free of warping prior to installation of sheathing. 3.04 INSTALLATION ‘A. General 4. Running trim shall be in as long lengths 2s possible and shall be jointed only at sold bearings and joints shall be scafed and glued, 2 Accurately set and brace frames to hold their position and shape. Frames in ‘re-built openings shal be shimmed or wedged into proper postion. 3. Face tim shall be accurately mitered at comers. 4 Notused. 8 Doors and other movable parts shall be eccuralely fied with proper clearances ‘and left in satisfactory working order. 6. Carefully scribe woodwork to masonry and other adjoining surfaces and furnish soribe moldings where necessary to conceal open johns, 7. Nail neads in exposed work shall be set to recelve putty. Joints shall be tight {and formed to conceal shrinkage. rill plot holes in hardwood finish subject to soliting, 8. Install prefabricated tems Instructions, 9. Provide and install rough hardware and metal fastenings as shown on the ‘drawings, specified herein, oF required for proper installation of finish carpentry ‘and millwork and forthe instalation of tems furnished under other sections but installed by finish carpeniers. B. Backpainting 1. All exterior wood trim shall be backpalnted, including feld cut ends of running trim, as specified in Section 09800, Painting. Be sure that such lems are backpalnted as specified bofore exterior woodwork is installed. 2 Top and bottom edges of doors shall be finished, using one coat for interior doors as specified in Section 09800, Painting. Be sure that these edges are finished immediately following fiting of the exterior doors before they are hung and left in place overnight. ©. Mitwork: 4. Millwork and wood frish shall have straight clean surfaces and arises and shall be free from machine and tool marks, abrasions, ralsed greins and other defects that would show thu the finish. 2. Running tim shall be in as long lengths as possible and shall be jointed only at ‘solid bearings and joints shall be scarfed and glued. Face tim shall be mitered at comers. accordance with manufacturer's latest printed 3, Doors and other movable parts shall be accurately fitted with proper clearances ‘and left in satisfactory working order. 4, Frames shail be accurately set and braced to hold thelr position and shape. Frames in prebuilt openings shall be shimmed or wedged into proper postion. 8. Face trim shall be accurately mitered at comers 8 — Notused, 7. Carefully scribe woodwork to masonry and other adjoining surfaces and furnish soribe moldings where necessary to conceal open joints, Nail heads in exposed work shall be set to receive putty. Joints shall be tight ‘and formed to conceat shrinkage. ri plot holes in hardwood finish subject to splitting. D. Shelving 1. Provide shelves were shown, ‘Comm. No. 2422-09 062004 Finish Carpentry & Millwork2 shelves on metal brackets when not otherwise detailed. Secure motal Shot brackets to substrate with appropriate anchors. | Fish Hardware First eee, stor and bo responsible fr fished hardware. Apply hardware Reet ce wth manufacturer’ instructions end templets, ft accurately, fasten i securely n place, and adjust careful. 2. Property fag and delivar keys othe Ovmer as specid in Section 08700, Finish Hardware. FF. Installation of Stainless Steel Countertops: | inst rately A countertop to milwork and cope neatly around obstructions 4 FRSajomnts shall be located for practical construcion, consistent wih sizes, Convenient for shopping accessbity ilo building. 4, ald jpints in top shall be careful sheared so they can be tghlly buted and joined together fo form an integral unit. 1, Pibeljoinis and but joints are tobe hel-arc welded, ground and polished ‘Smooth, All wekds shal be made by the fabricator. ke | END OF SECTION me he Ee Le i | | 1 Comm. No. 2422-08 962005 Finish Carpentry & Milwork4 J J a eee i Le SECTION 07410 MASTIC DAMPPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mastic Dampproofing 492 RELATED SECTIONS ‘A. Concrete Block is spected in Section 04200 — Brick ané Blockwark 403 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submiltals under provisions of Section 01330 404 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ‘A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01690. A Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600, B Ster F materais in manufacturer's unopened packages with seals unbroken ‘and labels intact PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Mastic Dampproofing: A. Manufacturer: 4. W.R, Meadows, Hampshire, IL tSiinebom Divsion of Degussa Building Systems, Shakopee, MN 3. Kamak Chemical Company, Clark, NJ 4. Approved substitute B, Proprietary Product oP cealmastic Type Ii as manufactured by W. R. Meadows 2. 700 as manufactured by Sonneborn 3. Similar products 2s manufactured by Kemnak q 4. Approved Substitute ©. Material 1. Asphalt-base,fbered clay emulsion PART 3. EXECUTION 3,01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: |. Comply with manufacturer's product data, Intuding product 42ehral bulletins, ‘produc cataog instalation insuctions eid product carton Instructions. 3.02 EXAMINATION AA. Very existing condone, which have been previously constructed der Vari existing coopiable for product installation in accordance wih manufacture’ instructions. a amma cfes in mason, jets, penetration, et, have been "panto uPy ©. Filta cracks, crevices, and pores of block face, Comm, No. 2422-08 o7st0.4 Mastic Dampproofingwh. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES —— A. Surfaces to receive mastic damp-proofing shall be reasonably smooth and free from projections or depressions that might cause puncturing of the. damp proofing. Surfaces shall be free from loose particles and foreign substances, B. Prepare surfaces to receive mastic damp-proofing in’ accordance with ‘manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04» INSTALLATION ‘A Install two coats of mastic damp-proofing on outside face of conerete block in ell exterior walls 1. Nolify Designer 48 hours prior fo start of damp-proofing operations for each coat B. Install by troweling in accordance with manufactur latest printed instructions, ecommendations and approved shop drawings. ©. Apply first coat of mastic damp-proofing fo face of concrete block in one full coat ‘a8 each lit of masonry is laid up. 1D. Make sure coating is continuous and free from breaks and pinholes. E. _Install the second coat no more than two woeks prior {0 start of brick laying ‘operations to achieve a uniform coat. F. Remove damp-proofing inadvertently applied to adjacent work areas: 3.05 PROTECTION ‘A Protect neighboring work, properties, cars, and persons from damp-proofing ‘application operations, END OF SECTION ‘Comm, No. 2422-09, orit02 Mastic Dampproofing= SECTION 07191 WATER REPELLENT SEALER, PART4 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES _ A. Water Repellent Sealer 4.02 RELATED SECTIONS |. __ Brick and concrete block fs specified in Section 04200 ~ Brick and Blociouort A Bott tave coneteto block is spectied in Section 04200 — Brick and Blociovork 4.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submitals under provisions of Section 01330. A Craticaons: Manufacturer's certifications that products comply with curert ‘VOC requirements. 4,04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened packages, stably stor to protect gains! exposure to moisture, suniight, and other unacceptable Conitions. Sore materials in a secured, well ventiated area of the buliding. PART2 PRODUCTS. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS . A. Chemex, ine, Shakopee, MN B—_Okon, Inc., Denver, CO. C. _Sivento, Ridgefield Park, NJ 2,02 PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS A. While Roc 10 VOC as manufactured Soneborn division of ChemRex s. __Sron'W-2 2s manufactured by Okon (for use on conerete block and brick) Chan Plugger as manufactured by Okon (for use on split face block) c. _ Ghemetiete PB VOC as manufactured by Sivento (fr use on concrete Block, brick, and splt-face block) PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ‘A. Comply with menufacture’s product data, Including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions and product container instructions, 3.02 EXAMINATION |. Vet existing conditions, which have been previously constructed under offer erty meta “Senoptable for product instalation in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Comm, No. 2422-08 orto ‘Water Repellent Seater